Skip to main content

Full text of "Children and television : hearing before the Subcommittee on Telecommunications, Consumer Protection, and Finance of the Committee on Energy and Commerce, House of Representatives, Ninety-eighth Congress, first session, March 16, 1983"

See other formats


CHILDREN  AND  TELEVISION 


HEARING 

BEFORE  THE  "^ 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  TELECOMMUNICATIONS, 
CONSUMER  PROTECTION,  AND  FINANCE 

OF  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ENERGY  AND  COMMERCE 
HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

NINETY-EIGHTH  CONGRESS 

FIRST  SESSION 


MARCH  16,  1983 


Serial  No.  98-3 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Energy  and  Commerce 


U.S.    GOVERNMENT   PRINTING   OFFICE 
20-006  0  WASHINGTON   :  1983 


CHILDREN  AND  TELEVISION 


HEARING 

BEFORE  THE  X 

SUBCOMMITTEE  ON  TELECOIVIMUNICATIONS, 
CONSUMER  PROTECTION,  AND  FINANCE 


OF  THE 


COMMITTEE  ON  ENERGY  AND  COMMERCE 
HOUSE  OF  REPRESENTATIVES 

NINETY-EIGHTH  CONGRESS 

FIRST  SESSION 


MARCH  16,  1983 


Serial  No.  98-3 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Energy  and  Commerce 


U.S.   GOVERNMENT   PRINTING   OFFICE 
20-006  O  WASHINGTON   :  1983 


COMMITTEE  ON  ENERGY  AND  COMMERCE 
JOHN  D.  DINGELL,  Michigan,  Chairman 


JAMES  T.  BROYHILL,  North  Carolina 

NORMAN  F.  LENT,  New  York 

EDWARD  R.  MADIGAN,  Illinois 

CARLOS  J.  MOORHEAD,  California 

MATTHEW  J.  RINALDO,  New  Jersey 

TOM  CORCORAN,  Illinois 

WILLIAM  E.  DANNEMEYER,  California 

BOB  WHITTAKER,  Kansas 

THOMAS  J.  TAUKE,  Iowa 

DON  RITTER,  Pennsylvania 

DAN  COATS,  Indiana 

THOMAS  J.  BLILEY,  Jr.,  Virginia 

JACK  FIELDS,  Texas 

MICHAEL  G.  OXLEY,  Ohio 

HOWARD  C.  NIELSON,  Utah 


JAMES  H.  SCHEUER,  New  York 

RICHARD  L.  OTTINGER,  New  York 

HENRY  A.  WAXMAN,  California 

TIMOTHY  E.  WIRTH,  Colorado 

PHILIP  R.  SHARP,  Indiana 

JAMES  J.  FLORIO,  New  Jersey 

EDWARD  J.  MARKEY,  Massachusetts 

THOMAS  A.  LUKEN,  Ohio 

DOUG  WALGREN,  Pennsylvania 

ALBERT  GORE,  Jr.,  Tennessee 

BARBARA  A.  MIKULSKI,  Maryland 

AL  SWIFT,  Washington 

MICKEY  LELAND,  Texas 

RICHARD  C.  SHELBY,  Alabama 

CARDISS  COLLINS,  Illinois 

MIKE  SYNAR,  Oklahoma 

W.  J.  "BILLY"  TAUZIN,  Louisiana 

RON  WYDEN,  Oregon 

RALPH  M.  HALL,  Texas 

DENNIS  E.  ECKART,  Ohio 

WAYNE  DOWDY,  Mississippi 

BILL  RICHARDSON,  New  Mexico 

JIM  SLATTERY,  Kansas 

GERRY  SIKORSKI,  Minnesota 

JOHN  BRYANT,  Texas 

JIM  BATES,  California 

Frank  M.  Potter,  Jr.,  Chief  Counsel  and  Staff  Director 

Sharon  E.  Davis,  Chief  Clerk/Administrative  Assistant 

Donald  A.  Watt,  Printing  Editor 

Arnold  I.  Havens,  Minority  Counsel 


Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications,  Consumer  Protection,  and  Finance 


TIMOTHY  E.  WIRTH,  Colorado,  Chairman 


MATTHEW  J.  RINALDO,  New  Jersey 
CARLOS  J.  MOORHEAD,  California 
THOMAS  J.  TAUKE,  Iowa 
MICHAEL  G.  OXLEY,  Ohio 
JAMES  T.  BROYHILL,  North  Carolina 
(Ex  Officio) 


EDWARD  J.  MARKEY,  Massachusetts 
AL  SWIFT,  Washington 
CARDISS  COLLINS,  Illinois 
ALBERT  GORE,  Jr.,  Tennessee 
MICKEY  LELAND,  Texas 
JOHN  BRYANT,  Texas 
JIM  BATES,  California 
JAMES  H.  SCHEUER,  New  York 
HENRY  A.  WAXMAN,  California 
JOHN  D.  DINGELL,  Michigan 
(Ex  Officio) 

David  K.  Aylward,  Chief  Counsel/Staff  Director 

Patti  Shwayder,  Policy  Analyst 

Cecile  Srodes,  Associate  Minority  Counsel 


(ID 


CONTENTS 


Page 
Statement  of: 

Blessington,  John,  vice  president,  personnel,  CBS/Broadcast  Group 147 

Burton,  LeVar,  host,  Reading  Rainbow 24 

,^  Charren,  Peggy,  president.  Action  for  Children's  Television 49 

Christensen,  Bruce,  president,  National  Association  of  Public  Television 

Stations 35 

Fritts,  Edward  O.,  president,  National  Association  of  Broadcasters  113 

Heinz,  Hon.  John  A.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  139 

Keeshan,  Robert,  New  York 11 

Mielke,  Keith  W.,  associate  vice  president  for  research,  Children's  Televi- 
sion Workshop 143 

Rivera,  Henry  M.,  Commissioner,  Federal  Communications  Commission....  4 

Robinson,  Sharon,  director.  Instruction  and  Professional  Development, 

National  Education  Association 168 

Rushnell,  Squire  D.,  vice  president.  Long  Range  Planning  and  Children's 

Television,  American  Broadcasting  Cos.,  Inc  Ill 

Schneider,  John  A.,  president,  Warner  Amex  Satellite  Entertainment  Co..        48 
Tucker-Vinson,  Phyllis,  vice  president.  Children's  Programing,  NBC  Tele- 
vision Network 186 

Washington  Association  for  Television  and  Children 197 

Material  received  for  the  record  by: 

American  Broadcasting  Cos. ,  Inc. ,  letter,  dated  April  22,  1983,  from  Squire 
Rushnell  to  Chairman  Wirth  re  additional  material  on  ABC  programing  of 

special  interest  to  children  during  Children's  Television  Week  137 

Fellows,  James  A.,  Bethesda,  Md 214 

National  Coalition  on  Television  Violence,  Brian  Malloy,  Washington 
director 210 

(III) 


BOSTOl^ 
PUBLIC 
UBl^RY 


CHILDREN  AND  TELEVISION 


WEDNESDAY,  MARCH  16,  1983 

House  of  Representatives, 
Committee  on  Energy  and  Commerce, 
Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications, 

Consumer  Protection,  and  Finance, 

Washington,  D.C. 

The  subcommittee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  9:40  a.m.,  in  room 
2322,  Rayburn  House  Office  Building,  Hon.  Timothy  E.  Wirth 
(chairman)  presiding. 

Mr.  Wirth.  Good  morning.  If  the  subcommittee  could  come  to 
order. 

As  I  believe  everybody  knows,  this  is  National  Children  and  Tele- 
vision Week.  This  morning's  hearing  is  a  further  approach  on  this 
issue  by  this  subcommittee,  which  has  long  been  concerned  about 
the  issues  of  children  and  television,  and  the  impact  of  television 
on  the  socialization  of  the  young. 

As  we  all  know,  historically  there  have  been  three  main  influ- 
ences on  children.  One,  the  family;  second,  the  school;  and  third, 
the  church.  A  fourth  has  emerged  in  the  last  30  years  and  that  is 
the  impact  of  television  on  the  development  of  children,  and  the 
education,  and  socialization  of  our  young. 

We,  historically  in  this  country,  have  always  put  an  enormous 
premium  on  the  education  of  our  young,  and  the  investment  in  our 
young  people,  from  the  little  red  school  house  to  the  American 
high  school  today.  We  are  very  aware  and  have  long  been  con- 
cerned about  television  and  its  impact  on  young  people. 

This  becomes  particularly  important  as  we  see  a  number  of 
emerging  technologies  in  the  1980's.  Alternative  ways  of  developing 
programing  for  children,  beyond  commercial  television  to  the 
advent  and  success  of  Public  Broadcasting  may  change  the  outlook 
of  the  video  marketplace. 

Today  we  hope  to  take  further  steps  in  understanding  what  is 
the  relationship  between  what  we  ought  to  be  doing,  and  where  we 
ought  to  be  going  in  this  area  of  public  and  commercial  television, 
and  its  impact  on  our  children. 

Before  going  to  our  witnesses,  let  me  ask  my  colleagues  if  they 
have  any  statements  that  they  would  like  to  make.  I  would  like  to 
start  on  my  left  with  the  ranking  minority  member,  Mr.  Rinaldo. 

[Mr.  Wirth's  prepared  statement  follows:] 

Statement  of  Hon.  Timothy  E.  Wirth 

Today  we  begin  hearings  on  the  critical  issue  of  children  and  television.  Last  year, 
when  I  introduced  the  House  resolution  which  created  National  Children  and  Tele- 
ID 


vision  Week  I  had  intended  that  we  dedicate  this  week  to  a  thoughtful  and  probing 
examination  of  the  programming  needs  of  younger  Americans. 

There  is  no  question  that  television  has  become  an  integral  part  of  everyday  life 
with  profound  effects  on  people  of  every  age.  Television  has  the  potential  to  provide 
unique  educational  and  entertainment  opportunities  for  children,  yet  often  falls 
short  of  its  promise.  As  part  of  this  national  look  at  children's  programming,  I  am 
hopeful  that  this  Subcommittee  can  begin  to  make  some  real  progress  in  sorting  out 
much  of  the  debate  and  controversy  surrounding  the  programming  needs  of  chil- 
dren. In  calling  this  hearing,  I  hope  that  we  can  put  the  disagreements  of  the  past 
behind  us  and  look  toward  solutions  of  the  future. 

Children  are  this  country's  most  precious  resource,  yet  their  needs  are  often  not 
adequately  served.  During  their  most  formative  years — the  time  of  their  lives  when 
they  develop  a  system  of  values,  and  outlook  of  the  world  around  them  and  the  tools 
that  will  prepare  them  for  their  adult  lives — television  plays  a  crucial  role  in  our 
children's  development.  Now,  because  of  an  explosion  of  new  technologies  there  is 
even  greater  potential  to  expand  the  programming  choices  for  children.  Cable  televi- 
sion, satellite  services,  and  video  cassettes  are  among  the  mediums  that  promise 
greater  diversity  for  all  Americans.  However  in  the  near  term,  these  technologies 
will  not  be  available  to  the  majority  of  the  nation's  children. 

Public  television  has  made  substantial  and  extremely  meaningful  contributions  to 
quality  children's  programming,  but  its  viability  is  again  being  threatened  by  the 
Reagan  Administration's  catastrophic  proposals  to  rescind  40  percent  of  its  fund- 
ing— proposals  I  find  extremely  short-sighted  and  disturbing  given  the  history  of  the 
Subcommittee  and  the  Congress's  commitment  to  funding  public  broadcasting. 

So,  where  do  we  go  from  here  to  make  the  technological  challenges  of  the  1980's 
work  to  the  advantage  of  our  children?  I  believe  we  must  end  the  feuding  and  re- 
criminations of  the  past  and  work  together  toward  feasible  and  meaningful  solu- 
tions in  providing  children's  programming.  While  we  must  be  ever  sensitive  to  the 
First  Amendment  rights  of  broadcasters,  Congress  does  have  a  responsibility  to 
ensure  that  the  needs  of  our  children  are  well-served.  I  would  hope  that  govern- 
ment, industry,  educational  and  grass  roots  groups  can  work  together  toward  this 
goal  and  that  is  why  I  am  endorsing  the  legislative  proposal  of  the  National  Educa- 
tion Association  and  Commissioner  Riviera  to  create  a  temporary  task  force  to  expe- 
ditiously devise  a  workable  blueprint  to  maximize  the  potential  of  the  video  market- 
place for  children. 

I  am  most  grateful  to  all  of  you  who  have  joined  us  today  and  I  am  looking  for- 
ward to  hearing  your  views  on  these  important  issues  of  children  and  television. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  just  want  to  make  a  couple  of  very  brief  comments.  First  of  all 
I  want  to  state  that  I  am  pleased  that  we  are  having  this  hearing 
because  I  feel  it  is  important  to  emphasize  how  vital  it  is  to  have 
good  television  programing  aimed  specifically  at  the  child  viewer. 
The  subcommittee  has  assembled  a  distinguished  group  of  wit- 
nesses who  have  made  significant  contributions  to  improving  chil- 
dren's television  programing  over  the  years. 

While  some  progress  has  been  made  in  identifying  the  program- 
ing needs  and  interests  of  children,  the  networks  and  broadcasters 
must  be  more  responsive  and  increase  the  hours  of  programing 
aimed  at  children,  as  well  as  the  quality  of  such  programing. 

I  look  forward  to  hearing  about  some  of  the  projects  which  have 
been  undertaken  specifically  for  National  Children  and  Television 
week.  I  hope  that  they  will  prove  successful  enough  to  be  continued 
past  this  week  and  to  make  lasting  contributions  to  improved 
television  for  children,  because,  as  pointed  out  in  the  previous 
statement,  television  has  become  a  medium  that  has  a  significant 
influence  on  our  young  people. 

Mr.  WiRTH.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Rinaldo. 

Mr.  Gore. 

Mr.  Gore.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  don't  have  a  lengthy  or  formal  open- 
ing statement.  I  would  just  note,  for  the  record,  that  in  contrast  to 
my  colleague  from  New  Jersey,  I  am  not  impressed  with  the  record 


on  children's  television.  I  think  it  is  a  missed  opportunity  amount- 
ing to  a  national  tragedy  that  we  are  failing  to  take  advantage  of 
the  opportunity  that  children's  television  provides,  and  the  quality 
of  the  programing  that  is  produced  I  think  is  very  poor. 

The  level  of  commitment  on  the  part  of  the  networks  particular- 
ly to  children's  television  is  very  weak,  and  I  think  it  constitutes  a 
failure  on  the  part  of  the  networks  to  meet  the  responsibility  they 
have  to  the  public,  or  that  large  portion  of  the  public. 

Mr.  WiRTH.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Gore. 

Mr.  Tauke. 

Mr.  Tauke.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  believe  that  it  is  appropriate  that  we  recognize  the  great  impor- 
tance of  the  children's  programing  on  television  and  the  impor- 
tance of  the  week  that  we  are  celebrating  by  holding  this  hearing, 
and  I  commend  you  for  doing  so. 

I  guess  I  find  myself  somewhat  in-between  the  points  of  the  two 
members  that  preceded  me.  I  don't  really  believe  we  have  achieved 
all  we  can  in  the  television  programing  area,  but  I  think  that  it 
has  been  improved. 

I  look  at  the  schedule  of  programing  here  on  Washington  televi- 
sion stations  today,  and  I  find  however  that  most  young  people  are 
not  going  to  have  much  available  to  them.  Many  of  them  are  going 
to  be,  if  they  watch  television,  subjected  to  programs  that  probably 
are  not  going  to  do  very  much  to  educate  them  or  to  acquaint  them 
with  the  kinds  of  values  that  this  society  would  like  them  to  have. 
So  while  we  have  seen  some  progress  in  some  areas  of  television 
programing  for  children,  certainly  there  is  a  way  to  go. 

I  think  we  have  to  look  not  only  at  the  question  of  what  we  do  in 
the  way  of  children's  programing,  but  I  think  there  is  also  a  seri- 
ous question  about  who  is  responsible  for  providing  programing.  I 
am  not  at  all  certain  that  we  can,  as  Members  of  Congress,  honest- 
ly sit  up  here  and  point  fingers  at  people  for  not  providing  the  chil- 
dren's programing,  maybe  it  is  not  their  really  their  responsibility 
to  do  so. 

I  think  we  have  an  obligation  to  look  today  not  only  at  what  is 
being  provided  and  what  can  be  provided,  but  also  what  responsi- 
bility various  segments  of  the  broadcasting  community  have  to 
make  certain  that  there  is  the  kind  of  programing  for  children's 
television  which  will  enhance  the  well-being  of  our  society. 

Mr.  WiRTH.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Tauke. 

Mr.  Leland. 

Mr.  Leland.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  welcome  the  opportunity  to  com- 
memorate National  Children  and  Television  Week,  and  to  discuss 
issues  concerning  children  and  television.  Television  is  increasingly 
becoming  one  of  the  primary  educators  of  America. 

Studies  indicate  that  many  children  spend  more  hours  watching 
television  at  home  than  they  do  studying  in  the  classroom.  The 
images  that  children  receive  from  television  broadcasting  shape 
their  perceptions,  attitudes,  and  values.  Although  there  has  been 
improvement  in  the  quality  of  children's  programing  over  the  past 
few  years,  many  questions  and  concerns  have  gone  unanswered. 

I  am  appreciative  that  we  will  have  an  opportunity  to  discuss  the 
roles  of  commercial  and  public  broadcasting  in  providing  program- 
ing for  children,  the  impact  of  the  changing  marketplace  on  chil- 


dren's  TV,  and  the  development  of  pay  and  cable  systems  and  their 
impact  on  children's  programing. 

I  fully  agree  with  the  Federal  Communications  Commission's 
statement  that  broadcasters  have  a  special  obligation  to  children.  I 
hope  that  this  hearing  will  provide  the  impetus  for  further  im- 
provement of  programing  designed  for  and  geared  to  children.  I  ap- 
preciate your  foresight  in  this  matter. 

Mr.  WiRTH.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Leland. 

One  of  the  themes  that  will  run  through  all  of  our  discussion  in 
this  area  is  the  first  amendment  and  whether  or  not  the  Congress 
can  and  should  be  dictating  the  content  of  programing.  I  don't 
think  anybody  on  this  panel  would  suggest  for  1  minute  that  that 
is  our  obligation  or  our  responsibility,  or  something  that  we  can  do 
under  contraints  of  the  Constitution  and  the  first  amendment. 

However,  it  is  very  clear  that  there  are  a  number  of  issues  relat- 
ed to  the  education  and  socialization  of  our  young  have  been  regis- 
tered here.  There  is  a  careful  balance  which  I  think  we  are  very 
aware  of.  I  would  like  to  just  say  that  at  the  start,  given  the  con- 
cerns that  many  justifiably  suggest  when  we  get  into  this  very  deli- 
cate area  of  programing. 

Second,  just  procedurally,  I  should  note  that  we  in  the  Congress, 
are  at  the  height  of  the  budget  season.  As  a  member  of  the  Budget 
Committee,  I  am  going  to  have  to  leave  shortly  to  go  over  to  the 
markup  of  the  famous  first  budget  resolution  about  which  I  know 
all  of  you  are  passionately  concerned. 

We  would  like  to  get  going  as  quickly  as  we  can  with  our  first 
panel  which  includes  two  very  good  friends  of  this  subcommittee, 
Commissioner  Henry  Rivera  from  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission — Commissioner,  we  are  delighted  to  have  you  here — 
and  Mr.  Robert  Keeshan,  otherwise  known  as  Captain  Kangaroo — 
Captain,  delighted  to  have  you  here  this  morning.  Thank  you  both 
very  much. 

Commissioner  Rivera,  perhaps  we  could  start  with  you.  I  just 
want  to  commend  you  on  the  legislative  proposal  that  you  and  Na- 
tional Education  Association  have  put  together  to  create  a  tempo- 
rary task  force  of  all  groups  to  look  at  this  issue.  I,  for  one,  think 
that  this  is  a  very  good  idea,  and  one  that  we  ought  to  pursue.  We 
look  forward  to  hearing  from  you  about  that  and  other  issues  in 
greater  detail. 

So  welcome,  and  we  look  forward  to  hearing  from  you.  Thank 
you  for  being  with  us. 

STATEMENT  OF  HENRY  M.  RIVERA,  COMMISSIONER,  FEDERAL 
COMMUNICATIONS  COMMISSION 

Mr.  Rivera.  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  subcommittee.  I 
appreciate  this  opportunity  to  present  my  views  on  the  subject  of 
children's  television,  an  issue  of  genuine  concern  to  me. 

I  am  frankly  delighted  that  the  subcommittee  has  decided  to  con- 
duct hearings  on  the  state  of  children's  television.  In  terms  of  the 
development  of  the  voters,  workers,  and  leaders  of  tomorrow's 
America,  this  could  not  be  a  more  important  issue  or  a  more  timely 
airing  of  that  issue. 


The  statistics  on  the  high  incidence  of  television  viewing  by 
America's  young  are  well  known.  During  the  impressionable  ages 
of  2  through  5,  our  children  watch  an  average  of  27  hours  of  televi- 
sion a  week.  Children  between  the  ages  of  6  through  11  watch  25 
hours  of  television  weekly,  on  the  average.  A  growing  number  of 
studies,  including  one  recently  issued  by  the  National  Institute  of 
Mental  Health,  have  suggested  a  correlation  between  television 
viewing  and  child  development. 

The  magnitude  of  television  viewing  and  the  impact  of  that  view- 
ing on  children  are  great.  And  yet  one  need  only  scan  a  TV  sched- 
ule to  confirm  that  the  choice  of  programs  designed  for  the  child 
audience  on  commercial  television  is  limited,  to  put  it  most  charita- 
bly. A  sprinkling  of  randomly  aired  "specials"  and  the  well-known 
Saturday  morning  cartoon  ghetto  are  all  that  remain  on  the  com- 
mercial networks.  One  by  one,  we  have  watched  the  best  and  the 
brightest  programs  disappear — Captain  Kangaroo,  Animals,  Ani- 
mals, Animals,  30  Minutes,  and  even  the  long  popular  Wonderful 
World  of  Disney. 

There  have  been  some  replacements,  it  is  true.  But  more  often 
than  not,  they  have  been  inexpensive  animated  shows  or  reruns. 
Since  the  gradual  euthanasia  of  the  Captain  Kangaroo  Show,  none 
of  the  commercial  networks,  to  my  knowledge,  airs  a  regularly 
scheduled  weekday  program  created  specifically  for  children.  Is 
this  the  best  our  great  country  can  offer  its  young? 

I  do  not  mean  to  criticize  the  television  industry  alone.  We  are 
all  responsible  for  the  current  condition  of  the  medium:  parents, 
broadcasters  and  policymakers. 

As  parents,  many  of  us  have  too  easily  succumbed  to  the  tempta- 
tion to  use  television  as  a  surrogate,  or  an  electronic  babysitter.  We 
have  also  failed  effectively  to  express  our  approval  of,  or  displeas- 
ure with,  the  programs  watched  by  our  children. 

Many  broadcasters  have  also  failed  to  live  up  to  their  responsibil- 
ities under  the  public  interest  standard  of  the  Communications 
Act:  to  air  a  reasonable  amount  of  programing  specially  designed 
for  children  on  a  regular  basis,  at  a  time  when  children  are  likely 
to  be  watching.  Apart  from  any  legal  duty,  broadcasters  quite 
simply  have  breached  their  social  compact  with  their  constituen- 
cy— the  viewing  audience — to  enrich,  entertain  and  educate. 

At  a  time  when  broadcasters  are  claiming  sufficient  "maturity" 
to  warrant  full  and  unconditional  deregulation,  I  find  this  perform- 
ance— or  lack  of  performance — disappointing  and  disturbing.  For 
broadcasters  to  be  persuasive  in  their  campaign  for  full  regulatory 
relief,  they  must  show  themselves  to  be  responsible  to  the  public. 
Their  record  in  meeting  needs  of  children  undermines  the  sense  of 
confidence  that  policymakers  must  have  before  they  can  make  a 
judgment  that  our  broadcast  system  has  come  of  age. 

I  am  also  disheartened  by  the  inaction  of  my  agency,  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission.  Over  a  decade  ago,  the  FCC  began 
an  inquiry  into  the  condition  of  children's  television.  That  effort  re- 
sulted in  the  promulgation  in  1974,  of  a  policy  statement  outlining 
broadcaster  obligations  to  the  child  audience.  In  1979,  a  special 
task  force  concluded  that  the  industry,  as  a  whole,  was  not  living 
up  to  its  programing  responsibilities  under  the  policy  statement.  In 
response  the  FCC  launched  a  rulemaking  which  outlined  five  alter- 


6 

native  approaches  for  remedying  the  deficiencies  perceived  by  the 
task  force.  In  October  1980,  during  2  days  of  hearings,  the  Commis- 
sion heard  some  of  the  many  people  who  commented  on  these  rule- 
making proposals.  Presumably,  those  hearings  were  a  prelude  to 
final  action  in  the  docket.  As  it  turned  out,  though,  the  issue  was 
put  on  the  back  burner  at  the  agency.  National  Children  and  Tele- 
vision Week  has  not  even  evoked  a  commemorative  gesture  from 
the  FCC. 

Many  broadcasters  have  shrewdly  appraised  the  situation  in 
Washington  and,  seeing  that  the  FCC's  attention  is  on  other  mat- 
ters, have  adjusted  their  program  schedules  accordingly.  As  I  have 
said  in  other  forums,  from  a  purely  financial  standpoint  I  cannot 
blame  them.  But,  I  cannot  believe  that  we  have  become  so  cynical 
as  a  society  that  we  will  allow  the  laws  of  economics  to  govern  in 
every  instance. 

I  particularly  cannot  accept  the  view  that  broadcasters  are 
merely  business  people — nothing  more  and  nothing  less.  A  televi- 
sion is  not,  as  some  have  suggested,  just  a  toaster  with  pictures. 
NAB  president  Eddie  Fritts  recently  said  in  a  slightly  different 
context:  "Broadcasting  as  a  guest  in  the  home  is  unlike  any  other 
business  in  the  nation."  I  agree.  Also,  no  matter  how  warmly  we 
may  embrace  deregulation  as  a  general  principle,  the  fact  remains 
that  to  this  day,  broadcasters  are  by  law  public  trustees.  As  such, 
they  are  subject  to  reasonable  public  interest  regulation  by  the 
FCC.  And  no  matter  what  the  alleged  shortcomings  of  the  FCC's 
1974  policy  statement,  that  statement  is  still  on  the  books.  It  is  a 
good  law  and  the  FCC  should  make  good  its  promise  to  enforce  it, 
not  allow  its  pronouncements  on  broadcasters'  obligation  to  chil- 
dren to  become  hollow  fictions. 

It  is  simply  unacceptable  to  say  that  broadcasting  is  a  business 
and  must  be  guided  by  what  is  most  profitable.  As  entities  with  an 
exclusive  license  to  use  the  spectrum,  broadcasters  have  benefitted 
substantially  from  the  use  of  a  public  resource.  In  return,  the 
public  is  entitled  to  a  dividend.  At  a  minimum,  that  dividend 
should  include  regular,  diverse  and  enriching  programing  for  chil- 
dren. 

Children's  needs  simply  cannot  be  met  in  the  present  market- 
place. They  cannot  speak  the  language  that  is  best  understood  by 
commercial  entities.  There  is  much  hope  for  genuinely  abundant 
video  programing  in  the  future,  but  today  the  video  marketplace  is 
not  so  robust  that  sustained,  quality  children's  programs  are  likely 
to  be  offered  through  the  natural  interplay  of  market  forces. 

No  one  expects — or  would  want — television  licensees  to  become 
national  nannies.  What  we  should  reasonably  expect  is  for  broad- 
casters to  offer  children  a  choice.  One  that  we  as  a  nation  can  be 
proud  of.  One  that  reflects  the  best  potential  of  the  medium.  And, 
yes,  one  that  is  not  be  dictated  exclusively  by  economics. 

How  can  we  make  this  longstanding  hope  and  collection  of  public 
promises  a  reality? 

Public  television  is  certainly  one  vehicle  for  helping  fulfill  the 
children's  programing  mission.  The  public  television  network  has 
been  nothing  less  than  the  standard  bearer  in  developing  programs 
for  youthful  viewers.  We  must  take  all  reasonable  steps  to  insure 
that  public  broadcasting  is  soundly  and  generously  financed.  Given 


suggestions  that  public  television  single-handedly  meet  our  chil- 
drens'  viewing  needs,  I  view  with  more  than  a  little  trepidation  the 
administration's  proposals  to  slash  Federal  funding  of  public  broad- 
casting. 

Although  I  firmly  support  a  strong  public  broadcasting  system,  I 
have  several  reservations  about  making  it  shoulder  the  entire  re- 
sponsibility for  children's  television.  Our  children's  access  to  di- 
verse and  enriching  programs  should  not  be  dependent  on  the  va- 
garies of  the  appropriations  process.  The  funding  hazards  under 
which  public  broadcasting  has  recently  operated  dramatically  illus- 
trate the  perils  of  that  approach. 

I  am  also  concerned  that  a  large  part  of  the  public  cannot  receive 
an  over-the-air  public  television  signal — at  least  5  percent  and  per- 
haps much  higher.  Universal  service  is  a  fundamental  communica- 
tions policy  goal.  We  have  recently  reemphasized  this  conviction  in 
the  common  carrier  area.  I  can  think  of  no  reason  that  commit- 
ment should  not  apply  with  equal  vigor  in  the  children's  program- 
ing arena. 

Finally,  there  is  a  curious  double  standard,  from  a  first  amend- 
ment standpoint  in  sparing  commercial  broadcasters  from  all  be- 
havioral regulation  in  the  interest  of  free  speech,  while  specifying 
desired  categories  of  programing  as  a  condition  of  Federal  funding 
for  public  broadcasters.  Others  have  raised  this  issue  and  it  deeply 
concerns  me,  as  well. 

I  firmly  believe  commercial  broadcasters  should  be  held  to  their 
existing  duty  to  air  a  reasonable  amount  of  programing  specially 
designed  for  children.  They  have  the  financial  resources,  the  cre- 
ative talent,  and  an  unmatched  ability  to  reach  the  entire  viewing 
public,  free  of  direct  charge.  Toward  this  end,  my  preference  would 
be  for  the  FCC  to  act  on  its  outstanding  rulemaking  on  children's 
television.  The  options  proposed,  which  range  from  imposing  man- 
datory programing  guidelines  to  relying  entirely  on  the  developing 
new  technologies,  are  sufficiently  broad  to  allow  the  FCC  to  ad- 
dress the  children's  programing  issue  responsibly.  Let  me  make 
plain  that  I  have  no  love  for  mandatory  program  performance 
guidelines.  I  would  advocate  them  only  as  a  last  resort.  However,  I 
do  believe  the  FCC  has  the  legal  authority  to  promulgate  narrowly 
tailored  regulations  or  processing  guidelines  to  meet  the  needs  of 
this  specially  protected  class.  And,  if  commercial  broadcasters 
cannot  see  their  way  clear  to  meeting  their  obligation  to  children 
independently,  I  would  be  prepared  to  consider  the  guideline  con- 
cept, at  least  as  an  interim  measure. 

While  I  would  prefer  for  the  FCC,  on  its  own,  to  finish  what  it 
has  started,  I  realize  that  many  of  the  Commissioners  responsible 
for  the  rulemaking  proposals  issued  3  years  ago  have  since  left  the 
Agency.  Some  of  us  are  unfamiliar  with  the  issues  involved.  Others 
may  feel  that  the  FCC  should  update  the  record  before  acting.  Still 
others  may  want  additional  analysis  of  alternatives  not  expressly 
highlighted  before,  such  as  placing  responsibility  in  this  area  on 
the  public  television  alone. 

We  need  a  vehicle  for  such  supplemental  activity,  which  will 
break  the  existing  regulatory  stalemate.  I  urge  this  subcommittee 
to  consider  legislation  to  form  a  temporary  commission  on  children 
and  television  to  evaluate  strategies  for  meeting  the  television 


8 

viewing  needs  of  our  young  people.  The  temporary  commission 
could  consist  of  high  level  representatives  of  government,  industry, 
and  members  of  the  general  public  active  in  this  area. 

What  I  have  in  mind  is  something  along  the  lines  that  the  Na- 
tional Education  Association  proposed  to  the  FCC  during  a  public 
participation  en  banc  meeting  in  January  1982.  If  the  subcommit- 
tee decided  to  pursue  this  suggestion,  it  should  give  the  temporary 
commission  a  limited  life  span,  say  6  months,  during  which  the 
group  could  freshen  the  record  of  the  FCC's  pending  rulemaking, 
educate  the  current  FCC  on  the  issues  involved,  and  ultimately 
present  final  recommendations  for  positive  action.  The  temporary 
commission  should  be  specifically  accountable  to  the  Congress — as 
well  as  the  FCC — so  that  Congress  will  be  in  a  position  to  act 
promptly  on  any  legislative  recommendations  that  are  made. 

Although  groups  of  this  sort  carry  the  potential  for  delay,  they 
also  can,  if  properly  structured,  provide  the  catalyst  for  creative 
new  initiatives.  I  am  especially  optimistic  about  the  prospects  for  a 
temporary  commission  on  children  and  television  because  of  the 
apparent  success  of  your  Temporary  Commission  on  Alternative  Fi- 
nancing for  Public  Television,  which  is  being  ably  chaired  by  FCC 
Commissioner  James  Quello.  I  can  also  attest  to  the  creative  poten- 
tial of  special  high-level,  task-oriented  committees  based  on  my 
own  experience  chairing  the  FCC's  Advisory  Committee  on  Alter- 
native Financing  Opportunities  for  Minorities  in  Telecommunica- 
tions. 

In  conclusion,  I  am  grateful  for  this  chance  to  present  my  views 
on  children's  television.  National  Children  and  Television  week  has 
real  promise  for  raising  public  awareness  about  the  present  condi- 
tion of  television  for  our  nation's  young.  I  hope  that  those  in  a  posi- 
tion to  make  a  difference  continue  beyond  March  19  the  enthusi- 
asm generated  during  this  commemorative  week. 

This  concludes  my  prepared  testimony,  Mr.  Chairman.  However, 
before  I  finish,  I  would  like  to  report  to  you  a  late  breaking  devel- 
opment from  the  Commission.  I  have  with  me  a  letter  from  FCC 
Chairman  Mark  Fowler  to  you.  Congressman  Wirth,  which  he  has 
asked  me  to  deliver.  I  am  told  that  your  staff  was  made  aware  of 
this  letter  last  night,  right  after  I  received  it.  The  letter  states  that 
Chairman  Fowler  has  just  decided  to  hold  an  en  banc  hearing 
sometime  in  late  April  on  children's  television  and  to  conclude  the 
1979  children's  television  rulemaking  proceeding  in  late  summer  or 
early  fall  of  1983.  I  suppose  there  may  be  some  truth  to  the  adage 
that  the  squeaky  wheel  gets  the  grease.  I  am  pleased  that  Chair- 
man Fowler  has  decided  to  move  ahead  with  the  FCC's  duties  in 
this  area.  As  I  stated  before,  I  believe  the  FCC  should  finish  what 
it  has  started.  While  I  believe  this  is  a  positive  development,  I  also 
continue  to  believe  that  congressional  action  in  the  area  of  chil- 
dren's programing  would  be  an  appropriate  and  desirable  supple- 
ment to  the  FCC  action.  My  impression  is  that  when  Congress 
speaks,  the  broadcast  industry  and  the  FCC  listen.  Tangible  evi- 
dence of  congressional  concern  cannot  harm  the  cause  of  children's 
television.  It  could  also  help.  As  I  said  earlier,  a  temporary  commis- 
sion could  fertilize  everyone's  thinking  on  this  age-old  issue.  I 
would  not  want  the  creation  of  a  temporary  commission  to  delay 
the  decision  on  the  children's  television  issue.  But  dates  often  slip 


at  the  FCC  despite  the  chairman's  best  intentions,  so  it  is  quite 
conceivable  that  a  temporary  commission  could  finish  its  work 
before  the  FCC  completes  its  outstanding  rulemaking.  Its  recom- 
mendations could  be  filtered  into  any  final  report  and  order  that 
the  FCC  would  issue.  Even  if  the  temporary  commission  did  not 
finish  its  work  before  final  FCC  action,  the  temporary  commission 
recommendations  could  be  used  in  petitions  for  reconsideration,  or 
considered  by  Congress,  as  appropriate. 

These  are  matters  that  the  subcommittee  will  obviously  have  to 
evaluate.  I'd  be  happy  to  answer  any  questions  you  may  have,  Mr. 
Chairman. 

Mr.  WiRTH.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Commissioner. 

Without  objection,  Mr.  Fowler's  letter  of  last  night  will  be  includ- 
ed in  full  in  the  record.  We  appreciate  your  good  work  at  the  com- 
mission and  the  efforts  of  the  commission  to  work  together  and,  as 
you  suggest,  respond  to  the  very  deep  concerns  of  this  subcommit- 
tee. 

Thank  you  very  much,  and  I  hope  you  won't  mind  if  a  number  of 
us  plagiarize  from  your  excellent  testimony. 

Mr.  Rivera.  Not  at  all,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  WiRTH.  Thank  you.  Commissioner. 

[The  letter  referred  to  follows:] 


10 


Federal  Communications  Commission 
washington,  d.  c.  20554 

March    16,    1983 


oFTicc  or 
The  Chairm  A.N 


Honorable  Timothy  Wirth 

Chairman,  Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications, 

Consumer  Protection,  and  Finance 
Committee  on  Energy  and  Finance 
U.S.  House  of  Representatives 
Washington,  D.  C.   20515 

Dear  Chairman  Wirth: 

I  am  writing  in  reference  to  the  Subcommittee  Hearing  on 
children  and  television  scheduled  today  as  part  of  National 
Children  and  Television  Week.   My  fellow  Commissioner  Henry 
Rivera  is  scheduled  to  participate  in  this  Hearing,  and  I  have 
asked  him  to  present  this  letter  to  you. 

As  you  know,  in  1979  a  special  FCC  Task  Force  released  a 
study  of  children's  television,  reviewing  the  five  year  period 
since  the  1974  FCC  Children's  Television  Policy  Statement.   In 
response  to  that  report,  the  Commission  began  an  Inquiry,  Docket 
No.  19142,  to  consider  alternative  approaches  to  the  subject  of 
children's  television.   Two  days  of  hearings  were  conducted  in 
October,  1980  on  the  study  and  recommended  alternatives. 

I  would  anticipate  that  the  Commission  will  issue  a  final 
report  in  Docket  No.  19142  by  late  summer/early  fall,  1983. 
Pursuant  to  that  timetable,  and  in  order  to  havfe  an  up-to-date 
record  with  which  to  proceed  in  this  important  matter,  I  would 
request,  with  your  permission,  that  a  transcript  of  today's 
Hearing  be  included  in  the  record  x>f  Docket  No.  19142. 

In  addition,  I  have  scheduled  an  en  banc  oral  hearing  at  the 
Commission  on  Docket  No.  19142  for  late  April.  This  hearing  will 
give  interested  parties  an  opportunity  to  update  comments  already 
filed  in  the  proceeding.  It  will  also  give  members  of  the 
Commission  an  opportunity,  sitting  as  a  panel,  to  have  a  question 
and  answer  exchange  with  the  commenting  parties. 

I  would  respectfully  request  that  this  letter  be  made  a  part 
of  the  record  of  today's  Hearing. 


Sincerely, 


Mark  S.  Fowler 
Chairman 


11 

Mr.  WiRTH.  With  Commissioner  Rivera  is,  as  I  suggested,  an  old 
friend  of  this  subcommittee  and  a  long-time  family  friend  of  Sena- 
tor Heinz  who  was,  on  the  Senate  side,  the  Senate  sponsor  of  the 
legislation  creating  National  Children  and  Television  Week,  Mr. 
Robert  Keeshan,  perhaps  better  known  outside  of  the  families  in- 
volved as  Captain  Kangaroo. 

Captain,  again,  thank  you  very  much  for  being  with  us  once 
again.  We  look  forward  to  hearing  from  you. 

STATEMENT  OF  ROBERT  KEESHAN,  NEW  YORK 

Mr.  Keeshan.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  must  say  that  you  are  the  first  chairman  of  a  congressional 
committee  who  did  not  introduce  me  by  saying.  Good  Morning, 
Captain.  I  appreciate  that.  I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  speak  to 
you  today  about  perhaps  my  favorite  subject,  children  and  televi- 
sion. 

Perhaps  the  most  basic  undertaking  of  any  society  is  the  nurtur- 
ing of  its  young.  This,  of  course,  springs  from  the  instinct,  survival 
of  the  individual  and  survival  of  the  society.  A  society  which  intel- 
ligently attends  to  the  nurturing  of  its  young  has  a  promising 
future.  The  society  which  fails  in  this  basic  task  will  spend  its  re- 
sources restraining  its  misfits,  building  detention  centers  to  ware- 
house its  failures. 

To  be  successful  in  the  nurturing  process,  society  must  be  con- 
cerned about  the  many  influences  affecting  the  development  of  its 
young.  The  family,  our  primary  unit  for  nurturing,  must  have  the 
total  support  needed  to  support  its  task.  We  must  provide  for  the 
education  of  the  young.  Every  child  must  have  access  to  the  splen- 
did facilities  of  modern  American  medicine.  All  of  us  in  society 
must  weigh  how  our  private  actions  and  our  public  and  corporate 
policies  affect  the  youth  of  the  Nation,  its  future. 

Television  is  an  influence  on  our  young  people.  It  provides  a 
wider  range  of  experiences.  It  provides  more  information  than  the 
public  library,  for  many  more  information  than  the  schools.  Televi- 
sion influences  our  young  in  developing  attitudes  and  in  the  im- 
parting of  values  to  young  people  from  toddler  to  teen  and  beyond. 

The  questions  asked  by  this  committee  today  are  not  simply  an- 
swered because  the  question  of  children  and  television  is  a  question 
with  many  parts. 

How  do  parents  use  television? 

What  can  we  do  to  inform  parents  of  the  values  imparted 
to  a  4-year-old  watching  a  game  show  or  soap  opera  with  mature 
themes  and  to  make  them  understand  that  television  is  not  a  baby- 
sitter but  that  programing  should  be  as  carefully  selected  as 
friends  and  other  influences  upon  the  child? 

We  shall  continue  to  work  through  the  National  Council  for  Chil- 
dren and  Television  to  sensitize  members  of  the  creative  communi- 
ty to  the  effects  that  their  writing,  production,  and  performing  may 
have  upon  the  Nation's  young  and,  therefore,  its  future.  We  shall 
continue  to  impress  upon  them  that  a  child  is  watching. 

That  brings  us  to  the  basic  question,  the  question  of  broadcaster 
responsibility  to  children.  I  believe  that  broadcasters,  commercial 
and  public,  network  and  independent,  must  appreciate  the  impact 


12 

of  their  programing  on  the  Nation's  young  and,  therefore,  on  the 
future  of  the  Republic.  This  is  not  a  responsibility  which  we  assign 
to  broadcasters  and  not  to  others. 

I  believe  that  every  segment  of  our  society — government,  indus- 
try, business,  including  broadcasters — must  be  accountable  for  the 
effects  of  their  actions  on  the  Nation's  young.  The  question  is  not 
whether  broadcasters  should  be  treated  as  trustees  of  the  airwaves, 
or  as  private  enterprise  in  a  public  business.  Every  one  of  us,  indi- 
vidual or  corporation,  public  or  private,  is  subject  to  the  principle 
of  accountability. 

How  to  achieve  this  accountability  is  indeed  a  difficult  question. 
I  have  spent  most  of  the  last  decade  across  this  Nation  calling  for 
industry  self-regulation,  and  speaking  against  government  intru- 
sion. However,  I  don't  believe  anyone  is  naive  enough  to  believe 
that  the  marketplace  will  provide  the  impetus  for  meeting  the 
needs  of  children  or  any  other  minority  audience. 

It  is  not  a  question  of  marketplace  or  deregulation  or  first 
amendment  rights.  Children  are  special,  vulnerable,  our  most  criti- 
cal asset,  and  must  be  treated  as  such.  Our  law  recognizes  this  in 
protecting  them  in  contracts,  alcohol  abuse,  and  such  rulings  as 
that  of  the  Supreme  Court  last  year  in  the  New  York  "kiddie 
porn"  case,  a  case  incidentally  which  was  fraught  with  first  amend- 
ment questions. 

No,  children  are  special  and  if  we  are  to  nurture  our  young  and 
provide  for  our  future,  we  must  recognize  the  special  conditions 
which  obtain. 

I  am  a  broadcaster,  a  producer  of  programing.  I  am  not  unfet- 
tered. I  am  responsible  for  my  actions  and  the  effects  of  my  pro- 
graming on  young  people.  I  accept  that  responsibility  and  ask  that 
I  be  held  accountable.  I  ask  that  each  and  every  one  of  my  fellow 
broadcasters  accept  the  same  accountability.  If  we  do  so,  as  an  in- 
dustry, then  this  committee  will  not  find  it  necessary  to  ask  the 
questions  it  is  asking  this  morning. 

Mr.  Swift  [presiding].  Thank  you  very  much,  gentlemen,  for 
your  testimony. 

We  will  follow  the  tradition  of  the  committee,  recognizing  rnem- 
bers  in  order  of  their  appearance.  We  will  try  to  follow  within 
reason  the  5-minute  rule. 

The  Chair  recognizes  Mr.  Gore. 

Mr.  Gore.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

First  of  all.  Commissioner  Rivera,  I  would  like  to  compliment 
you  on  your  statement,  which  I  found  to  be  truly  excellent.  I  would 
also  like  to  express  my  appreciation  and  that  of  other  members  of 
the  committee,  I  am  sure,  for  the  FCC's  responsiveness  to  the  con- 
cerns we  have  expressed  as  evidenced  by  the  letter  from  Chairman 
Fowler,  which  you  read  into  the  record. 

I  find  your  analysis  of  the  problem  and  your  push  for  action  and 
your  suggestions  all  really  excellent.  I  appreciate  that  very  rnuch. 

How  long  have  you  been  on  the  Commission,  Commissioner 
Rivera? 

Mr.  Rivera.  Since  August  of  1981. 

Mr.  Gore.  I  would  also  like  to  compliment  President  Reagan  for 
having  the  wisdom  to  appoint  you  to  the  Commission,  because  I 
find  your  perspective  quite  refreshing.  I  look  forward  to  working 


13 

with  you.  This  is  just  an  enormous  missed  opportunity  for  our  soci- 
ety and  an  enormous  tragedy  in  the  way  that  programing  is  now 
being  presented. 

I  must  admit,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  a  conflict  of  interest  of  sorts. 
I  have  four  young  children,  all  under  the  age  of  9,  and  I  get  to 
watch  a  lot  of  children's  programing  during  meals,  and  whatnot, 
when  it  is  on.  I  am  quite  concerned  as  a  parent  and  as  a  member  of 
this  subcommittee. 

Mr.  Keeshan,  tell  me  when  are  you  on?  When  is  Captain  Kanga- 
roo on  television  now.  I  don't  see  you  any  more. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  You  are  obviously  not  an  early  riser. 

We  are  broadcast  on  weekends,  Saturday  and  Sunday,  in  most 
places  at  7  a.m.,  although  in  many  places  at  6  a.m. 

Mr.  Gore.  That  is  really  an  impressive  commitment  on  the  part 
of  the  network  to  get  your  children's  programing  out.  You  used  to 
be  the  only  network  that  produced  weekday  television  programing 
specifically  made  for  children;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  That  is  correct.  For  27  years,  we  were  on  Monday 
through  Friday  on  CBS. 

Mr.  Gore.  Now  you  have  been  taken  off? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  Now  we  are  on  weekends. 

Mr.  Gore.  You  have  been  taken  off  during  the  week,  and  now 
you  are  on  weekends. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  Yes. 

Mr.  Gore.  Here  in  Washington  you  are  on  on  Sunday  mornings 
at  6? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  I  am  not  familiar  with  the  schedule  in  Washing- 
ton, but  it  would  be  6  or  7  a.m.,  on  both  Saturday  and  Sunday. 

Mr.  Gore.  Why  have  they  done  this  to  you.  Captain  Kangaroo? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  I  think  the  marketplace  has  really  come  into  play 
here.  There  had  been  for  many  years  tremendous  pressure  to  serve 
an  adult  audience  during  the  week  in  the  time  period  that  I  occu- 
pied, 8  to  9  a.m.  is  a  very  important  time  period.  It  became  an  op- 
pressive pressure.  There  was  pressure  from  affiliates,  and  pressure 
from  other  quarters,  pressures  from  the  News  Division  to  recapture 
that  time. 

Everyone  was  unhappy  with  the  performance  of  the  CBS  News 
against  their  competition  from  NBC  and  ABC.  The  News  Depart- 
ment felt  very  clearly  that  if  they  had  the  full  2  hours  to  work, 
they  could  recapture  that  hour,  and  they  would  be  more  successful 
in  competing. 

Mr.  Gore.  You  mean  that  they  would  make  more  money? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  I  don't  know  if  I  want  to  ascribe  the  most  base  mo- 
tives to  the  network,  but  it  certainly  is  no  accident  that  part  of  the 
whole  picture  is  that  they  would  always  make  more  money  from 
adult  programing.  Any  network  will  always  make  more  money 
from  adult  programing.  There  is  no  question  about  that. 

Mr.  Gore.  It  really  isn't  complicated,  it  is? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  No;  it  is  not.  You  can't  serve  a  child  audience,  a 
juvenile  audience  if  the  only  standard  is  an  economic  standard. 
You  have  to  have  other  reasons  to  do  quality  children's  program- 
ing. 

Mr.  Gore.  Little  children  don't  buy  automobiles.  They  don't  buy 
beer.  They  don't  buy  perfume. 


20-006    0-83 


14 

Mr.  Keeshan.  They  don't  vote. 

Mr.  Gore.  They  don't  vote,  and  they  are  not  that  successful  in 
nagging  their  parents  to  buy  the  things  that  are  advertised  to 
them.  So  there  is  only  a  minimal  commitment. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  They  are  the  silent  minority,  there  is  no  question 
about  that.  They  are  not  able  to  express  their  needs.  They  are  not 
articulate. 

Mr.  Gore.  I  think,  as  I  said  before,  in  conclusion,  this  is  a  trage- 
dy that  this  single  largest  source  of  information  for  young  people 
in  America  is  handled,  or  mishandled,  in  the  way  it  is.  What  has 
happened  to  you.  Captain  Kangaroo,  is  the  best  example  I  know  of. 
The  other  two  networks,  of  course,  didn't  have  a  Captain  Kangaroo 
to  shuffle  off  on  to  the  dawn  slots  on  the  weekend,  so  it  is  not  iust 
CBS. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Swift.  The  Chair  recognizes  Mr.  Rinaldo. 

Mr.  Rinaldo.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Rivera,  I  want  to  thank  you  for  your  testimony.  Twice  in 
your  testimony  you  stated  that  the  networks  should  air  a  reason- 
able amount  of  programing  specifically  designed  for  children,  but 
nowhere  did  you  define  what  a  reasonable  amount  is.  Would  you 
please  define  that  for  the  benefit  of  the  members  of  this  committee, 
and  for  the  record? 

Mr.  Rivera.  Yes,  Congressman,  I  think  that  is  a  real  problem, 
what  is  a  reasonable  amount.  I  think  that  would  have  to  be  defined 
and  would  have  to  be  fleshed  out,  perhaps,  as  a  result  of  the  en 
banc  meeting  that  the  Commission  is  going  to  have,  or  perhaps  as  a 
result  of  the  work  of  the  temporary  commission  if  Congress  saw  fit 
to  authorize  the  temporary  commission.  It  is  very  soft,  I  agree  with 
you. 

Mr.  Rinaldo.  The  problem  is  that  you  stated  that  there  wasn't 
enough.  How  much  is  there  now? 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  suggest  that  that  question  would  be  better  put  to 
the  networks.  Congressman. 

Mr.  Rinaldo.  Let  me  ask  you  another  way.  How  much  more  do 
you  think  there  be?  Should  they  double  the  amount  they  have  now, 
or  triple  it? 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  would  just  say  that  in  1979,  when  we  issued  the 
rulemaking,  we  had  a  lot  more  programing  for  children  than  we 
have  now.  So  there  is  considerably  less.  Whether  or  not  they 
should  double  it,  triple  it,  or  quadruple  it,  is  again  something  that  I 
would  like  to  await  saying  until  I  get  the  information  that  will 
result  from  the  en  banc  meeting  that  we  are  going  to  have. 

Mr.  Rinaldo.  There  is  less.  So  you  are  saying  that  the  situation 
is  getting  worse  rather  than  better. 

Mr.  Rivera.  Absolutely. 

Mr.  Rinaldo.  I  have  to  admit  that  I  don't  know  very  much  about 
this,  and  that  is  one  of  the  reasons  why  I  am  intrigued  by  the  fact 
that  twice  in  your  testimony  you  said  "a  reasonable  amount,"  and 
I  think  that  the  Commission  concept  is  probably  a  good  one.  But 
why  don't  you  give  me  some  idea,  for  the  record,  as  to  what  your 
opinion  of  reasonable  would  be.  You  must  have  some  idea  of  what 
it  is. 


15 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  utilized  that  word,  Congressman,  because  that  is 
what  the  1974  policy  statement  indicates  and  utilizes.  In  other 
areas  that  we  have  asked  broadcasters  to  concentrate  in,  for  exam- 
ple, public  affairs,  we  have  always  left  the  amount  in  the  discretion 
of  the  licensee.  They  have  broad  discretion.  That  is  what  the  Com- 
mission was  trying  to  do  in  1974  when  it  issued  that  particular 
policy  statement. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  I  remember  the  policy  statement,  but  I  am  still 
trying  to  get  some  idea.  I  know  the  difficulty  with  defining  reason- 
able, but  can  you  give  me  some  idea? 

How  much  has  been  lost?  You  said  that  from  1979  to  date,  1983, 
there  has  been  a  decrease. 

Mr.  Rivera.  Yes, 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  How  much  of  a  decrease  has  there  been? 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  can't  tell  you  specifically.  I  can  tell  you  that  Ani- 
mals, Animals,  Animals  is  no  longer  on,  and  30  Minutes  is  no 
longer  on,  or  the  Wonderful  World  of  Disney  is  no  longer  on. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  Has  there  been  a  great  decrease,  a  moderate  de- 
crease, or  small  decrease? 

Mr.  Rivera.  There  has  been  a  great  decrease. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  A  great  decrease? 

Mr.  Rivera.  Yes;  I  think  I  can  quantify  it  that  way,  yes. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  Suppose  we  ran  the  spectrum  from  zero  to  100  per- 
cent of  broadcast  time,  how  much  broadcast  time,  just  give  me  an 
arbitrary  number,  do  you  think  should  be  devoted  to  children's 
television? 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  really  am,  as  you  can  tell,  very  reluctant  to  answer 
that  question.  Congressman. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  I  know  that,  but  I  would  like  an  answer  because  I 
would  like  to  ask  the  networks,  when  they  testify,  how  much  they 
are  providing  now.  I  would  like  to  get  some  idea  of  exactly  what  is 
going  on  in  this  area  because  I  can't  make  any  intelligent  judg- 
ments without  knowing  exactly  what  is  happening. 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  understand  that,  and  neither  can  I,  that  is  why  I 
am  very  concerned  that  the  Commission  flesh  out  and  refresh  its 
record  in  the  children's  television  proceeding  so  that  I  could  give 
you  an  intelligent  answer  to  that  question. 

I  can  tell  you  that  we  have  less  than  we  had  in  1979.  There  has 
been  a  great  decrease,  but  I  certainly  can't  sit  here  and  tell  you 
that  7V2  hours  a  week  is  reasonable.  I  simply  do  not  have  the  infor- 
mation to  give  you  that  kind  of  answer. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  In  other  words,  what  you  are  saying  is  that  you 
really  don't  know  how  much  is  reasonable  and  you  prefer  to  wait 
until  the  Commission  examines  that  question  and  comes  up  with 
some  parameters  as  to  what  constitutes  a  reasonable  amount. 

Mr.  Rivera.  That  is  precisely  what  I  am  saying. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  What  has  caused  this  decrease,  lack  of  listenership, 
or  economics,  the  need  to  put  on  more  news?  I  looked  in  the  paper 
and  I  noticed  that  Captain  Kangaroo  was  replaced  by  the  early 
morning  news.  To  what  do  you  attribute  this? 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  attribute  it  to  a  perception  by  the  broadcasters 
that  the  Commission  is  no  longer  interested  in  this  particular  crite- 
ria as  a  condition  for  renewing  their  licenses,  and  that  they  can 
make  more  money  airing  other  types  of  programs. 


16 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  When  your  program  was  aired  on  weekday  morn- 
ings, did  listenership  increase  over  the  years,  or  decrease,  or 
remain  about  the  same? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  It  decreased  over  the  years  because  there  was  a 
fragmentation  of  the  juvenile  audience.  The  juvenile  audience  in 
total  was  a  very  small  audience,  an  unattractive  audience  to  begin 
with  by  network  broadcast  standards.  When  we  first  went  on  the 
air  in  1955,  in  most  cities  there  were  only  two,  maybe  three  sta- 
tions on  the  air  at  that  hour  of  the  morning. 

As  television  matured,  many  more  stations,  particularly  inde- 
pendent stations,  came  on  the  air  and  engaged  in  counterprogram- 
ing.  We  have  a  situation  today  where  in  large  cities  like  New  York, 
Los  Angeles,  Philadelphia,  Chicago,  where  we  had  at  that  time  of 
the  morning  two,  three  or  four  programs  designed  for  juvenile  au- 
dience. Therefore,  the  audience  was  greatly  fragmented. 

So  we  begin  with  a  small  audience,  and  fragment  it  even  further 
through  competitive  process,  and  we  end  up  with  a  very  small  au- 
dience, and  an  unattractive  audience.  There  is  no  question  that 
from  a  business  point  of  view,  it  is  a  very  unattractive  audience. 
There  has  to  be  more  than  a  business  reason  for  doing  quality  chil- 
dren's programing. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  Thank  you  very  much.  I  have  no  further  questions. 

Mr.  Swift.  Mr.  Leland. 

Mr.  Leland.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Rivera,  I  think  that  your  statement  was  most  profound  and  I 
am  happy  to  see  you  on  the  Commission.  I  hope  that  you  are  able 
to  get  some  of  your  ideas  through  to  your  colleagues. 

Mr.  Rivera,  in  your  opinion,  can  Public  Television,  pay-services, 
such  as  Nickelodeon,  and  ACSN,  the  learning  channel,  compensate 
for  the  lack  of  quality  children's  programing  on  commercial  televi- 
sion? 

Mr.  Rivera.  Congressman,  first  of  all,  Nickelodeon  is  a  pay  serv- 
ice, and  there  is  only  35  percent  of  the  Nation,  approximately,  that 
is  wired  for  cable.  So  you  first  have  to  assume  that  everyone  can 
afford  cable,  and  that  the  total  Nation  is  wired  in  order  to  have  a 
compensation  effect  with  regard  to  services  like  Nickelodeon. 

Public  television,  again  as  I  mentioned  in  my  testimony,  about  5 
percent  of  the  Nation  cannot  receive  a  public  television  signal,  I 
am  informed.  In  addition,  there  is  some  undefined  percentage, 
maybe  as  high  as  another  5  percent,  that  can  only  acquire  public 
television  signals  via  some  sort  of  a  pay  service  like  cable. 

Again,  if  you  put  all  the  burden  on  public  television,  it  would  not 
be  an  exact  balancing.  Also  if  you  said  that  public  television  has  to 
shoulder  the  entire  burden,  it  is  going  to  be  at  the  expense  of  other 
types  of  programing. 

Mr.  Leland.  With  the  advent  of  such  high  technology  as  televi- 
sion and  other  means  by  which  we  communicate,  it  seems  to  me 
that  given  the  fact  that  historically  we  have  not  had  the  foresight, 
the  Founding  Fathers  of  this  Nation  and  the  drafters  of  the  Consti- 
tution did  not  determine  that  certain  rights  should  be  bestowed 
upon  certain  citizens  of  this  country.  Children  have  not  been  writ- 
ten in  the  Constitution  very  much  even  though,  they  arrive  at 
some  point  in  their  life  when  they  are  protected  in  a  much  greater 


17 

sense  because  they  become  adults  and  their  rights  are  then  real- 
ized. 

It  seems  to  me  that  had  they  realized  that  we  were  going  to  have 
television,  that  they  would  have  written  in  the  Constitution  some 
rights  for  children,  such  as  a  Captain  Kangaroo  would  have  to  con- 
tinue on  television,  and  at  the  same  time,  in  the  same  slot  there 
would  be  maybe  a  Captain  Rabbit  on  ABC,  and  a  Captain  some- 
thing else  on  NBC.  So  that  the  pressures,  the  nuances  of  the  com- 
mercialism of  television  would  not  be  placed  on  a  Captain  Kanga- 
roo, but  rather  they  would  compete  for  quality  as  opposed  to  the 
dollar.  Do  you  agree  with  that? 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  think  that  the  Supreme  Court  has  stated  in  the 
Red  Lion  case,  and  in  other  cases,  that  it  is  the  first  amendment 
rights  of  the  viewing  audience  and  not  the  broadcaster's  that  is 
paramount.  So  to  some  extent  the  Supreme  Court  has  done,  per- 
haps in  not  as  many  words  as  you  would  have  the  Constitution 
read,  something  similar  to,  conceptually,  what  you  are  talking 
about. 

Mr.  Leland.  I  have  some  obvious  concerns  also.  I  am  very  con- 
cerned with  the  portrayal  of  minorities  and  stereotyping  on  chil- 
dren's television,  particularly  in  the  programing  area.  In  your  opin- 
ion, is  there  still  a  problem  with  the  stereotyping  of  minorities  and 
women,  and  their  role  in  society,  in  programing  geared  toward  chil- 
dren? 

Mr.  Rivera.  Congressman,  I  have  not  looked  into  that  specifical- 
ly. I  have  had  one  of  the  networks,  ABC  as  a  matter  of  fact,  came 
to  my  office  and  gave  me  a  presentation  in  which  they  indicated 
and  demonstrated,  and  perhaps  they  will  do  that  for  the  subcom- 
mittee today,  that  they  are  sensitive  to  these  issues  and  have  made 
a  conscious  effort  to  do  something  about  that  sort  of  thing  in  the 
programing  that  they  are  running  for  children  now. 

Mr.  Leland.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Commissioner. 

Mr.  Keeshan,  I  am  glad  to  realize  finally  that  your  name  is 
something  other  than  Captain  Kangaroo.  In  your  opinion  are  the 
commercial  networks  really  abrogating  their  responsibilities  to 
children? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  That  is  a  question  that  begs  a  simple  answer,  and 
I  don't  think  I  can  answer  it  simply.  I  think  it  is  a  very  complex 
question.  I  think  there  are  many  influences,  as  Commissioner 
Rivera  has  pointed  out,  that  affect  decisionmaking  at  the  network 
level.  I  think  there  is  absolutely  no  question  that  there  have  been 
many  pressures,  most  of  them  commercial  pressures  and  economic 
pressures,  that  have  taken  on  a  greater  importance  since  the  cli- 
mate of  regulation  of  the  broadcast  industry  has  changed. 

It  is  much  more  difficult  now  for  a  network.  A  network  is  noth- 
ing more  than  a  collection  of  stations,  and  the  pressure  from  indi- 
vidual stations,  as  Mr.  Swift  well  knows  from  his  past  experience, 
those  pressures  can  be  enormously  great  in  network  executive 
suites.  I  think  that  the  difference  in  the  climate  of  regulation  of 
the  broadcast  industry  has  made  those  pressures  on  affiliates  much 
more  effective. 

Certainly  in  my  case  they  came  into  play.  There  is  no  question 
that  for  years  affiliates  wanted  to  remove  the  Captain  because  not 


18 

only  could  they  not  make  as  much  money  on  the  Captain,  but  also 
he  interfered  with  what  they  call  the  flow  of  the  audience. 

There  was  adult  programing  before,  and  there  was  adult  pro- 
graming after,  and  here  was  an  island  of  programing  that  served 
young  people.  They  felt  that  a  lot  of  adults  were  switching  to  other 
stations  and  were  lost  for  the  entire  morning  or  lost  for  the  entire 
day. 

Those  are  commercial  considerations  and  I  think  in  that  sense 
the  difference  in  regulatory  climate  has  been  a  tremendous  influ- 
ence on  children's  television,  not  just  Captain  Kangaroo  but  many 
programs. 

Mr.  Leland.  Going  back  to  the  question  that  I  asked  the  Com- 
missioner, do  you  think  that  if  there  had  been  counterprograming 
on  the  opposite  networks  that  you  would  still  be  on  television  be- 
cause you  would  be  competing  for  quality  of  programing  as  opposed 
to  the  commercial  aspects  that  the  networks  seem  to  look  for  now? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  It  is  an  adversarial  business,  there  is  no  question 
about  that.  I  think  that  if  there  were  reasons  for  doing  quality  pro- 
graming for  television,  other  than  economic  reasons,  we  would  still 
be  there.  But  it  is  very,  very  difficult. 

I  think  that  CBS  feels  very  strongly  that  it  does  serve  a  larger 
public  with  "CBS  Morning  News,"  with  the  expanded  morning 
news,  and  I  cannot  argue  with  that.  I  think  they  do  serve  that  au- 
dience. But  the  question  is,  where  in  the  world  do  we  serve  this 
critical  audience,  as  I  pointed  out  in  my  remarks,  the  future  of  our 
Nation. 

Chairman  Fowler  in  some  remarks  on  children's  television  very 
recently  quoted  the  psychologist  Robert  Siegel  who  says  that  we 
have  20  years  in  which  to  save  civilization.  Every  20  years  a  new 
generation  matures,  and  so  while  we  sit  here  and  talk,  we  influence 
millions  of  children  who  will  never  recapture  today,  who  will  never 
recapture  this  week  or  last  week.  They  will  have  been  influenced 
or  not  influenced  by  what  they  see  on  television. 

Those  children  will  perhaps  be  negatively  influenced,  and  I  think 
we  ought  to  address  ourselves  to  those  questions,  because  we  can 
talk  forever,  but  while  we  are  talking  children  are  growing  up, 
children  are  maturing,  and  children  are  being  influenced  by  what 
they  see  on  television.  I  think  that  it  is  about  time  that  we  did 
indeed  address  what  is  happening  to  this  critical  national  asset,  the 
most  critical  of  our  assets,  the  future. 

Mr.  Leland.  This  is  my  last  question,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Do  you  think  that  what  we  ought  to  do  is  advocate  that  mothers 
and  fathers  of  children  today  ought  to  boycott  the  networks  until 
they  put  adequate  programing? 

You  don't  have  to  answer  that. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  It  might  be  a  nice  idea,  but  unfortunately  it  is  a 
complex  question,  this  question  of  children  and  television.  One  of 
the  parts  of  that  question,  which  has  been  a  great  disappointment 
to  me  and  to  many  of  us  producing  quality  programing,  is  the  atti- 
tude of  parents. 

Ninety-five  percent  of  American  parents — this  is  not  a  firm 
figure — use  television  as  a  babysitter,  and  are  not  concerned  about 
the  effect  of  television  on  their  young  people,  not  because  they 
don't  care,  but  because  in  this  modern  age  parents  are  busy.  Most 


19 

of  them  are  working  and  television  offers  a  great  opportunity  to 
get  the  child  out  from  underfoot. 

So  hour  after  hour  they  sit,  not  watching  children's  television, 
watching  television  never  designed  for  them,  but  watching  soap 
operas  and  game  shows,  all  of  which  have  their  place  on  the  broad- 
cast schedule,  but  not  for  viewing  by  children  most  of  the  time. 

When  you  watch  some  of  these  shows  where  greed  is  rewarded 
and  you  wonder  what  values  were  imparted  to  young  people.  I  can 
watch  that  because  I  have  broader  experience,  and  I  understand 
what  is  being  done  there,  but  a  4-year  old  or  a  5-year  old  doesn't 
really  understand  that.  This  is  the  parental  responsibility  which 
cannot  be  passed  on  to  the  broadcaster  at  any  time. 

Mr.  Leland.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Swift.  Mr.  Oxley. 

Mr.  Oxley.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Keeshan,  first  of  all,  welcome. 

I  must  also  admit  to  a  conflict  of  interest  because  I  have  a  10- 
year  old  son.  I  am  not  as  prolific  as  my  friend  from  Tennessee. 

Mr.  Swift.  But  there  is  still  time. 

Mr.  Oxley.  My  son  is  very  interested  in  television  in  general.  I 
have  tried  to  watch  his  viewing  habits  over  the  last  couple  of 
weeks,  knowing  that  this  hearing  would  come  up. 

You  mentioned  in  your  original  comments  several  times  your 
concern  about  accountability.  To  whom  are  you  accountable  ulti- 
mately, not  only  as  a  performer,  but  even  more  importantly  as  a 
producer,  and  one  who  has  a  great  deal  of  input  as  to  what  is 
shown  on  television? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  I  am  accountable  directly  to  the  network,  and  ulti- 
mately I  am  held  accountable  by  the  commission,  and  ultimately 
by  the  Congress  really.  There  is  a  chain  there  almost  as  a  State  has 
a  chain  in  education  institutions.  The  institution  is  accountable  to 
trustees,  and  they  are  to  the  region,  and  so  on.  I  think  there  is  an 
ultimate  accountability,  if  you  carry  it  to  the  nth  degree,  to  the 
people  of  the  United  States  as  represented  here  in  the  Congress. 

Mr.  Oxley.  If  that  is  in  fact  the  case,  how  does  that  compare  or 
contrast  with  the  first  amendment  and  the  ability  for  networks, 
and  anybody  for  that  matter,  to  say  what  they  want  to  say  at  the 
time  that  they  want  to  say  it? 

Isn't  there  an  inherent  conflict  with  the  first  amendment  if  we 
talk  literally  about  a  step-by-step  accountability? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  I  go  back  to  my  civics  courses,  and  I  find  that 
every  right  is  accompanied  by  a  responsibility.  So  if  we  have  rights 
under  the  first  amendment,  we  also  are  held  accountable.  We  have 
to  be  responsible.  It  is  not  carte  blanche.  It  is  not  complete  freedom 
to  do  anything  or  to  say  anything.  As  the  famous  fire  in  a  crowded 
theatre,  we  have  to  be  responsible.  We  have  to  be  held  accountable 
for  how  we  exercise  our  first  amendment  rights.  That  is  all  I  have 
ever  asked  for  in  regulation  of  broadcasters. 

I  was  interested  in  Mr.  Rinaldo's  question  of  how  much  is  reason- 
able. It  has  always  been  the  difficult  question.  We  have  for  three 
decades,  through  the  Federal  Communications  Commission,  regu- 
lated, as  Chairman  Fowler  likes  to  say,  with  a  blink  and  with  a 
nod,  and  that  is  anathema  to  him.  He  doesn't  think  that  we  ought 
to  be  doing  that  any  more. 


20 

But  it  did  work  pretty  well,  because  networks,  and  stations  par- 
ticularly, knew  that  there  was  a  principle  of  accountability,  and 
someone  would  ask  them  questions  that  they  might  not  be  able  to 
answer  too  easily. 

As  I  learned  from  Mother  Goose  a  long  time  ago,  a  wink  and  a 
nod  can  be  a  blinking  good  thing  on  occasion.  So  that  may  be  exact- 
ly the  sort  of  thing  that  we  are  asking  for  because  broadcasters 
have  in  the  past  displayed  the  capability  to  program  very  responsi- 
bly for  young  people  and  for  other  audiences.  As  long  as  they  have 
that  knowledge  of  responsibility,  the  principle  of  accountability,  we 
think  they  are  quite  capable  of  doing  it. 

Mr.  OxLEY.  Has  that  eroded  during  the  last  few  years? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  There  is  no  question  that  it  has  eroded  because  it 
doesn't  really  exist  anymore.  I  believe  in  deregulation,  I  really  do, 
but  I  don't  believe  in  no  regulation.  We  always  look  to  government 
for  the  creation  of  order  out  of  the  chaos  that  would  exist  if  we 
didn't  have  govenment. 

We  are  not  singling  out  broadcasters.  If  we  tell  the  automobile 
industry  to  put  in  seat  restraints,  we  are  not  singling  them  out.  We 
are  telling  them  to  put  in  seat  restraints  because  they  manufacture 
automobiles.  We  are  not  going  to  tell  a  toothbrush  manufacturer  to 
put  in  seatbelts,  that  would  be  silly. 

So  when  we  talk  about  broadcasters  and  their  responsibility  to 
program  appropriately  for  young  people,  we  are  not  singling  them 
out.  We  are  simply  saying,  you  have  the  same  responsibilities  that 
the  rest  of  corporate  America,  the  rest  of  the  academy  in  America 
has,  the  responsibility  that  the  Government  has,  or  members  of  the 
Government  have. 

Mr.  OxLEY.  Are  the  "Captain  Kangaroo"  programs  that  were  re- 
ferred to  in  some  questions  from  Mr.  Gore  reruns  that  are  shown 
now  in  the  early  morning  hours? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  No.  Last  year  we  created  52  new  programs  and 
broadcast  104,  so  the  52  are  then  repeated.  This  year  we  will  create 
26  new  ones.  We  have  had  a  budget  cut,  so  we  will  create  26  new 
ones,  and  still  air  104,  some  of  them  coming  from  this  current 
season. 

Mr.  Gore.  Would  the  gentleman  yield? 

Mr.  OxLEY.  I  sure  will. 

Mr.  Gore.  Who  cut  your  budget? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  The  man  who  pays  me. 

Mr.  Gore.  The  network. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  Yes. 

Mr.  Gore.  From  what  to  what? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  Do  you  mean  dollars? 

Mr.  Gore.  Yes. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  I  have  no  idea. 

Mr.  Gore.  Give  me  a  percentage  then. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  It  is  a  very  expensive  program.  It  is  about  a  40 
percent  cut. 

Mr.  Gore.  It  is  almost  half. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  Yes. 

Mr.  Gore.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  OxLEY.  Mr.  Keeshan,  some  of  the  programs  on  prime  time, 
while  not  necessarily  children's  shows,  appear  to  me  at  least  to  be 


21 

leaning  a  little  bit  toward  children.  I  don't  mean  necessarily  to 
single  out  one  program,  but  "Diff  rent  Strokes,"  for  example,  ap- 
pears to  be  an  attractive  program  for  young  people.  Is  that  consid- 
ered in  the  business  a  children's  program? 

Mr.  Keeshan.  It  is  what  we  call  a  family  program,  a  program 
that  has  appeal  to  a  large  audience.  You  are  absolutely  correct  in 
saying  that  most  programming  viewed  by  most  children  is  not  chil- 
dren's programing  at  all.  Probably  less  than  10  percent  of  the  view- 
ing of  American  children  is  children's  programing,  programing  pro- 
duced specifically  for  them. 

The  rest  of  it  is  family  programing,  daytime  programing  that  I 
referred  to  before,  and  an  enormous  amount  of  prime  time  pro- 
graming that  the  producers  wish  they  would  not  watch.  They  don't 
want  them  to  watch  it,  but  they  do  watch  it. 

Here  again  is  the  question  of  parental  responsibility  and  paren- 
tal yielding  of  this  responsibility  to  broadcasters.  From  the  rating 
books  we  know  that  the  juvenile  audience  doesn't  fall  below  1  mil- 
lion until  midnight,  and  that  is  hardly  the  broadcaster's  responsi- 
bility. I  think  questions  of  parental  responsibility  are  raised  there. 

Mr.  OxLEY.  Mr.  Rivera,  one  of  the  things  that  has  concerned  me 
about  television  in  general,  and  particularly  what  I  have  seen  in 
passing,  has  been  that  many  of  the  independent  stations  run 
movies  in  many  cases  very  early  in  the  afternoon  and  very  early  in 
the  evening.  Many  of  the  movies  are  questionable  at  best  as  far  as 
a  young  audience  is  concerned. 

What  responsibility  do  the  independents  have,  and  what  can 
really  be  done  about  providing  some  degree  of  notice  or  some 
degree  of  ability  for  the  parents  to  understand  exactly  what  their 
children  may  be  seeing  during  that  particular  time? 

Mr.  Rivera.  The  independents  bear  the  same  responsibility  that 
other  network  affiliates  bear  in  terms  of  serving  the  community. 

I  think  that  if  the  viewers  believe  that  they  are  not  serving 
them,  they  should  first  indicate  to  the  independent  in  question  that 
they  are  having  a  problem  with  the  programing.  Then  they  should 
indicate  that  to  us  as  well  at  the  Commission,  especially  at  license 
renewal  time,  with  the  specifics  of  why  the  license  is  not  serving 
the  public  interest,  the  viewing  audience. 

With  regard  to  what  can  be  done  to  let  parents  know  what  is 
available,  if  the  television  digest  that  appears  in  the  newspaper  is 
not  sufficient,  then  I  would  suggest  a  telephone  call  to  the  station 
in  question  to  ask  what  the  movie  is  about  and  that  sort  of  thing, 
to  get  the  particulars  if  they  are  worried  about  a  young  audience 
viewing  the  movie. 

Mr.  OxLEY.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Rivera,  you  made  the  comment  that  you  thought  that  per- 
haps one  of  the  reasons  that  the  amount  of  children's  programing 
is  going  down  is  that  the  Commission,  or  at  least  there  is  a  percep- 
tion that  the  Commission  is  no  longer  interested  in  kids' 
programing. 

We  hear  a  great  deal  these  days  about  how  the  regulation  is  no 
longer  necessary  because  the  marketplace  is  going  to  take  care  of 
everj^hing  that  is  necessary.  How  does  your  feeling  that  there  is 


22 

lack  of  response  for  children's  programing  because  the  Commission 
is  no  longer  interested  square  with  the  total  deregulatory  approach 
that  is  the  philosophy  of  the  Commission  as  a  whole,  not  necessar- 
ily yourself? 

Mr.  Rivera.  The  cause  of  the  lack  of  response  by  the  networks,  I 
think,  is  a  perception  that  the  Commission  is  not  going  to  take 
away  licenses  as  a  result  of  a  diminution  in  this  type  of 
programing. 

Mr.  Swift.  Even  more  that  they  are  trying  to  get  rid  of  the  au- 
thority by  which  they  can  even  raise  an  eyebrow.  Is  it  not  true  that 
Chairman  Fowler  would  just  as  soon,  by  statute,  have  any  authori- 
ty to  do  anything  with  regard  to  children's  programing  or  anything 
else  for  that  matter? 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  think  he  certainly  has  indicated  on  the  record  that 
that  is  his  position. 

Mr.  Swift.  What  I  am  suggesting  is,  am  I  correct  in  hearing  you, 
contrary  to  that  point  of  view,  say  that  you  feel  that  at  least  in 
part  the  feeling  in  the  broadcast  community  that  the  Commission 
doesn't  care,  in  fact  has  resulted  in  a  change  in  behavior  on  their 
part  with  regard  to  children's  programing? 

Mr.  Rivera.  That  is  my  perception.  Congressman. 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you. 

I  am  no  apologist  for  CBS,  but  it  seems  to  me  that  there  are  two 
ways  of  looking  at  that  particular  half-glass  of  water.  One  is  that 
CBS  is  terribly  bad  network  who  cut  "Captain  Kangaroo"  back. 
One  might  also  argue  that  it  was  the  network  that  kept  "Captain 
Kangaroo"  on  years  after  it  was  clear  none  of  the  CBS  competitors 
were  going  to  put  on  similar  kinds  of  programings,  and  in  fact  were 
beginning  to  build  solid  leads  in  early  morning  programing  doing 
something  else.  I  raise  that  primarily  to  examine  the  marketplace 
issues  involved. 

It  seems  to  me,  and  I  would  appreciate  if  both  of  you  would  com- 
ment on  this,  that  if  a  broadcaster  in  a  market— We  happen  to  be 
talking  about  a  network  and  national  market,  but  I  think  that  it 
holds  true  in  the  local  market  as  well— if  one  broadcaster  is  willing 
to  make  a  commitment  to  some  kind  of  programing  that  may  be 
expensive  and  may  not  be  rewarding  in  terms  of  profit  it  can  make, 
if  its  competition  doesn't  respond  in  kind,  what  it  probably  can  do 
is  exploit  the  station  to  the  point  at  which  that  broadcaster  who  is 
trying  to  do  something  in  the  public  interest  ultimately  is  going  to 
have  to  respond  to  the  competitive  forces  and  join  the  competition, 
if  they  won't  join  him,  in  competing  for  public  service,  if  you  will. 

I  would  be  interested  in  your  comments  on  how  the  marketplace 
works  in  that  regard. 

Mr.  Rivera.  I  agree  with  you  and  that  is  why  I  think  it  is  im- 
perative that  the  Commission  enforce  its  regulations  on  a  uniform 
basis.  To  the  extent  that  the  Commission  indicates  that,  yes,  qual- 
ity children's  quality  programing  is  a  criteria  for  license  renewal, 
then  it  ought  to  enforce  that  across  the  board,  and  I  don't  think 
that  you  would  have  the  problem,  or  you  shouldn't  have  the  prob- 
lem that  you  indicated  would  exist  in  the  market  that  you  posited. 

Mr.  Swift.  Mr.  Keeshan. 

Mr.  Keeshan.  I  appreciate  your  remarks  and  you  are  absolutely 
right.  For  27  years  CBS  did  keep  "Captain  Kangaroo"  on  the  air 


\ 


23 

when  it  was  not  economically  feasible  for  them  to  do  so.  As  I  men- 
tioned to  Mr.  Gore,  it  is  an  enormously  expensive  program.  I 
cannot  tell  you  how  many  millions  and  millions  of  dollars  CBS  lost 
over  that  27  year  period. 

Incidentally,  particularly  in  the  early  period,  they  were  keeping 
it  on  for  the  right  reason.  People  say  to  me,  "They  kept  it  on  be- 
cause of  the  Commission,  and  they  were  fearful  of  regulation."  Of 
course,  until  Newton  Ninnow  and  his  vast  wasteland  comments, 
the  Commission  cared  not  at  all  about  the  content  of  programing.  I 
was  already  on  the  air  8  years  before  that.  Incidentally,  I  also 
think  that  almost  anywhere  else,  when  the  decision  was  made  to 
remove  me  from  Monday  through  Friday,  that  would  have  been  the 
end  of  the  "Captain  Kangaroo."  I  would  not  even  have  been  given 
weekend  time. 

So,  I  don't  want  to  give  any  impression  but  that  I  am  very  grate- 
ful to  CBS  for  what  they  have  done  and  what  they  continue  to  do 
with  that  commitment,  as  reduced  as  it  may  be.  But  there  is  no 
question,  as  I  indicated  before,  decisions  made  by  networks  are  the 
results  of  many  influences.  One  of  the  greatest  influences  is  the  in- 
fluence of  stations.  The  change  in  regulatory  climate  certainly  has 
caused  the  stations  to  say: 

We  don't  have  to  program  children's  programing  anymore.  Therefore,  we  are  in- 
sisting that  you  make  this  decision.  Make  us  more  competitive.  We  are  hurting  in 
the  morning,  and  you  have  to  do  something  to  help  us. 

Mr.  Swift.  I  yield  to  the  gentleman  from  Tennessee. 

Mr.  Gore.  I  thank  my  colleague  for  yielding  for  two  brief  com- 
ments. 

First  of  all,  I  am  so  glad  that  in  that  interchange  you  made  the 
point  that  you  effectively  made.  It  is  illustrative  to  me,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, because  there  are  really  two  points.  The  first  one  is  that  the 
dynamics  of  this  particular  marketplace  do  not  work  to  meet  the 
needs  of  the  child  viewing  audience. 

The  second  point,  above  and  beyond  that  one,  which  you  have  al- 
luded to  in  your  question,  is  that  not  only  does  the  market  fail  to 
meet  the  needs  of  child  viewing  audience,  the  dynamics  of  the  mar- 
ketplace actively  penalize  those  networks  and  stations  that  do  try 
to  meet  the  needs  of  child  viewing  audience. 

You  know  that  is  something  that  we  have  really  got  to  take  note 
of,  because  we  come  up  here  intermittently  and  talk  about  this 
problem,  and  some  of  us  have  sort  of  had  the  idea  that  if  the  net- 
works just  cared  enough,  if  they  just  realized  what  a  heavy  obliga- 
tion to  the  public  they  have,  then  they  would  meet  that  obligation, 
but  you  know  that  it  is  not  going  to  work  that  way.  They  are  look- 
ing at  the  bottom  line.  Their  station  affiliates  are  looking  at  the 
bottom  line.  Those  like  CBS  that  have  tried  get  kicked  in  the  teeth 
in  the  ratings  because  the  competition  won't  go  along  with  it. 

So  it  really  argues  very  strongly  in  favor  of  the  direction  that 
you  are  pointing  in.  Commissioner  Rivera,  and  I  would  just  hope 
that  the  Commission  would  move  quickly  along  the  lines  that  you 
are  recommending.  I  would  hope  that  the  Congress  would  respond 
to  your  suggestion  for  a  study  commission  to  advise  us  and  you  on 
the  best  course  of  action. 

Thank  you  for  yielding,  Mr.  Chairman. 


24 

Mr.  Swift.  I  am  happy  to  yield.  The  gentleman  summarized  very 
well  the  point  that  I  was  trying  to  bring  out. 

It  seems  to  me  that  if  we  are  not  going  to  simply  be  satisfied 
with  a  witch-hunt,  trying  to  find  the  bad  guys,  and  then  walk  away 
from  this  issues  as  we  have  in  the  past,  we  have  to  ask,  "What  are 
you  going  to  do  about  it?"  It  seems  that  what  we  have  elicited  so 
far,  and  we  will  explore  this  further  as  the  hearing  continues,  but 
that  the  marketplace  is  not  going  to  provide  the  answer  to  chil- 
dren's programing. 

Certainly  there  is  no  one  beyond  the  broadcaster  currently  that 
has  in  law  any  responsibility  to  meet  this  need  in  any  fashion. 
Then  we  really  begin  to  ask  the  question,  what  kind  of  regulation 
or  what  alternatives  can  we  come  up  with  that  will  pursue  this.  It 
is  not  an  easy  question  particularly  in  a  climate  in  which  deregula- 
tion is  running  rampant  as  the  current  "in"  theory  in  Washington, 
D.C. 

Let  me  thank  you  both  and  make  one  last  comment  to  Commis- 
sioner Rivera. 

I  am  enormously  pleased,  and  I  know  I  speak  for  the  chairman  of 
this  subcommittee,  with  the  response  that  the  Commission  is  now 
indicating  it  will  take,  or  that  Chairman  Fowler  is  indicating  he 
will  make,  to  your  long-held  concerns  and  this  committee's  long- 
held  concerns  that  we  need  to  do  more  in  children's  television. 

We  really  appreciate  the  Chairman  of  the  Commission  doing 
that,  and  we  welcome  him  aboard  the  effort  that  we  have  long 
been  trying  to  pursue. 

We  thank  you  both.  Your  testimony  has  been  superb. 

The  committee  will  adjourn  for  a  vote  on  the  floor  and  reconvene 
in  10  minutes. 

[Brief  recess.] 

Mr.  Swift.  The  subcommittee  will  please  come  to  order. 

Our  next  witness  is  Mr.  LeVar  Burton.  As  a  west  coaster  who 
has  unfortunately  taken  the  redeye  many  more  times  than  I  would 
like  to  admit,  I  know  what  you  have  just  been  through. 

We  very  much  appreciate  the  special  effort  that  you  made  to  join 
the  committee  and  we  will  be  happy  to  submit  for  the  record  any 
prepared  statement  you  have  in  toto.  You  go  ahead  and  make 
whatever  statement  you  choose. 

STATEMENT  OF  LeVAR  BURTON,  HOST,  "READING  RAINBOW" 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  subcommittee. 

I  am  delighted  to  be  here  this  morning  representing  Public 
Broadcasting.  I  would  first  like  to  commend  you  and  your  col- 
leagues for  your  conscienciousness  in  holding  these  hearings  on  the 
importance  of  quality  programing  for  children. 

I  have  throughout  my  career  maintained  a  strong  commitment 
to  children's  programing  in  both  commercial  and  public  TV,  and  I 
am  pleased  to  announce  that  I  am  now  hosting  a  new  children's 
series  for  PBS  called  "Reading  Rainbow." 

I  believe  strongly  that  we  have  an  incredible  opportunity  to  use 
this  unique  telecommunications  resource  to  promote  the  growth 


25 

and  development  of  our  Nation's  most  important  resource,  our  chil- 
dren. 

"Reading  Rainbow"  will  be  shown  on  public  television  through- 
out the  country  during  July  and  August,  and  it  is  possible  only  be- 
cause of  the  help  and  cooperation  of  a  long  list  of  concerned  citi- 
zens. The  production  of  "Reading  Rainbow"  is  being  financed  by 
underwriting  from  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting,  CPB, 
and  the  Kellogg  Co.  The  coproducers  are  Great  Plains  National  of 
the  University  of  Nebraska  Educational  Television  Network,  and 
public  television  station  WNED  in  Buffalo,  and  they  have  donated 
their  facilities  and  staff. 

Educational  experts  and  their  organizations  from  the  ALA,  the 
American  Library  Association,  to  the  NEA,  the  National  Education 
Association,  to  the  National  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers, 
have  contributed  their  time,  energy,  and  expertise  to  both  the  de- 
velopment and  the  promotion  of  the  series. 

Narrators  of  the  featured  books  include  Bill  Cosby,  Maya  Ange- 
lou,  Lily  Tomlin,  James  Earl  Jones,  Madeline  Kahn,  and  others, 
who  have  given  their  time,  not  for  money  but  for  a  belief  in  the 
importance  of  this  type  of  television  programing. 

"Reading  Rainbow"  is  designed  to  sustain  reading  skills  during 
the  summer  months  when  children  don't  get  the  same  encourage- 
ment to  read.  We  are  geared  demographically  toward  entry  level 
reading,  children  ages  6  to  9,  and  it  is  our  intent,  through  a  fast 
paced  half  hour  of  television  to  give  kids  the  idea  that  reading  is 
fun,  that  it  can  open  up  a  limitless  world  for  you.  By  picking  up  a 
book  you  can  travel  anywhere  in  the  universe. 

Each  half-hour  program  might  focus  on  a  single  book.  The  theme 
of  the  book  is  expanded  in  a  number  of  ways  from  dramatizations, 
animation,  and  music,  to  visits  to  the  theme  related  settings  such 
as  Dinosaur  National  Park  in  Utah,  the  New  England  Aquarium, 
and  the  San  Diego  Zoo. 

Just  as  important  is  that  our  viewers  see  other  kids  just  like 
themselves  enjoy  reading  and  talking  about  the  books  they  read. 
So,  children  play  a  big  role  in  this  series,  helping  to  narrate  the 
text,  participating  in  the  action  scenes.  One  of  my  favorite  seg- 
ments, book  reviews  of  children's  books  by  children. 

Each  segment  encourages  our  young  people  to  use  their  local  li- 
braries. Based  on  research  showing  that  musical  presentations  help 
kids  remember  the  concepts  presented,  music  is  a  part  of  each  pro- 
gram as  well.  To  show  you  what  I  mean,  we  have  a  clip  of  the  show 
called  "Tight  Times,"  which  is  a  terrific  book  about  a  family  deal- 
ing with  the  economic  situation  in  the  country  today. 

Our  emphasis  in  the  show  is  on  the  fact  that  even  in  tight  times 
there  are  a  lot  of  things  that  you  can  do  that  don't  cost  very  much 
money. 

[Film  clip  was  shown.] 

Mr.  Burton.  Doing  the  work  to  produce  a  good  series  like  "Read- 
ing Rainbow"  is  just  a  part  of  the  effort,  because  the  kids  are  never 
going  to  watch  it  if  they  don't  even  know  that  it  is  on.  We  have 
had  a  lot  of  help  on  this  front,  too,  from  the  CPB,  the  local  public 
television  stations,  as  well  as  the  ALA,  NEA,  PTA,  Kellogg,  and 
book  distributors  and  sellers. 


26 

To  accompany  the  series,  an  activity  magazine,  called  "Reading 
Rainbow  Gazette,"  is  being  produced  which  contains  games,  puz- 
zles, and  photographs  from  each  program,  as  well  as  a  complete  list 
of  the  books  we  discuss,  and  ideas  for  parents  to  discuss  with  their 
children. 

In  conclusion,  I  want  to  emphasize  how  important  each  of  these 
steps  I  have  described  is  for  the  production  and  promotion  of  good 
programing,  and  here  is  the  key,  good  programing  that  the  kids 
will  be  interested  in  watching.  But  it  all  takes  a  lot  of  time  and  a 
lot  of  work,  and  actually  a  lot  of  money. 

The  real  cost  of  "Reading  Rainbow"  is  about  twice  the  actual  fi- 
nancial contribution  of  CPB  and  Kellogg  because  so  many  people 
have  donated  their  time  and  resources  to  the  project.  But  this  isn't 
anything  new  for  the  public  television  that  is  how  their  program- 
ing has  always  been  done. 

As  proud  as  I  am  to  be  a  part  of  this  effort,  I  am  worried,  too.  I 
want  to  be  sure  that  it  is  not  the  last  program  I  will  be  able  to  do 
for  public  television,  but  I  know  that  CPB's  budget  is  being  cut  by 
25  percent,  and  there  have  been  even  larger  cuts  in  the  media 
budgets  in  other  agencies  like  the  Department  of  Education,  the 
National  Science  Foundation,  which  have  funded  this  kind  of  pro- 
graming in  the  past. 

I  also  know  that  we  wanted  to  do  a  longer  series,  more  than  just 
15  programs,  but  we  just  didn't  have  enough  money.  We  couldn't 
reduce  the  quality  or  we  would  not  be  able  to  attract  the  audience. 
The  same  thing  is  true  for  promotion,  so  we  had  to  cut  25  percent 
of  the  programing. 

I  know  there  are  some  people  who  think  that  maybe  we  can't 
afford  this  kind  of  programing  when  budget  pressures  are  tight. 
For  me  and  the  other  people  involved  in  "Reading  Rainbow"  that 
isn't  the  issue.  In  fact,  it  is  just  the  reverse.  How  can  we  possibly 
afford  not  to  fund  this  kind  of  program,  because  the  whole  future 
of  our  country  depends  upon  the  education  of  our  children. 

[Mr.  Burton's  prepared  statement  follows:] 


27 


Testimony  of 

LeVar  Burton,  Host 
READING  RAINBOW 

Before  the 

Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications,  Consumer  Protection  and  Finance 
Committee  on  Energy  and  Commerce 

U.S.  House  of  Representatives 

March  16,  1983 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Subcommittee,   I  am  delighted  to  be  able 
to  participate  in  Congressional  hearings  emphasizing  the  importance  of  quality 
television  programming  for  our  children.     I'm  here  not  just  because  I'm  the  host 
of  an  exciting  new  program,  READING  RAINBOW,  on  public  television.     I'm  here 
because  being  part  of  this  series  is  important  to  me.     An*  that's  because  I  want 
to  help  promote  the  idea  that  we  can  use  this  unique  telecommunications  resource 
to  promote  the  growth  and  development  of  our  nation's  most  important  resource,  our 
children. 

READING  RAINBOW,  which  will   be  shown  on  public  television  stations  through- 
out the  country  during  July  and  August,  is  possible  because  of  the  help  and 
cooperation  of  a  long  list  of  concerned  citizens.     The  production  of  READING 
RAINBOW  is  being  financed  by  underwriting  from  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broad- 
casting (CPB)  and  the  Kellogg  Company.     The  co-producers--Great  Plains  National 
(of  the  University  of  Nebraska  Educational   Television  Network)   and  public  television 
station  WNED  in  Buffalo— have  donated  their  facilities  and  staff.     Educational 
experts  and  their  organizations,   from  the  American  Library  Association   (ALA),   and 
the  National   Educational   Association  (NEA)   to  the  National   Congress  of  Parents  and 
Teachers   (PTA)~have  contributed  their  time,   energy  and  expertise  to  both  the 
development  and  promotion  of  the  series.     Narrators     of  the  featured  books — which 
Include  Bill   Cosby,  Maya  Angelou,   Lily  Tomlin,  James  Earl  Jones,  Madeline  Kahn  and 
others — have  given  their  time  not  for  money  but  for  a  belief  in  the  importance 
of  this  type  of  television  programming. 


28 


'READING  RAINBOW  is  designed  to  sustain  reading  skills— so  carefully 
nurtured  by  our  teachers  during  the  school  months— during  the  summer  months,  when 
children  don't  get  the  same  encouragement  to  enjoy  reading.     The  Idea  for  the 
program  came  from  a  problem  Identified  by  educators,  as  Is  often  the  case  with 
public  television's  educational  programming.     Working  with  them,  CPB  and  the  staff 
of  the  producing  stations,  we  began  to  develop  a  program  based  on  what  had  proven 
successful   In  previous  educational   programming— high  quality  production,  good  role 
models,  and  a  strong  promotional  effort.     The  purpose  of  all  this,  of  course.  Is 
to  encourage  reading  by  showing  how  interesting  and  how  much  fun  it  can  be. 

We  began  by  adapting  carefully  selected  quality  books  to  televislon—67 
titles  in  all.     We  looked  for  books  that  are  not  only  available  in  the  market,  at 
a  reading  level  appropriate  for  first  and  second  graders,  and  adaptable  to  televi- 
sion and  with  rights  available  from  the  publisher,  but  more  importantly,  books 
which  have  been  noted  for  their  literary  excellence  and  demonstrated  popularity 
with  children  as  well.     We  turned  to  our  advisors— representatives  from  the 
American  Library  Association,  the  National   Education  Association,  the  American 
Booksellers  Association,  and  the  Parent-Teachers  Association— to  select  the 
titles. 

In  each  of  the  half-hour  programs,   I   focus  on  a  single  book.     The  theme  of 
the  book   is  expanded  in  a  number  of  ways,   from  dramatizations,   animation  and  music 
to  visits  to  theme-related  settings  such  as  Dinosaur  National   Park  and  the  New 
England  Aquarium. 

Just  as  Important  is  that  our  viewers  see  other  kids  just  like  them- 
selves who  enjoy  reading  and  talking  about  the  books  they've  read.     So  children 
play  a  big  role  in  the  series,   helping  narrate  the  text,   participating  in  the 
action  scenes  and  writing  and  giving  book  reviews.  , 


29 


Each  segment  encourages  our  young  people  to  use  their  local  libraries. 
Based  on  research  showing  that  musical  presentations  help  kids  remember  the 
concepts  presented  music  Is  a  part  of  each  program  as  well.  To  show  you  what  I 
mean,  I  have  a  short  clip  from  the  program,  called  "Checking  It  Out." 

—  CLIP  — 

But  doing  the  work  to  produce  a  good  series  Hke  READING  RAINBOW  Is 
just  part  of  the  effort.     Because  the  kids  are  never  going  to  watch  It  1f  they 
don't  even  know  It's  on. 

And  we've  had  a  lot  of  help  on  this  front,  too—from  CPB  and  the  local 
public  television  stations  as  well  as  the  ALA,  NEA,  PTA,  Kellogg,  and  book  dis- 
tributors and  sellers. 

The  NEA  is  printing  a  generic  teachers  guide  In  their  newspaper.     The 
ALA  has  Included  Information  about  READING  RAINBOW  In  its  National   Library 
Week  kit.     6.  Dal  ton  and  Walden  Books  are  working  with  us  to  make  sure  that  the 
books  we  promote  are  readily  available.     Local  public  television  stations,  who 
have  found  that  use  of  a  parent  mailer,  delivered  through  children  from  school.  Is 
a  very  cost-effective  way  of  reaching  an  audience,  will  purchase  the  brochure  and 
work  with  community  groups  to  promote  the  program.     In  addition,  the  series  will 
be  featured  in  PTA  TODAY,  Kellogg  will   devote  side  panels  of  their  cereal   boxes  to 
drawings  of  featured  books  (which  can  be  cut  out  for  use  as  bookmarks),   press 
kits,   posters  and  public  service  spots  are  being  developed,   and  I  will   personally 
promote  the  series  with  interviews  and  on-air  appearances. 

To  accompany  the  series,  an  activity  magazine  called  "Reading  Rainbow 
Gazette"  is  being  produced  which  contains  games,  puzzles  and  photographs  from 
each  program  as  well  as  a  complete  list  of  the  books  we  discuss  and  ideas  for 
parents  to  discuss  with  their  children. 


20-006    O    -    83    -    3 


30 


In  conclusion,   I  want  to  emphasize  how  important  each  of  these  steps 
I've  described  is  for  the  production  and  promotion  of  good  programming— that  kids 
win  be  Interested  In  watching.     But  it  all   takes  a  lot  of  time  and  a  lot  of  work 
and  especially  a  lot  of  money.     The  real   cost  of  READING  RAINBOW  is  about  twice 
the  actual  financial  contribution  of  the  CPB  and  Kellogg  because  so  many  people 
devoted  their  time  and  resources  to  the  project.     But  this  isn't  anything  new  for 
public  television;   that's  how  their  programming  has  always  been  done. 

As  proud  as  I  am  to  be  a  part  of  this  effort,   I'm  worried,  too.     I  want 
to  be  sure  that  it's  not  the  last  program  I'll   be  able  to  do  for  public  television. 
But  I  know  that  the  CPB's  budget  has  been  cut  by  25S  and  that  there  have  been  even 
larger  cuts  in  the  media  budgets  in  other  agencies  like  the  Department  of  Education 
and  the  National   Science  Foundation  who've  funded  this  kind  of  programming  in  the 
past.     And  I  also  know  that  we  wanted  to  do  a  longer  series,  more  than  just  fifteen 
programs  but  we  didn't  have  enough  money.     We  couldn't  reduce  the  quality  or 
we  wouldn't  be  able  to  attract  the  audience.     The  same  thing  is  true  for  the 
promotion.     So  we  had  to  cut  251  of  the  programming. 

I  know  there  are  some  people  who  think  that  maybe  we  can't  afford  this 
kind  of  programming  when  budget  pressures  are  tight.     For  me,  and  for  the  other 
people  involved  in  READING  RAINBOW,  that  isn't  the  issue.     In  fact,   it's  just 
the  reverse.     How  can  we  possibly  afford  not  to?     Because  the  whole  future  of  our 
country  depends  on  the  education  of  our  children. 


31 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Burton. 

There  are  other  members  of  the  committee  who  would  Hke  very 
much  to  talk  with  you  and  have  an  opportunity  to  ask  you  some 
questions.  We  have  just  had  a  vote  and  some  of  them  are  a  little 
late  in  coming  back.  Would  your  schedule  permit  you  to  stay  with 
the  other  panel,  so  that  you  could  be  included  in  the  question  ses- 
sion? 

Mr.  Burton.  Absolutely. 

Mr.  Swift.  I  would  like  to  ask  a  question  or  two  while  we  have 
this  shot.  As  long  as  I  have  you  all  to  myself,  I  might  as  well  take 
advantage  of  it. 

I  would  just  like  to  get  on  the  record  from  an  artist  the  answer 
to  this  question  and  that  is:  "These  are  only  kids;  why  can't  you 
reduce  the  production  value,  since  they  are  not  going  to  know  the 
difference  anyway?" 

Mr.  Burton.  In  my  opinion,  not  just  as  an  artist  but  as  a  produc- 
er, I  have  always  found  it  to  be  my  experience  that  when  you  begin 
to  cut  costs,  you  begin  immediately  to  lose  quality.  In  terms  of  the 
importance  of  this  programing,  the  quality  is  of  the  utmost  impor- 
tance. 

Mr.  Swift.  How  is  a  kid  going  to  know  whether  he  is  watching 
good  quality  or  poor  quality?  He  doesn't  even  know  what  produc- 
tion value  is  if  you  asked  him. 

Mr.  Burton.  Children  are  very  discerning  human  beings.  They 
know  when  they  are  being  scammed.  They  know  when  they  are 
being  cheated  and  lied  to.  They  know  when  they  are  being  given  a 
second  rate  deal.  They  are  very  intelligent  human  beings. 

Mr.  Swift.  Is  it  not  also  true  that  we  have  inadvertently  spent  a 
great  deal  of  time  educating  them  in  terms  of  what  production 
values  are — even  though  they  might  not  know  what  that  phrase 
means?  The  special  effects  that  were  being  used  there,  the  speed, 
the  tempo  that  was  being  used  there,  all  of  which  costs  a  lot  of 
money. 

If  you  can  use  a  piece  of  film  and  run  it  8  seconds,  instead  of 
running  it  a  second-and-a-half,  that  is  a  lot  cheaper.  But  the  kids 
are  trained,  educated,  if  you  will,  to  television  language.  They 
know  what  to  expect.  As  a  result,  they,  in  fact,  do  know,  they  liter- 
ally know  when  they  are  getting  a  second  rate  product,  although 
they  might  not  be  able  to  explain  it  to  you.  Do  you  agree  with  that 
statement? 

Mr.  Burton.  I  would  be  inclined  to  agree  with  that,  yes.  Their 
indoctrination  into  the  world  of  television  and  mass  media  starts  at 
a  very  early  age,  and  they  are  very  sophisticated  television  viewers 
I  have  found. 

Mr.  Swift.  You  indicate  that  you  had  to  choose  between  reducing 
the  number  of  episodes  or  reducing  the  quality  and  stretching  it 
further.  And  you  made  the  choice  you  did. 

About  how  much  did  the  program  cost  per  episode,  do  you  know? 

Mr.  Burton.  That  is  a  question  that  I  can't  answer.  You  might 
be  able  to  get  a  more  definitive  statement  in  terms  of  production 
budget  from  either  the  CPB  or  the  National  Association  of  Public 
Television  Stations. 

Mr.  Swift.  So  far  as  you  are  aware,  is  it  roughly  the  same  as  to 
the  cost  of  putting  on  a  commercial  half-hour? 


32 

Mr.  Burton.  As  I  indicated  in  my  statement,  most  of  my  services 
and  the  services  of  colleagues  of  mine  have  been  donated. 

Mr.  Swift.  So  the  way  that  you  have  been  cutting  cost  without 
reducing  the  quality  is  for  very  talented  people  to  contribute  time, 
effort,  energy,  and  talent. 

Mr.  Burton.  As  well  as  from  the  entire  support  group  of  the 
public  television  station. 

Mr.  Swift.  It  is  also  true  that  labor  unions  tend  to  give  kind  of  a 
special  deal  to  public  broadcasting,  that  copyright  holders  help  out 
a  little  bit  by  not  demanding  as  much,  and  on  down  the  line  there 
is  a  tremendous  amount  of  volunteerism  that  goes  into  it. 

Mr.  Burton.  Absolutely. 

Mr.  Swift.  But  in  terms  of  what  you  have  to  pay  out,  you  have 
to  buy  the  film,  you  have  to  buy  the  cameras,  you  have  to  create 
the  sets,  and  it  is  no  cheaper  to  do  that  for  children's  programing 
on  public  television  than  it  is  for  commercial  television. 

Mr.  Burton.  Those  real  costs  are  always  substantial,  yes. 

Mr.  Swift.  Mickey,  I  asked  Mr.  Burton  if  he  could  stay  around  so 
that  other  members  might  be  able  to  talk  with  him  after  our  next 
panel.  As  long  as  you  are  here,  why  don't  you  ask  your  questions. 

Mr.  Leland.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  Mr.  Burton 
happens  to  be  a  very  good  friend  of  mine,  and  I  am  very  proud  that 
he  would  come  and  participate  in  this  hearing. 

I  have  a  lot  of  different  interests  in  the  area  of  children's  pro- 
graming. On  your  new  series,  I  am  very  proud  to  say  that  I  think 
that  you  are  going  to  be  a  smashing  success  if,  in  fact,  your  past 
performances  are  any  indication  or  projection  for  the  future. 

One  of  the  problems  that  I  have  been  struggling  with  is  program- 
ing for  minorities  for  obvious  reasons.  We  know  that  in  the  future 
people's  opinions  and  attitudes  toward  minorities  are  shaped  by  the 
medium  that  has  been  most  seen  in  the  country  and  that  happens 
to  be  television  over  the  network,  and  now,  of  course,  cable,  and 
pay-television,  et  cetera. 

What  is  your  opinion  about  the  absence  or  the  presence,  for  that 
matter,  of  minority  programing  and  how  it  is  that  the  audience  or 
the  public  would  view  minorities  in  the  production  of  programing. 
Do  you  think  that  there  is  a  lack  of  minority  programing? 

Mr.  Burton.  This  is  an  issue  that  I  deal  with  every  day  in  my 
life  and  career  in  Los  Angeles,  an  issue  that  I  am  very  concerned 
about. 

Let  me  speak  first  in  terms  of  "Reading  Rainbow"  because  I  am 
very  proud  to  say  that  we  make  a  supreme  and  conscious  effort  to 
be  very  aware  of  the  images  that  we  portray  and  role  models  as 
well  in  terms  of  not  only  minorities,  but  in  terms  of  women  and 
the  whole  spectrum. 

It  is  easier,  let  me  say,  to  achieve  these  kinds  of  goals  in  public 
television  rather  than  in  the  commercial  marketplace.  If  I  had  the 
answer  to  why  there  are  not  more  minorities  represented  in  the 
medium,  I  wouldn't  be  doing  this  for  a  living. 

It  is  very  puzzling  to  me.  I  have  always  said,  as  an  actor,  I  want 
to  not  only  recreate  life  specifically  through  the  black  experience,  I 
want  to  be  a  human  being  in  the  roles  that  I  play,  and  a  black  man 
could  be  a  doctor  or  a  lawyer  in  any  given  situation,  and  not 
always  have  to  have  come  specifically  from  the  ghetto. 


33 

The  networks  don't  seem  to  think  that  way.  They  always  rely  on 
this  code,  we  give  the  public  what  they  want.  I  am  more  of  the 
opinion  that  they  give  the  public  what  they  want  to  give  them.  It  is 
I  think  ultimately  a  matter  of  time.  The  old  guard  is  beginning  to 
move  out  in  the  industry,  and  there  are  new  younger  people  with 
more  progressive  ideas  beginning  to  come  up. 

I  am  hoping  that  in  the  next  5  to  10  years,  it  is  a  slow  process,  it 
is  a  long  and  drawn  out  one,  through  the  efforts  of  a  lot  of  people 
who  are  conscious  individuals,  hopefully  we  will  get  the  rest  of  the 
world  presented  in  our  living  rooms  through  the  tube. 

Mr.  Leland.  There  is  some  misconception  about  what  children 
programing  as  indicated  by  one  of  my  colleagues  earlier,  who  asked 
whether  "Different  Strokes"  would  be  considered  children's  progi'am 
ing.  The  response  was  that  it  was  family  orientation.  I  am  not  one 
to  qualify,  except  from  a  black  perspective,  it  is  probably,  at  best,  a 
comedy,  a  circumstance  of  television  that  is  still  projecting  that  in 
order  for  us  to  be  seen  on  television,  we  have  to  be  funny. 

Mr.  Burton.  Right. 

Mr.  Leland.  Can  you  just  comment  on  that.  I  am  very  concerned 
when  all  we  see  on  television  is  black  comedy.  Young  children, 
white,  black,  brown,  or  otherwise,  who  are  impressed  by  these  ver- 
sions of  our  lifestyle,  and  very  excellent  artistry,  I  might  add,  are 
impressed  that  indeed  all  black  people  can  do  is  to  be  funny.  Do 
you  agree  with  that? 

Mr.  Burton.  I  am  very  distressed  by  the  fact  that  in  today's  com- 
mercial marketplace,  in  times  when  we  have  the  Harrison  Ford 
character,  and  the  "Star  Wars"  saga,  there  are  no  hero  images  for 
minority  children.  Again  it  goes  back  to  that  dollars  and  cents 
issue. 

The  producers,  the  people  who  are  in  a  position  to  put  out  that 
kind  of  positive  minority  model  product,  don't  believe  that  it  is  fi- 
nancially feasible.  It  is  not  going  to  make  them  any  money,  where 
statistics  show  that  the  direct  opposite  exists. 

In  the  minority  community,  millions  and  millions  of  dollars  a 
year  are  spent  on  entertainment.  As  I  said,  it  drives  me  crazy  that 
we  don't  find  ourselves  well-represented  in  the  media.  It  is  just  baf- 
fling to  me. 

Mr.  Leland.  Earlier  Commissioner  Rivera  and  Captain  Kanga- 
roo, if  you  will  have  it,  I  still  can't  remember  his  name 

Mr.  Burton.  Bob  Keeshan. 

Mr.  Leland.  [continuing].  We're  talking  about  responsibility  of 
the  networks.  Would  you  comment,  for  the  record,  on  how  you  feel 
about  the  networks  being  responsible  for  children  and  what  they 
see  on  television? 

Mr.  Burton.  We  are  talking  about  commercial  television,  based 
on  the  programing  they  have  for  children,  I  don't  believe  that  the 
networks  are  exercising  very  much  responsibility  at  all  in  terms  of 
Saturday  morning  programing,  which  is  really  geared  toward  that 
demographic  group. 

I  think  that  for  the  most  part,  with  a  few  exceptions,  the  pro- 
grarning  available  for  children  on  commercial  television  is  sorely 
lacking,  it  truly  is.  The  cartoons  are  not  even  as  good  as  they  used 
to  be. 

Mr.  Leland.  We  know  that. 


34 

One  last  question.  You  were  commissioned  to  do  "Reading  Rain- 
bow." How  long  is  that  scheduled  to  run? 

Mr.  Burton.  We  start,  I  believe,  on  July  11  and  we  run  through- 
out the  summer,  every  day,  three  times  a  day. 

Mr.  Leland.  How  many  weeks  of  programing  is  that? 

Mr.  Burton.  We  have  15  shows  and  we  will  repeat  the  cycle  for 
the  duration  of  the  summer.  Our  initial  air  date  I  believe  is  in  July 
through  August. 

Mr.  Leland.  After  the  summer,  what  happens  then? 

Mr.  Burton.  We  will  have  to  see  whether  or  not  we  can  put  to- 
gether some  more  funds  for  additional  shows  and  continue  the 
show.  We  would  look  to  have  the  show  air  on  a  year-round  basis, 
but  of  course  that  is  all  dependent  upon  the  money. 

Mr.  Leland.  I  wish  you  success. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you,  Congressman. 

Mr.  Swift.  I  know  I  speak  for  Chairman  Wirth  and  ranking  mi- 
nority member  Rinaldo  who  unfortunately  could  not  be  here  when 
I  thank  you  particularly  for  the  extra  special  effort  you  made  to 
come  and  share  with  us  your  particular  perspective  on  the  problem 
of  how  we  go  about,  as  a  society,  developing  good,  high  quality  and 
amply  supplied  children's  programming  for  the  children  of  Amer- 
ica. 

Thank  you  very  much.  If  you  can  stay,  that  would  be  wonderful. 
If  at  some  point  this  drags  on  so  long  that  your  schedule  requires 
you  to  leave,  please  feel  free  to  do  that  as  well. 

Mr.  Burton.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you. 

Our  second  panel  will  include  Squire  Rushnell,  Peggy  Charren, 
Eddie  Fritts,  Jack  Schneider,  and  Bruce  Christensen.  If  they  will 
come  to  the  witness  table. 

Welcome  to  you  all. 

The  Chair  would  like  to  announce  that  this  room  is  scheduled  for 
other  purposes  at  1:30,  and  because  it  is  the  chairman  of  the  full 
committee  who  has  scheduled  the  room,  I  can  guarantee  you  we 
will  be  out  of  here  at  1:30.  With  that  in  mind,  we  will  exercise 
some  restraint  at  this  end  of  the  table  on  the  questions.  We  want 
you  to  be  able  to  express  yourselves  fully,  but  if  you  could  keep  the 
time  constraints  in  mind  as  well  that  would  be  helpful. 

I  would  like  to  begin,  if  I  could,  with  Mr.  Christensen,  and  have 
each  of  you  identify  yourself  formally  for  the  record.  Then  we  will 
begin  the  testimony. 

The  prepared  statements  of  all  the  members  of  the  panel  will  be 
included  in  the  record  in  full  without  objection,  and  you  can  pro- 
ceed. 


35 

STATEMENTS  OF  BRUCE  CHRISTENSEN,  PRESIDENT,  NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION  OF  PUBLIC  TELEVISION  STATIONS;  JOHN  A. 
SCHNEIDER,  PRESIDENT,  WARNER  AMEX  SATELLITE  ENTER- 
TAINMENT COMPANY;  PEGGY  CHARREN,  PRESIDENT,  ACTION 
FOR  CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION;  SQUIRE  D.  RUSHNELL,  VICE 
PRESIDENT,  LONG  RANGE  PLANNING  AND  CHILDREN'S  TELE- 
VISION, AMERICAN  BROADCASTING  COMPANIES,  INC.;  EDWARD 
O.  FRITTS,  PRESIDENT,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  BROAD- 
CASTERS 

Mr.  Christensen.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Educational,  entertaining  television  programs  that  meet  special 
needs  of  young  people  are  the  cornerstone  of  public  television  serv- 
ice to  American  families.  Fred  Roger's  30-year  association  with 
public  television  goes  back  to  the  sign-on  dates  of  the  first  educa- 
tional television  stations  in  the  Nation.  It  is  no  exaggeration  to  say 
that  "Sesame  Street"  and  "Mister  Rogers  Neighborhood,"  which 
began  14  and  15  years  ago,  put  public  television  on  the  map  and, 
more  important,  into  the  hearts  of  millions  of  American  children 
and  their  families. 

During  the  1970's,  public  television  added  the  "Electric  Compa- 
ny" and  "3-2-1  Contact"  to  its  weekday  schedule.  Today,  despite 
budgetary  pressures,  leading  to  a  33-percent  reduction  in  the 
number  of  hours  in  the  national  PBS  program  service,  the  amount 
of  children's  programing  has  remained  largely  intact.  Six  hours  of 
children's  programing  are  still  being  distributed  by  PBS  every 
weekday.  Added  to  the  weekend  schedule,  the  combined  total  is  34 
hours  a  week  and  represents  over  50  percent  of  PBS's  basic  pack- 
age of  program  services  nationwide. 

Just  recently,  public  broadcasting  has  committed  resources  to 
produce  and  distribute  two  new  series,  "Powerhouse"  and  the  show 
you  have  just  seen,  "Reading  Rainbow."  Our  stations  have  joined 
the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting  in  pledging  funds  to  pro- 
duce and  broadcast  a  new  26-part  drama  series  designed  to  attract 
the  post-"Sesame  Street"  and  "Mister  Rogers"  audience  and  their 
parents. 

Programing  for  viewers  at  home  is  only  part  of  our  story.  Over 
80  percent  of  our  licensees  offer  instructional  programing  for  local 
elementary  and  secondary  students,  15  million  schoolchildren  in 
one-third  of  our  Nation's  classrooms  are  regular  users  of  this  serv- 
ice. Over  100  of  these  programs,  developed  in  direct  response  to  the 
needs  teachers  have  expressed  in  areas  from  science  and  math  to 
music,  are  distributed  nationwide. 

Two  of  our  stations  are  also  experimenting  with  the  educational 
uses  of  teletext.  Teachers  report  that  the  medium  has  a  strong  mo- 
tivational effect  on  their  students,  particularly  when  used  inten- 
sively. They  witnessed  dramatic  turnarounds  in  both  achievement 
and  attitude  among  kids  who  previously  had  little  interest  in  learn- 
ing or  who  had  not  adapted  well  to  traditional  teaching  methods. 

Our  successes  have  been  based  on  adequate  funding,  growing 
levels  from  Federal,  State,  and  local  governmental  entities,  as  well 
as  viewers  and  business  underwriters,  and  upon  public  television's 
mission  that  requires  quality  service  to  our  children. 


36 

While  children's  programing  is  the  last  area  public  television  sta- 
tions are  likely  to  cut,  budget  reductions  have  severely  weakened 
our  capacity  for  future  service.  The  Department  of  Education's  fi- 
nancial commitment  to  "Sesame  Street"  and  the  "Electric  Compa- 
ny" alone  was  nearly  $50  million  over  the  period  of  its  initial  de- 
velopment and  production.  Together  with  the  National  Science 
Foundation,  the  Education  Department  provided  millions  more  to 
develop  "3-2-1  Contact."  These  sources  of  funding  have  been  large- 
ly eliminated. 

Funding  for  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting  has  been 
cut  by  25  percent.  State  governments,  faced  with  reduced  education 
funds  from  the  Federal  Government  and  their  own  adverse  eco- 
nomic conditions,  have  cut  budgets  across  the  board,  further  erod- 
ing public  television's  State  and  local  government  support.  Thus, 
nationwide,  no  new  children's  series  on  the  scale  of  "Sesame 
Street"  are  being  developed. 

At  the  local  level,  many  stations  have  been  forced  to  eliminate 
their  weekend  morning  schedules  and  most  hard-pressed  stations, 
some  of  those  who  are  really  in  dire  financial  straits,  have  no 
morning  schedules  for  children  at  all. 

We  have  sought  help  from  the  private  sector,  not  just  recently 
but  for  a  long  time.  Community  licensees  began  seeking  private 
support  in  the  1950's  as  soon  as  they  came  on  the  air.  By  the  late 
1970's,  donations  from  the  private  sector  were  already  an  essential 
part  of  the  mix  of  revenue  sources  that  sustain  public  television 
stations. 

We  already  have  generated  dramatic  growth  in  private  support 
for  public  television,  thus  we  did  what  Mr.  Reagan  asked  us  to  do, 
but  we  did  it  before  he  asked.  However,  there  are  limits  to  the 
growth  in  voluntary  support  and  we  may  be  running  up  against 
them. 

The  growth  of  corporate  donations  and  business  underwriting 
brought  the  support  to  only  about  12  percent  of  public  television's 
total  income.  These  efforts  have  failed  to  keep  pace  with  the  dra- 
matic increases  in  the  cost  of  television  program  production. 

This  year,  ABC  spent  $40  million  to  produce  18  hours  of  pro- 
graming entitled  "Winds  of  War,"  and  another  $20  million  to  pro- 
mote it.  That  is  as  much  money  as  public  television  got  in  all  of 
1981  from  all  of  its  corporate  and  underwriting  sources  to  support 
the  national  program  schedule. 

While  the  combination  of  PBS's  children  schedule  and  the  hours 
of  televised  instruction  for  schools  account  for  nearly  two-thirds  of 
public  television's  weekday  broadcast  hours,  this  is  the  least  eco- 
nomically attractive  programing  for  underwriters. 

The  investment  of  Sears  &  Roebuck  in  "Mr.  Rogers"  and  General 
Motors  Corp.  in  "Why  in  the  World,"  and  the  Kellogg  Corp.  in 
"Reading  Rainbow"  are  as  commendable  as  they  are  unusual.  Even 
a  tested  successful  program  like  "3-2-1  Contact"  could  not  find  a 
single  business  underwriter  for  the  second  series.  Production  was 
delayed  and  finally  limited  to  less  than  two-thirds  of  the  original 
number  of  programs  planned.  Lack  of  sufficient  funds  for  "Reading 
Rainbow"  resulted  in  a  reduction  of  25  percent  of  its  proposed 
schedule  as  well. 


37 

The  simple  fact  is  that  children  don't  buy  cars  or  soap  and  thus 
have  little  commercial  appeal  to  commercial  advertisers.  They 
don't  own  stock,  vote  in  elections,  or  take  a  leading  role  in  their 
communities  to  be  attractive  to  underwriters  of  noncommercial 
programing. 

Money  for  quality  children's  programing  like  "Sesame  Street" 
and  "3-2-1  Contact"  can't  be  expected  to  come  from  the  private 
sector  or  from  the  marketplace.  To  place  that  burden  on  the  mar- 
ketplace is  to  ignore  reality. 

Last  year,  the  total  number  of  viewer  pledges  during  the  spring 
festival  fund  raising  drive  on  public  television  began  to  drop.  This 
year  the  records  from  the  first  4  days  in  the  spring  festival  pledg- 
ing show  an  even  bleaker  picture.  The  total  dollars  pledged  are 
down  10  percent  and  the  total  number  of  pledges  is  off  about  14 
percent. 

Part  of  the  problem  we  have  is  the  lack  of  new,  attractive,  and 
thus  well-publicized  programing  such  as  "Brightshead  Revisited" 
and  "Life  on  Earth."  Another  part  of  our  problem  is  that  after  going  to 
our  viewers  3  times  a  year  for  over  2  years  asking  them  to  help 
make  up  the  Federal  budget  cuts,  they  have  largely  responded  to 
our  plea  and  have  already  given  the  extra  help  they  could  afford. 

Money  for  future  children's  quality  programing  on  the  scale  of 
"Sesame  Street"  is  not  likely  to  come  from  the  public  which  has  given 
repeatedly  to  simply  preserve  the  program  services  we  already 
have. 

It  is  crucial  for  Congress  and  the  FCC  to  focus  attention  on  how 
to  encourage  more  and  better  program  services  for  children  from  a 
variety  of  telecommunication  sources.  Urgent  attention  must  also 
be  given  to  building  on  what  you  have  already  provided,  and  that 
means  recognizing  public  television's  value  as  a  national  communi- 
cations resource  for  children. 

Without  substantial  and  immediate  help  from  Congress,  public 
television  cannot  provide  future  programing  children  will  need  to 
prepare  them  for  their  role  as  citizens  in  this  great  land.  The 
future  of  children's  programing  on  public  television  rests  with  you 
and  your  congressional  colleagues. 

Thank  you. 

[Mr.  Christensen's  prepared  statement  follows:] 


58 


Testimony  of 

Bruce  Christensen,  President 
National  Association  of  Public  Television  Stations 

Before  the 

Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications,  Consumer  Protection  and  Finance 
Committee  on  Energy  and  Commerce 

U.S.  House  of  Representatives 

March  16,  1983 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Subcommittee,  it  is  a  special   privilege 
for  me  to  testify  today  concerning  the  importance  of  quality  television  service  to 
children.     Our  nation's  children  are  not  just  important  to  our  future,  they  are 
our  future.     Television — used  in  nearly  every  American  home,   for  an  average  of 
more  than  six  hours  a  day— is  an  especially  powerful   factor  in  their  lives. 
Congress's  establishment  of  National   Children  and  Te1evisix)n  Week  has  reconfirmed 
the  importance  of  television  to  children,  and  we  commend  the  Congress  and  the 
National   Council   for  Children  and  Television  for  focusing  the  nation's  attention 
on  the  critical   issue  of  how  to  better  harness  the  television  medium  in  service  to 
our  young  people. 

Educational,  entertaining  television  programs  that  meet  the  special 
needs  of  young  people  are  the  cornerstone  of  public  television's  service  to 
American  families.     Fred  Rogers'    thirty-year  association  with  us  dates  back  to  the 
sign-on  dates  of  the  first  educational   television  stations  in  the  nation.     And, 
it's   no  exaggeration  to  say  that  SESAME  STREET  and  MISTER  ROGERS  NEIGHBORHOOD, 
which  began  fourteen  and  fifteen  years  ago,  put  public  television  on  the  map  and, 
more  important,  into  the  hearts  of  millions  of  grateful   American  mothers  and  their 
families. 

These  series  started  just  after  the  first  major  federal   commitment  to 
fund  public  broadcasting  operations  and  programming,  embodied  in  the  Public 
Broadcasting  Act  of  1967.     The  expanded  service  to  children  they  represented  was 
one  of  the  first  realizations  of  the  mandate  spelled  out  in  that  landmark   federal 
legislation. 


39 


The  Good  News—The  Funding  Crisis  has  not  undercut  our  coirom'tment  to 
children's  programming:     Faced  with  the  need  to  curtail   programming  and  services 
in  response  to  federal   budget  cuts,   public  television  stations  have  responded  by 
reejnphasizing  our  children  as  a  unique  programming  responsibility.     Although 
public  television  stations  approved  a  plan  to  reduce  PBS  program  distribution 
hours  in  the  national  program  service  by  33%,  the  amount  of  children's  programming 
remained  largely  Intact.     Six  hours  of  children's  programming  are  still   distributed 
every  weekday;  with  week-end  programming  the  combined  total    is  34  hours  a  week, 
over  50%  of  all   PBS  programming  distributed  as  part  of  PBS's  basic  package  of 
program  services  nationwide.     The  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting,   In  assessing 
priorities  for  a  diminished  television  program  fund,  put  children's  programming  at 
the  top  of  the  list.     The  Children's  Television  Workshop,  which  produces  SESAME 
STREET,  THE  ELECTRIC  COMPANY  and  3-2-1   CONTACT,  decreased  the  amount  of  the  total 
station  cost  for  SESAME  STREET,  which  as  a  dally  program  throughout  the  year,  is 
one  of  our  most  expensive  series,   in  order  that  virtually  all   stations  would 
continue  to  be  able  to  afford  to  buy  it. 

Children  in  over  ten  million  homes  watch  SESAME  STREET  every  week, 
over  90%  of  the  target  audience  for  the  series.     Its  face  pace  is  designed  to 
attract  and  keep  the  attention  of  young  children  while,  at  the  same  time,   teaching 
everything  from  counting  and  letters  to  why  children  should  give  matches  to 
parents,  how  blind  people  "see"  and  how  deaf  people  "hear."     Six  million  children 
are  regular  viewers  of  THE  ELECTRIC  COMPANY.     With  over  40%  of  them  watching  at 
school,   it  is  the  most  frequently  used  educational   program  in  the  instructional 
television  schedule.     Designed  to  make  reading  fun  for  7-10  year-olds,   it  is 
especially  targeted  to  reach  second  graders  in  the  bottom  half  of  their  reading 
class — the  level   experts  consider  crucial    in  heading  off  early  reading  problems. 
Before  this  program  was  used  in  the  Lincoln  Heights,  Ohio,   School   District,   75%  of 
the  pupils  in  grades  1-3  were  reading  well   below  national   reading  achievement 


40 


levels.  By  the  third  year  of  intensive  use  of  the  program,  first,  second  and 
third  graders  were  reading  at  or  above  national  norms. 

3-2-1  CONTACT  Is  a  first  critical  step  1n  addressing  America's  need 
for  more  science,  mathematics  and  engineering  education.  According  to  the 
National  Assessment  of  Educational  Programs,  over  25%  of  our  young  people  have 
already  decided  against  science  as  a  career  by  the  age  of  9,  considering  1t  too 
dull,  lonely  and  rigorous.  This  has  been  particularly  true  for  girls  and 
minorities.  3-2-1  Is  designed  to  reach  to  the  roots  of  this  problem  by  helping 
all  children  experience  the  joy  of  scientific  exploration  through  animation  of 
difficult  concepts,  use  of  positive  role  models  and  dealing  with  questions  young 
children  themselves  Identified.  Over  23  million  young  people  watched  the  program 
at  home  during  Its  first  year  and  the  companion  teacher  guide  was  requested  by 
over  250,000  teachers  Interested  In  using  the  program  1n  school. 

Educational  programming  Is  not,  of  course,  limited  to  Increasing  the 
appeal  of  academic  skills.  It  can  also  teach  children  to  cope  with  the  world 
around  them.  In  an  understanding  and  compassionate  manner.  And  this  Is  exactly 
what  MR.  ROGERS  does  for  young  people  In  over  5  million  homes  every  week. 

Three  of  these  four  programs  were  specifically  designed  to  reach  minority 
audiences.  Recent  Nielsen  viewing  statistics  Indicate  that  the  percentage  of  the 
non-white  audience  for  each  one  is  as  high  or  higher  than  the  percentage  of 
non-white  children  in  the  nation  as  a  whole. 

And  while  expensive  to  produce,  these  investments  are   extremely  cost- 
effective.  Because  of  repeated  airings  of  these  programs,  the  cost  per  viewer 
is  about  a  penny  per  program. 

Not  only  are  we  continuing  this  basic  service  but  we  are  allocating 
limited  resources  to  new  series  as  well.  POWERHOUSE,  which  premiered  last  December, 
is  a  sixteen  part  series  which  uses  the  adventures  of  members  of  an  inner-city 


41 


youth  center  to  show  preteens  and  teenagers  how  to  deal  with  physical  and  mental 
health  problems.  Previewing  this  summer  Is  READING  RAINBOW,  fifteen  half-hour 
programs  where  ROOTS  star  LeVar  Burton  serves  as  a  role  model  for  first  and  second 
graders — sharing  his  sense  of  fun  and  excitement  In  reading  good  books — to 
encourage  our  young  people  to  do  likewise — thus  helping  them  to  retain  newly 
acquired  critical  reading  skills  over  the  summer  months.  And  scheduled  to  debut 
In  1984  Is  a  new  26-part  drama  series  designed  to  attract  the  post-SESAME  STREET 
and  MISTER  ROGERS  audience  and  their  families  as  well. 

Public  television  programming  designed  primarily  for  young  people  at  home 
is  only  part  of  our  story;  the  real  point  is  that  virtually  the  entire  schedule  1s 
designed  to  meet  their  growing  need  for  knowledge. 

Over  80%  of  our  licensees  provide  Instructional  programming  for  their 
local  elementary  and  secondary  schools;  fifteen  million  school  children  in  one 
third  of  our  nation's  classrooms  are  regular  users  of  this  service.  Developed 
by  teachers,  in  direct  response  to  their  concerns,  1t  helps  them  compensate  for 
the  shortage  of  specialists  in  fields  ranging  from  health  and  nutrition  to  science, 
math,  art  and  music.  Over  1,000  of  these  programs  are  distributed  nationwide 
In  response  to  teacher  needs  identified  at  the  local  level.  The  subject  matter 
ranges  from  THE  ARTS  EXPRESS,  for  first  through  third  graders,  and  THINKABOUT, 
designed  to  strengthen  the  reasoning  and  study  skills  of  fifth-and  sixth-graders 
in  the  fields  of  mathematics  and  communications  to  THE  COMMUNITY  OF  LIVING  THINGS, 
which  together  with  THE  HUMAN  COMMUNITY  will  provide  a  year-long  sequence  ranging 
from  energy  origin,  use  and  distribution  to  the  biological  history  of  lakes, 
forests  and  deserts  for  6th  through  9th  graders.  Two  of  our  public  television 
stations  are  experimenting  with  the  educational  use  of  teletext  in  the  schools. 
Results  from  the  Los  Angeles  experiment  indicate  that  initial  teacher  skepticism 
about  classroom  use  of  the  medium  was  reversed  because  of  its  strong  motivational 


42 


Influence  for  learning.  Teachers  found  that  the  exercises  sparked  classroom 
discussion  and  encouraged  students  to  read  more  about  issues  addressed  1n  the 
teletext  program  on  their  own.  In  Boston,  where  the  experiment  is  still  in 
progress,  teachers  are  reporting  similar  reactions.  In  both  cases,  the  most 
Impressive  result  may  well  be  the  learning  motivation  for  youngsters  who  have  not 
adapted  well  to  traditional  teaching  methods  or  have  evidenced  little  interest  In 
learning.  Here  dramatic  reversals  In  attitude  and  achievement  have  been  reported. 

Finally,  most  of  our  prime  time  schedule— from  NOVA,  NATURE  and  LIFE  ON 
EARTH  to  MacNEIL/LEHRER,  AMERICAN  PUYHOUSE  and  GREAT  PERFORMANCES  is  quality 
educational  programming  for  the  entire  family.  Those  who  appreciate  this  service 
mirror  our  society  as  a  whole.  Fifty-four  percent  of  the  viewers  are  families 
with  incomes  between  $10,000  and  $30,000.  The  remainder  of  the  viewing  homes  are 
evenly  divided  between  those  who  earn  less  than  $10,000  a  year  and  those  who  earn 
more  than  $30,000.  Twenty-five  percent  of  these  families  are  headed  by  Individuals 
without  high  school  degrees;  nearly  the  same  percentage  are  headed  by  persons  with 
college  degrees.  The  racial  balance  of  the  viewing  audience  reflects  that  of  the 
nation. 

With  over  50%  of  all  American  homes  using  our  service  weekly,  public 
television  has  become  the  most  cost-effective  public  trust  institution  in  America. 
And  as  the  only  telecommunications  service  with  a  specific  educational  mandate,  it 
is  the  only  such  service  offering  an  equal  opportunity  for  enlightenment  to  all 
Americans. 

The  Bad  News — Funding  Cuts  have  seriously  eroded  our  ability  to  continue  to 
produce  and  distribute  all  programming,  especially  that  for  children:  Public 
television  programming  for  children  is  specifically  designed  to  make  educational 
skills  entertaining  and  thus  appealing  by  presenting  basic  spelling  and  counting 
skills  in  a  fast-paced  manner,  using  positive  role  models,  from  firefighters 


43 


to  scientists,  and  demonstrating  the  Joy  and  excitement  of  reading.  But  to  make 
sure  these  concepts  are  presented  effect1ve1y--so  that  the  young  audience  Is 
retained  and  receives  the  Intended  message — requires  a  substantial  investment  in 
research  and  testing.  For  the  first  3-2-1  CONTACT  series  research  and  testing 
took  two  years.  Numerous  educators  were  consulted  about  the  learning  capabilities 
of  the  target  8-12  year-old  age  group;  perhaps  more  Importantly,  8,000  children 
were  consulted  to  find  out  what  questions  and  issues  would  actually  interest 
them. 

Because  THE  ELECTRIC  COMPANY  is  a  five-year  series,  this  kind  of  research 
continued  throughout  production.  Evaluation  after  the  first  year  caused  the 
producers  to  slow  the  pace,  to  teach  more  by  teaching  less',  treating  a  word  first 
as  a  group  of  letters,  then  as  a  syllable  in  a  larger  word  and  finally  as  a  part 
of  a  phrase  or  sentence.  Continuing  research  allowed  the  producers  to  constantly 
refine  their  techniques,  to  make  humor  more  reenforcing  and  less  distracting,  to 
understand  what  formats  were  most  effective  with  the  lowest  achievers  and  to 
extend  the  interest  sparked  by  television  into  a  desire  to  read  books.  This 
commitment  to  testing  and  evaluation  is  in  no  way  limited  to  these  two  series; 
on  the  contrary,  it  is  a  basic  part  of  the  budget  for  virtually  all  of  the 
instructional  programming  produced  by  our  stations  for  use  in  our  schools. 
Equally  critical  is  promoting  the  most  effective  use  of  this  material  by  our 
teachers,  with  teacher  guides  and  seminars,  ancillary  classroom  material  and 
companion  books  and  magazines. 

This  kind  of  research  and  promotion  adds  not  just  to  the  excellence  but 
also  to  the  expense  of  the  programming;  to  do  otherwise,  however,  would  fail  to 
achieve  the  very  purpose  of  the  programming. 

Without  significant  contributions  from  the  National  Science  Foundation, 
the  Department  of  Education,  and  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting  (CPB), 


44 


the  development  of  3-2-1  CONTACT  would  not  have  been  possible.  For  SESAME  STREET 
and  THE  ELECTRIC  COMPANY,  the  story  is  even  more  dramatic.  The  Department  of 
Education  invested  nearly  $50  minion  over  the  years  to  develop  and  provide  for 
the  production  of  these  programs;  additional  financial  assistance  was  provided  by 
CPB.  For  programs  like  GREAT  PERFORMANCES  and  AMERICAN  PLAYHOUSE,  it  was  substantial 
early  investments  from  the  National  Endowments  for  the  Arts  and  the  Humanities, 
in  addition  to  the  Corporation,  which  made  development  possible. 

But  all  of  these  program  funding  sources  have  been  substantially  reduced.  In 
addition  to  the  25S  cut  In  the  Corporation's  budget,  the  media  allotments  for  both 
Endowments  have  been  reduced,  support  from  the  Department  of  Education  cut 
by  about  75%  and  the  National  Science  Foundation's  Public  llnderstanding  of  Science 
media  budget  eliminated  completely.  Thus  the  loss  from  all  federal  funding 
sources  is  about  $60  million  annually. 

Even  before  these  cuts,  the  amount  of  programming  was  severely  limited  by 
available  resources.  Only  30S  of  the  yearly  schedule  of  SESAME  STREET  and  MR. 
ROGERS  represent  new  programming  hours.  No  new  program  of  THE  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 
has  been  produced  in  the  last  five  years,  and  the  first  season  65  program  series 
of  3-2-1  CONTACT  will  go  into  its  fifth  year  of  repeated  programming  next  year 
following  its  new  forty  lesson  second  season.  Of  the  34  hours  of  this  programming 
distributed  weekly  by  PBS,  two  thirds  of  the  distribution  hours  are  simply  repeats 
of  programs  provided  aired  earlier  in  the  week. 

The  Administration  has  suggested  we  look  to  the  private  sector  to  help 
finance  our  services. 

There  are  only  a  couple  of  things  wrong  with  the  Administration's  proposal  — 
it's  not  a  new  idea  and  it's  not  their  idea.  On  the  contrary,  it  was  our  idea  and 
it  dates  back  to  the  1950' s.  The  concept  began  with  our  community  licensees 
who  had  no  direct  relationship  with  state  or  local  educational  entities  which 


45 


provided  the  critical  early  Investments  to  our  state,  school  board  and  university 
licensees.  THE  WORLD  OF  MEDICINE  was  underwritten  by  a  German  Pharmaceutical  firm 
In  1957,  a  nutrition  program  entitled  THE  BALANCE  by  Neutrallte  In  1958  and 
Exxon  began  supporting  the  airing  of  Shakespeare  plays  shortly  thereafter.  WQED 
In  Pittsburgh  began  fundralsing  door  to  door  1n  1954  and  KQED  In  San  Francisco 
aired  the  first  auction  In  1954.  As  the  number  of  public  television  stations 
grew  In  the  1960's,  these  other  licensees  Increasingly  looked  to  private  sources 
of  support.  And  by  the  m1d-1970's,  the  vast  majority  of  public  television  stations 
joined  together  In  a  national  effort  to  fund  special  fundralsing  drives  on  the  air. 

By  the  late  1970's,  this  pattern  was  so  well  established  that  the  preser- 
vation and  growth  of  our  public  television  system  was  more'  heavily  financed  by 
Increases  from  the  private  sector  than  through  rising  federal  appropriations. 
In  fact,  it  was  essential  to  public  television's  survival  during  the  high-inflation 
period  of  the  late  1970' s  and  early  1980' s.  From  1978  to  1981,  when  Inflation 
Increased  the  Consumer  Price  Index  by  39.4%,  our  total  nonfederal  support  Increased 
by  a  slightly  larger  amount—42*.  By  comparison,  the  federal  appropriations  for 
public  television  rose  only  11%,  because  more  than  half  of  the  Increases  for  public 
broadcasting  were  allocated  to  radio.  Comparing  our  $15  million  Increase  in 
federal  appropriations  to  the  $93  million  jump  1n  support  from  businesses  and 
subscribers  we  see  that  these  two  private  sources  together  contributed  $6  for 
every  $1  from  federal  appropriations  during  this  period.  Yet  because  our  total 
income  lagged  behind  the  increase  in  consumer  prices,  we  actually  had  less  pur- 
chasing power  in  1981  than  in  1978. 

Because  of  this  significant  growth  In  private  support  for  public  televi- 
sion, the  real  question  is  to  what  extent  we  can  hold  onto  it  rather  than  how  much 
more  we  can  rely  on  it. 


46 


During  FY1982,  for  example,  more  than  330  corporations,  foundations, 
associations  and  government  agencies  provided  underwriting  dollars,  up  from  277  in 
FY! 981.  The  total  contributed  was  a  record  $63  million,  up  S5  million  from  the 
previous  year.  But  because  the  overall  cost  of  the  schedule  increased  by  15S,  the 
percentage  share  of  underwriting  of  the  PBS  schedule  actually  dropped  from  49.55 
in  FY! 981  to  46.5?  in  FY1982. 

Last  year,  the  total  number  of  voluntary  viewer  contributions  received 
during  the  Spring  fundraising  drive,  which  had  been  rising  steadily  since  the 
early  70' s,  dropped  off  for  the  first  time.  Although  total  dollars  contributed 
increased,  the  increase  was  less  than  the  amount  necessary  just  to  account  for 
inflation. 

And  this  year,  records  from  the  first  four  days  of  pledging  in  the  Spring 
Festival  show  a  still  bleaker  picture.  Total  dollars  pledged  are  down  ^0%   and  the 
total  number  of  pledges  are  off  14%.  Part  of  the  problem  is  the  lack  of  new, 
attractive  and  thus  well  publicized  programming  such  as  BRIDESHEAD  REVISITED  and 
LIFE  ON  EARTH.  Another  part  of  the  problem  is  that  after  going  to  our  viewers 
three  times  a  year  for  over  two  years  asking  them  to  help  make  up  the  federal 
reductions,  they  have  largely  responded  to  our  plea,  already  given  the  extra 
assistance  they  were  able  to  provide. 

With  improved  economic  conditions,  we  can  still  hope  for  business  and 
viewer  support  more  in  line  with  cost  increase  resulting  from  inflation.  But 
the  period  of  sustained  dramatic  increases  may  well  have  peaked.  Only  the  largest 
markets,  with  their  high  concentrations  of  people  and  businesses,  can  be  counted 
on  for  the  bulk  of  this  support  and  it  is  here  where  our  financial  base  has  been 
well  established  for  nearly  a  decade.  Having  a  nationwide  service  means  reaching 
people  in  middle  and  small  sized  cities  as  well  as  rural  areas.  And  growth  possi- 
bilities beyond  those  of  recent  years  are  limited  by  the  substantially  smaller 
size  of  the  populations  and  business  concerns. 


47 


While  we  can,  and  have,   tightened  our  belts — reducing  the  number  of 
hours  stations  broadcast,  cutting  back  on  salaries  and  number  of  employees, 
postponing  the  replacement  of  outdated  equipment--the  bulk  of  the  cuts  must  be 
borne  by  the  programming  itself,  because  that,  after  all,  is  what  our  equipment 
and  employees  collectively  provide.     Under  the  greatest  pressure  is  the  programming 
for  our  children — both  at  home  and  in  school— because  it  has  traditionally  been 
financed  by  governmental   and  educational   institutions  and  because  the  production 
and  distribution  costs  cannot  be  sustained  by  corporate  and  viewer  support. 

While  the  combination  of  the  PBS  children's  schedule  and     the  instructional 
hours  for  schools  account  for  up  to  two-thirds  of  our  weekday  broadcast  hours, 
this  is  the  least  economically  attractive  programming  for  underwriters.     The 
investment  of  Sears-Roebuck  in  MR.  ROGERS,  of  The  General  Motors  Corporation 
in  WHY  IN  THE  WORLD  and  the  Kellogg  Corporation  in  READING  RAINBOW  are  as 
commendable  as  they  are  unusual.     Even  a  tested  and  successful   program  like 
3-2-1   CONTACT  could  not  find  a  single  business  underwriter  for  the  second  series; 
production  was  delayed  and  finally  limited  to  less  than  two-thirds  of  the  original 
number  of  programs  planned.     Lack  of  sufficient  funds  for  READING  RAINBOW  resulted 
in  a  reduction  of  25%  of  its  proposed  schedule  as  well. 

The  simple  fact  is   that  children  don't  buy  cars  or  soap  and  thus  have 
limited  appeal    to  commercial   advertisers;   they  don't  own  stock,  vote  in  elections 
or  take  a  leading  role  in  their  communities  to  be  attractive  to  underwriters  of 
noncommercial   programming. 

What  we  are  really  saying  is  that  the  focus  of  attention  should  not 
be  limited  to  how  to  encourage  more  and  better  programming  for  children  from 
a  variety  of  telecommunications  services.     At  least  some  of  the  attention  must  be 
given  to  how  to  preserve  what  we  already  have.      And  for  public   television,    this 
means  a   firm  commitment  to  ensuring  the  survivability  of  the  system  itself. 


48 

STATEMENT  OF  JOHN  A.  SCHNEIDER 

Mr.  Schneider.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Warne  Amex  Satellite  Entertainment  Company  is  the  cable  pro- 
graming joint  venture  of  Warner  Communications  and  American 
Express.  One  of  our  programing  services  is  Nickelodeon,  a  13-hour 
a  day  basic  cable  channel  exclusively  for  young  people.  It  currently 
reaches  over  11  million  homes  on  over  2,400  cable  systems. 

Commissioner  Rivera  earlier  this  morning,  I  believe,  inadvertent- 
ly identified  Nickelodeon  as  a  pay-cable  service.  It  is  not  a  pay- 
cable  service.  It  is  offered  free  to  the  cable  subscriber  once  that 
cable  subscriber  has  paid  for  basic  cable  in  his  home.  Nickelodeon 
is  paid  for  by  the  cable  system  and  that  cable  operator  pays  us, 
Warner-Amex,  for  the  Nickelodeon  service  that  we  provide  him  via 
satellite. 

Because  children's  television  is  a  concern  of  mine,  it  is  especially 
gratifying  that  the  week  of  March  13th  has  been  declared  "Nation- 
al Children  and  Television  Week."  I  congratulate  you,  the  rest  of 
the  U.S.  Congress  and  President  Reagan  for  focusing  on  an  issue  of 
vital  importance  to  our  Nation.  It  will  heighten  the  consciousness 
of  people  everywhere  to  the  needs  of  our  kids. 

Children  watch  28  hours  of  television  a  week,  averaging  4  hours 
a  day.  In  households  with  cable  viewing  levels  are  even  higher. 
Television  viewing  is  the  No.  1  major  activity  among  American 
children.  Cable  recognizes  the  young  people  as  an  audience  worth 
cultivating  by  providing  over  158  hours  per  week  of  children's  pro- 
graming. With  the  debut  of  the  Disney  Channel  on  April  8,  this 
total  number  of  hours  jumps  to  170  hours  per  week.  Nickelodeon's 
91  hours  per  week  represents  more  than  half  of  that  total. 

Nickelodeon  is  constantly  experimenting  with  new  formats 
which  break  with  traditional  television.  There  is  nothing  on  Nick- 
elodeon that  could  be  defined  as  violent,  or  which  contains  stereo- 
typical representations. 

Stimulated  by  a  recent  ACT  study  which  decried  the  lack  of  posi- 
tive role  models  on  television,  we  commissioned  our  own  research. 
Following  the  ACT  research  format,  our  analysis  revealed  that 
Nickelodeon  to  have  the  highest  number  of  positive  characteriza- 
tions of  women,  blacks,  and  other  minority  and  ethnic  groups. 

Nickelodeon's  program  is  age  specific,  falling  into  five  main 
groups — preschool,  elementary,  subteen,  and  programs  that  kids 
can  enjoy  along  with  their  parents. 

Pinwheel  for  preschool  children  emphasizes  youngsters's  delight 
in  discovery  and  fantasy. 

Against  the  Odds,  a  biography  series  hosted  by  Bill  Bixby,  pro- 
files the  lives  of  men  and  women  who  have  had  a  profound  effect 
on  society. 

Reggie  Jackson's  World  of  Sports  takes  viewers  around  the  world 
where  they  can  see  young  athletes  just  like  themselves  striving  for 
excellence. 

Standby  .  .  .  Lights!  Camera!  Action!,  hosted  by  Leonard  Nimoy, 
provides  a  rare  opportunity  for  young  and  old  to  sample  the 
method  behind  the  magic  of  how  movies  are  made. 


49 

The  highly  acclaimed  You  Can't  Do  That  on  Television  uses  fast- 
moving,  sometimes  outrageous  humor  to  make  a  point  about  drugs, 
junk  food  and  other  issues  of  importance  to  kids  and  parents  alike. 

Livewire,  hosted  by  noted  humorist  and  author  Fred  Newman,  is 
a  variety  talk  show  for  teenagers,  featuring  guest  performances 
and  appearances  by  celebrities  who  answer  questions  about  the 
problems  and  concerns  of  young  people. 

Kids'  Writes  is  a  critically  acclaimed  show  based  on  the  actual 
writings  of  young  viewer-poems,  letters,  stories  and  songs  acted  out 
by  an  improv  group. 

This  fall.  Nickelodeon  is  bringing  Mr.  Wizard  and  his  famous  lab- 
oratory back  to  television.  In  a  brandnew  series,  Mr.  Wizard  will 
explain  the  magic  and  mystery  of  everyday  living  for  a  whole  new 
generation. 

In  1981,  Nickelodeon  was  endorsed  by  the  National  Education 
Association.  In  1982,  the  NEA  once  again  honored  the  entire  chan- 
nel with  a  special  award  for  the  "advancement  of  learning  through 
broadcasting."  The  National  PTA  Board  of  Directors  gave  Nickel- 
odeon a  special  recommendation,  the  first  time  that  organization 
had  ever  recognized  TV  for  its  service  to  young  people.  In  addition. 
Action  For  Children's  Television  has  recognized  the  channel  for  its 
encouragement  of  program  diversity. 

Nickelodeon  is  doing  what  cable  was  designed  to  do  by  offering 
more  options,  more  participation  and  more  programing  suited  to 
individual  needs.  We  are  showing  people  that  they  are  both  compe- 
tent and  respected. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

STATEMENT  OF  PEGGY  CHARREN 

Ms.  Charren.  For  15  years,  ACT's  strategy  to  improve  children's 
television  has  been  to  advocate:  (1)  an  increase  in  the  amount  of 
programing  for  children;  (2)  scheduling  of  children's  programs 
throughout  the  week;  and  (3)  increased  diversity  in  progi-aming 
geared  to  young  audiences. 

While  we  present  annual  awards  to  particularly  innovative  chil- 
dren's series,  ACT  has  never  labeled  any  programs  as  the  best,  the 
worst,  the  most  objectionable,  or  the  most  violent.  ACT  has  disa- 
greed again  and  again  with  this  approach  to  TV  reform.  We  do  not 
want  to  become  television's  inspector  general.  Because  of  our 
strong  belief  in  the  importance  of  program  choice,  ACT  has  vig- 
orously opposed  the  New  Right's  efforts  to  control  television 
through  program  hit  lists  and  other  forms  of  censorship. 

ACT  commends  Congress  for  designating  this  week  as  National 
Children  and  Television  Week.  Still  we  recognize  only  too  well  that 
this  week  is  no  time  to  celebrate  the  state  of  children's  television. 

Why  has  program  choice  for  young  people  grown  steadily  worse 
during  the  past  2  years? 

Why,  with  the  removal  of  Captain  Kangaroo  is  there  no  longer  a 
single  daily  or  even  weekly  children's  program  on  commercial  net- 
work TV  Monday  through  Friday? 

Because  TV  self-regulation  by  the  dictates  of  the  marketplace 
can  never  result  in  adequate  broadcast  service  to  young  audiences. 
The  Nation's  young  people  simply  don't  represent  a  strong  enough 


50 

buying  power  to  inspire  the  commercial  TV  industry  to  design  and 
air,  purely  out  of  economic  self-interest,  sufficient  programing  for 
young  people. 

I  would  like  to  point  out  that  that  2-  to  11-year-old  market  that 
commercial  television  talks  about  is  filled  with  discrete  smaller  au- 
diences of  children,  a  fact  that  Nickelodeon  recognizes  so  nicely. 

Why  am  I  here  today?  I  am  here  because  I  believe,  like  niost 
people,  that  television  programing  is  a  vitally  important  socializer 
of  young  children  and  that  young  people  can  and  will  be  engaged, 
challenged,  and  educated  by  television  programs  geared  to  their 
special  needs  and  interests. 

Programs  that  teach  them  about  a  diversity  of  places,  faces,  and 
ideas  which  their  own  lives  do  not  expose  them  to.  I  believe  that 
broadcasters  know  how  to  get  such  programing  on  the  air.  They 
don't  only  because  programing  for  children  does  not  maximize  prof- 
its. 

I  am  here  today  because  I  believe  that  Congress  has  a  responsi- 
bility to  improve  children's  experience  with  television,  not  by  regu- 
lating program  content,  but  by  exercising  its  role  as  overseer  and 
legislating  in  the  public  interest. 

I,  therefore,  offer  Congress  the  following  recommendations  for 
National  Children  and  Television  Week: 

First,  Congress  should  reaffirm  the  statutory  requirement  that 
broadcasters  operate  in  the  public  interest. 

Cable  and  the  other  new  video  technologies  are  by  no  means  suf- 
ficiently widespread  in  this  country  to  put  an  end  to  the  concept  of 
the  broadcast  spectrum  as  a  limited  public  resource.  Nickelodeon 
comes  only  to  homes  who  pay  for  basic  cable  service. 

Second,  Congress  should,  as  part  of  its  oversight  responsibility  in 
the  telecommunications  area,  recommend  to  the  Federal  Communi- 
cations Commission  that  it  adopt  stronger  guidelines  for  children's 
television  programing  and  advertising. 

With  the  recent  disappearance  of  the  NAB  TV  Code,  children  are 
at  the  mercy  of  the  marketplace  as  they  have  not  been  in  years. 
FCC  guidelines  should  address  the  amount  of  programing  and  ad- 
vertising designed  for  children,  not  its  content.  There  is  a  prece- 
dent for  this  with  the  processing  guidelines  relating  to  news  and 
public  affairs  at  the  TV  stations  which  do  indeed  recommend  mini- 
mum percentages.  It  is  a  hard  number  to  come  by,  but  it  is  not  an 
impossible  problem. 

Third,  Congress  should  retain  the  existing  statutory  language  in 
section  5  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  which  prohibits 
unfair  and  deceptive  acts  or  practices  in  or  affecting  commerce. 

ACT  believes  that  the  vigorous  authority  and  jurisdiction  of  the 
FTC,  as  guaranteed  by  section  5,  are  essential  to  the  widely  sup- 
ported principle  of  consumer  protection,  to  the  promotion  of  fair 
market  competition,  which  is  the  problem  we  were  addressing 
before  about  programing,  and  specifically  to  the  protection  of  chil- 
dren from  unfair  and  deceptive  commercial  practices  targeted  to 
them  on  television. 

Fourth,  Congress  should  encourage  the  enforcement  of  the  Equal 
Employment  Opportunity  Act  to  bring  more  minorities  and  women 
into  decisionmaking  positions  in  the  television  industry,  which  in 
turn  will  help  increase  program  diversity. 


51 

As  part  of  National  Children  and  Television  Week,  ACT  has  re- 
leased yesterday  a  new  handbook  entitled  Fighting  TV  Stereotypes. 
I  would  like  to  submit  that  for  the  record. 

Mr.  Swift.  Without  objection,  it  will  be  made  part  of  the  record. 

Ms.  Charren.  As  one  step  toward  trying  to  remedy  this  problem, 
ACT  yesterday  filed  at  the  FCC  specific  recommendations  about 
amending  form  395,  an  employment  report  filed  annually  at  the 
Commission  by  broadcasters. 

Fifth,  Congress  should  insure  that  any  national  cable  legislation 
guarantees  sufficient  public  access  channels  and  prohibits  censor- 
ship by  any  government  agency. 

Only  about  one-third  of  all  American  TV  households  have  cable 
television.  Far  fewer  have  cable  systems  that  provide  access  chan- 
nels. Public  access,  community  access,  and  leased  access  channels 
are  in  the  public  interest,  and  it  is  up  to  Congress  to  see  that  they 
are  guaranteed.  It  is  also  up  to  Congress  to  insure  that  cable  televi- 
sion is  protected  from  local  or  national  censorship.  ACT  recom- 
mends that  all  cable  companies  be  required  by  law  to  provide  lock- 
boxes free  of  charge  to  those  subscribers  who  want  them.  That  is  to 
preclude  local  censorship. 

Sixth,  Congress  should  support  increased  funding  for  public 
broadcasting  which  provides  an  important  noncommercial  pro- 
graming alternative  for  children.  We  saw  a  nifty  example  of  that 
with  an  earlier  comment. 

ACT  does  not  share  FCC  Chairman  Fowler's  opinion  that  public 
broadcasting  should  shoulder  the  full  responsibility  for  children's 
television  programing,  but  because  public  broadcasting  needs  more 
Federal  support,  ACT  recommends  that  Congress  vote  the  Corpora- 
tion for  Public  Broadcasting  an  additional  $40  million  for  programs 
geared  to  young  audiences.  Short  of  that,  I  notice  that  Representa- 
tive Dingell  has  a  really  nifty  solution  for  increasing  PBS's  budget. 

I  would  like  to  thank  this  subcommittee  for  providing  me  with 
an  opportunity  to  offer  these  six  recommendations  for  congression- 
al action.  I  was  delighted  to  hear  this  morning  about  the  en  banc 
meeting  that  the  FCC  is  going  to  schedule. 

We  are  pleased  that  they  are  finally  going  to  take  action  on 
act's  petition  from  1970,  and  we  assume  that  our  lawsuit  had 
nothing  to  do  with  that.  We  are  pleased  by  the  temporary  commis- 
sion that  is  proposed  by  Commissioner  Rivera  and  support  that 
idea. 

And  we  are  delighted  with  these  hearings,  not  only  because  of 
the  opportunity  to  address  these  significant  issues,  but  because  we 
have  here  a  room  full  of  the  players  in  the  children's  television 
public  policy  game.  I  have  not  seen  most  of  these  people  since  the 
new  administration  came  into  power,  and  we  think  that  it  is  a  good 
sign  that  we  are  all  here  together  again. 

[Testimony  resumes  on  p.  111.] 

[Ms.  Charren's  prepared  statement  and  attachments  follow:] 


52 

Prepared  Statement  of  Peggy  Charren,  President,  Action  for  Children's 

Television 


I  am  Peggy  Charren,  president  of  Action  for  Children's  Television. 
ACT  is  a  national  grassroots  organization,  headquartered  in  Newtonville,  Massa- 
chusetts, that  works  to  encourage  diversity  in  children's  television  and  to 
eliminate  commercial  abuses  targeted  to  children.  ACT  was  begun  in  1968  by  a 
group  of  parents,  teachers,  physicians,  and  media  professionals  who  were  brought 
together  by  a  common  concern  for  children  and  how  they  are  affected  by  what  they 
see  on  TV.  Today,  ACT  has  20,000  dues-paying  members  throughout  the  United 
States  and  is  supported  in  its  goals  by  the  ACT  Contacts,  100  volunteers  who 
speak  out  for  ACT  in  every  state,  and  by  the  ACT  Coalition,  a  network  of  150 
organizations  including  the  American  Academy  of  Pediatrics,  the  NAACP,  and  the 
United  Steel  Workers  of  America,  representing  a  total  membership  of  60  million. 

For  fifteen  years,  ACT's  strategy  to  improve  children's  television  has  been 
to  advocate:  1)  increased  age-specific  programming;  2)  scheduling  of  children's 
programs  throughout  the  week;  and  3)  increased  diversity  in  programming  geared 
to  young  audiences.  While  we  present  annual  awards  to  particularly  innovative 
children's  series,  ACT  has  never  labeled  any  programs  as  the  "best,"  the  "worst," 


53 


the  "most  objectionable,"  or  even  the  "most  violent."  ACT  has  disagreed  again 
and  again  with  this  approach  to  TV  reform;  we  do  not  want  to  become  television's 
Inspector  General.  Because  of  our  strong  belief  in  the  importance  of  program 
choice,  ACT  has  vigorously  opposed  the  New  Right's  efforts  to  control  television 
through  program  "hit  lists"  and  other  forms  of  censorship. 

ACT  commends  Congress  for  designating  this  week  as  National  Children  and 
Television  Week.  Still,  we  recognize  only  too  well  that  this  week  is  no  time 
to  celebrate  the  state  of  children's  television.  It  is  a  time  to  bring  to  the 
nation's  attention,  and  to  the  attention  of  Congress,  the  ever-worsening  service 
that  children  have  been  receiving  from  broadcasters  during  the  past  two  years. 
A  close  look  during  this  special  week  at  the  problems  surrounding  children's 
television  can  only  highlight  the  TV  industry's  shameful  neglect  of  the  child 
audience  during  the  other  51  weeks  of  the  year. 

Why  has  program  choice  for  young  people  grown  steadily  worse  during  the  past 
two  years?  Why,  with  the  removal  of  "Captain  Kangaroo,"  is  there  no  longer  a  single 
daily  or  even  weekly  children's  program  on  commercial  network  TV  Monday  through 
Friday?  Why  have  nationally  acclaimed  series  such  as  CBS's  "30  Minutes," 
ABC's  "Animals  Animals  Animals,"  and  NBC's  "Special  Treat"  been  cancelled? 
Why  is  nearly  half  of  the  Saturday  morning  cartoon  lineup  on  all  three  commercial 
networks  produced  by  one  animation  house,  Hanna-Barbera?  Why  do  most  commercial 
broadcasters  feed  children  a  starvation  diet  of  televised  comic  books  for  a 
few  hours  each  weekend. . .and  then  brag  about  their  service  to  young  audiences? 

Why?  Because  TV  industry  self-regulation  by  the  dictates  of  the  marketplace 
and  the  bottom  line  can  never,  never  result  in  adequate  broadcaster  service  to 
young  audiences.  The  nation's  young  people  simply  don't  represent  a  strong 
enough  buying  power  to  inspire  the  commercial  TV  industry  to  design  and  air, 
purely  out  of  economic  self-interest,  sufficient  programming  for  young  people. 


54 


And  economic  self-interest  is  the  name  of  the  game  in  commercial  television, 
just  as  it  is  in  every  business.  Former  FCC  Chairman  Charles  Ferris,  although 
a  great  believer  in  deregulation  of  the  telecommunications  industry,  said  it 
best  when  he  commented  in  1980  that  "the  marketplace  forces  of  the  television 
industry  as  it  is  presently  structured  fail  when  you  apply  them  to  children." 

What  does  this  mean?  That  we  must  all  sit  back  and  watch  while  television, 
the  most  creative  and  informational  entertainment  medium  we  have,  ignores 
children's  needs  and  dulls  their  intelligence  and  curiosity  with  endless  cartoons? 
That  we  who  care  about  improving  children's  experiences  with  television  must 
content  ourselves  with  research  on  TV's  effects  and  speeches  about  parental 
responsibility  for  children's  viewing  habits? 

That  is  not  why  I  am  here  today.  I  am  here  because  I  believe,  like  most 
people,  that  television  programming  is  a  vitally  important  social izer  of  young 
children  and  that  young  people  can  and  will  be  engaged,  challenged,  and  educated 
by  television  programs  geared  to  their  special  needs  and  interests  —  programs 
that  teach  them  about  a  diversity  of  places,  faces,  and  ideas  to  which  their 
own  lives  cannot  expose  them.  I  believe  that  broadcasters  know  how  to  get  such 
programming  on  the  air;  they  don't  only  because  programming  for  children  does 
not  maximize  profits. 

I  am  here  today  because  I  believe  that  Congress  has  a  responsibility  to 
improve  children's  experiences  with  television  --  not  by  regulating  program  con- 
tent, but  by  exercising  its  role  as  overseer  and  legislating  in  the  public 
interest. 

ACT  therefore  offers  Congress  the  following  recommendations  for  National 
Children  and  Television  Week: 

1 .  Congress  should  reaffirm  the  statutory  requirement  that  broadcasters 
operate  "in  the  public  interest. " 


55 


Cable  and  the  other  new  video  technologies  are  by  no  means  sufficiently 
widespread  in  this  country  to  put  an  end  to  the  concept  of  the  broadcast  spectrum 
as  a  limited  public  resource.  Broadcasters  are  obligated  to  operate  "in  the 
public  interest,  convenience,  and  necessity,"  and  children  are  an  important  seg- 
ment of  the  public. 

2.  Congress  should,  as  part  of  its  oversight  responsibility  in  the  tele- 
communications area,  recommend  to  the  Federal  Communications  Commission 
that  it  adopt  stronger  guidelines  for  children's  television  programming 
and  advertising. 

With  the  recent  disappearance  of  the  National  Association  of  Broadcasters 
Television  Code,  one  of  the  few  instruments  of  industry  self-regulation  that  did 
make  a  difference,  children  are  at  the  mercy  of  the  marketplace  as  they  have  not 
been  in  years.  FCC  guidelines  should  address  the  amount  of  programming  and 
advertising  designed  for  children,  not  its  content. 

3.  Congress  should  retain  the  existing  statutory  language  in  Section  5  of 
the  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  which  prohibits  "unfair  and  deceptive 
acts  or  practices  in  or  affecting  commerce." 

ACT  believes  that  the  vigorous  authority  and  jurisdiction  of  the  FTC,  as 
guaranteed  by  Section  5,  are  essential  to  the  widely  supported  principle  of 
consumer  protection,  to  the  promotion  of  fair  market  competition,  and,  specifi- 
cally, to  the  protection  of  children  from  unfair  and  deceptive  commercial 
practices  targeted  to  them  on  television. 

4.  Congress  should  encourage  the  enforcement  of  the  Equal  Employment 
Opportunity  Act  to  bring  more  minorities  and  women  into  decision- 
making positions  in  the  television  industry,  which  in  turn  will  help 
increase  program  diversity. 


56 


As  part  of  National  Children  and  Television  Week,  ACT  has  released  a  new 
handbook  entitled  Fighting  TV  Stereotypes.  One  of  the  important  points  made  in 
this  publication  is  that  television  stereotypes  and  underrepresents  women  and 
minorities  in  part  because  so  few  females  and  people  of  color  are  involved  in 
making  television  programming  decisions.  As  one  step  toward  trying  to  remedy 
this  problem,  ACT  yesterday  filed  at  the  FCC  specific  recommendations  about 
amending  Form  395,  an  employment  report  filed  annually  at  the  Commission  by 
broadcasters. 

5.  Congress  should  ensure  that  any  national  cable  legislation  guarantees 
sufficient  public  access  channels  and  prohibits  censorship  by  any 
government  agency. 

Only  about  one  third  of  all  American  TV  households  have  cable  television;  far 
fewer  have  cable  systems  that  provide  access  channels.  Public  access  programming 
is  the  most  exciting  aspect  of  cable  television,  and  the  one  that  promises  to 
distinguish  cable  from  traditional  broadcast  TV,  because  it  offers  members  of  the 
community  a  chance  to  make  their  own  programming.  Public  access,  community  access, 
and  leased  access  channels  are  in  the  public  interest,  and  it  is  up  to  Congress  to 
see  that  they  are  guaranteed.  It  is  also  up  to  Congress  to  ensure  that  cable 
television  is  protected  from  local  or  national  censorship.  ACT  recommends  that 
all  cable  companies  be  required  by  law  to  provide  lock-boxes  free  of  charge  to 
those  subscribers  who  want  them.  Let  each  family  do  its  own  censoring  with  a 
lock-box;  cable  television  is  too  important  a  vehicle  of  free  speech  to  be  sub- 
jected to  the  risk  of  censorship  on  any  level. 

6.  Congress  should  support  increased  funding  for  public  broadcasting,  which 
provides  an  important  noncommercial  programming  alternative  for  children. 
ACT  does  not  share  FCC  Chairman  Mark  Fowler's  opinion  that  public  broadcasting 
should  shoulder  the  full  responsibility  for  children's  television  programming. 


57 


Public  television  fills  one  or  at  most  two  channels  in  most  communities,  and  it 
has  too  many  responsibilities  to  too  many  different  constituencies  to  become 
primarily  a  children's  service,  in  order  to  let  commercial  broadcasters  "off  the 
hook."  But  public  television  and  radio  have  provided  young  children  and  adolescents 
with  some  of  the  most  thoughtful,  exciting,  sensitive,  and  racially  balanced 
programming  of  the  past  decade  and  can  continue  to  offer  these  media  alternatives, 
assuming  public  broadcasting  is  given  more  funding.  The  Corporation  for  Public 
Broadcasting  has  recently  allocated  six  million  dollars  for  new  children's  TV 
programming;  this  money,  however,  will  support  only  26  one-hour  episodes  of  a 
weekly  series.  Because  public  broadcasting  needs  more  federal  support,  ACT 
recommends  that  Congress  vote  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting  an  additional 
40  million  dollars  for  programs  geared  to  young  audiences. 

I  would  like  to  thank  this  Subcommittee  for  providing  me  with  an  opportunity 
to  offer  these  six  recommendations  for  Congressional  action.  I  cannot  emphasize 
enough  the  importance  of  your  involvement  in  the  issue  of  children  and  television. 
You  would  not  have  called  these  hearings  today  if  you  did  not  recognize  that 
television  could  be  doing  much  more  to  enrich  the  lives  of  children  and  young 
adolescents.  I  hope  you  will  agree  that  Congress  has  a  vital  role  to  play  in 
improving  children's  experiences  with  television.  ACT  needs  your  support;  children 
need  your  help. 


58 


59 


60 


Fighting 

TV  Stereotypes 

An  ACT  Handboolc 


The  "scalp-hunting  Indian". .  .the  "Mexican  bandit". .  .the 
"crotchety  old  man" ...  the  "buxom  black  mama" ...  the  "inscrutable 
Oriental" ...  the  "helpless  female" ...  all  images  that  are  now  part  of 
a  more  prejudiced  past,  right?  Wrong.  Minorities  and  women  have 
been  protesting  these  tired  stereotypes  for  years.  Yet  they're  all  still 
there  in  living  color  on  the  TV  screen,  teaching  children  lessons  about 
the  world  that  countless  speeches  about  racial  harmony  and  sexual 
equality  couSd  scarcely  correct. 

If  television  is  a  window  on  the  world,  it  is  the  only  window  through 
which  many  children  can  see  people  who  are  different  from  them- 
selves: people  of  other  races,  religions,  or  ethnic  heritages,  people 
with  different  accents.  Yet  most  television,  especially  commercial  TV, 
closes  the  window  on  diversity. 

What  kind  of  message  is  TV  sending  by  leaving  those  who  are  "dif- 
ferent" out  of  the  picture?  What  does  it  teach  the  young  Chicano  If 
the  Hispanic  characters  on  television  are  most  often  criminals? 
Equally  important,  what  does  it  teach  the  young  white  child  about 
Hispanics— especially  if  he  has  no  personal  contact  with  them  to 
help  him  form  his  own  opinions? 

Working  to  erase  stereotypes  and  encourage  positive  role  models 
on  children's  TV  has  long  been  a  goal  at  Action  for  Children's 
Television  (ACT).  Three  years  after  its  inception  in  1968,  ACT  commis- 
sioned the  first  of  an  ongoing  series  of  studies  of  sex  roles  and  racial 
and  ethnic  portrayals  in  children's  programs  and  commercials.  ACT 
has  organized  a  number  of  workshops  and  symposia  on  TV  role 
models,  inviting  producers,  researchers,  broadcasters,  educators,  ad- 
vertisers, and  public  policy  makers  to  examine  the  kinds  of  examples 
set  on  children's  TV.  And  several  ACT  publications— Promise  and  Per- 
formance: Children  with  Special  Needs  and  TV  &  Teens  among 
them— have  zeroed  in  on  the  problem  of  stereotyping.  Many  of  the 
quotes  in  this  handbook  come  from  ACTs  conferences  and  publica- 
tions. 

Television  can  provide  more  positive  role  models  and  fewer 
negative  stereotypes.  This  handbook  outlines  how  it  could,  and  why  it 
must. 

ACT  is  grateful  for  the  support  of  the  Foundation  for  Character 
Education  in  making  Fighting  TV  Stereotypes  possible. 


61 


"Visions,"  a  KCET-TV  (Los  Angeles)  production,  PBS 


Vn  PERSONS  Of 

JAPANESE 


.  fN  '-■ 


photo  by  Ronr. 


70-006     O     -     83     -     5 


62 


Why  ACT  Is  Concerned 

When  I  was  growing  up  watching  television,  there  were  only 
two  black  children  on  the  screen — Buckwheat  and  Farina  on 
"The  Little  Rascals."  We  didn't  have  the  reinforcement  of  "Leave  It 
to  Beaver"  or  any  of  the  other  programs  that  showed  warm  family 
lives  for  young  white  kids. 
— Robert  L  Johnson,  Black  Entertainment  Television 

Television  has  come  a  long  way  since  the  days  when  "Amos  and  Andy" 
gave  us  some  of  the  only  black  faces  on  the  screen,  when  we  dreamed  of 
Jeannie  and  father  knew  best.  Children  today  can  watch  shows  like 
"Sesame  Street,"  where  little  Cuban  boys  join  hands  with  little  Viet- 
namese girls  to  sing  about  numbers  and  ABCs.  But  there  are  more  than 
enough  programs — and  commercials — on  TV  that  counteract  the  effec- 
tiveness of  such  shows.  Racial  minorities,  women,  handicapped  people, 
and  the  elderly  are  all  underrepresented  on  children's  television.  If  they 
are  shown  at  all,  they  are  too  often  portrayed  in  a  stereotyped  manner. 
What's  more,  a  whole  new  generation  is  getting  a  skewed  picture  of  the 
world  from  syndicated  reruns  and  recycled  movies  that  condone  bigotry 
And  young  people  are  spending  26  hours  a  week,  on  the  average,  in  front 
of  the  TV,  absorbing  this  cockeyed  view. 

How  distorted  is  the  TV  picture?  The  children  speak  for  themselves. 

•  "I  think  they  are  killers  to  Americans.  Indians  wear  war  paint." 
"Indians  would  be  like  us  if  they  weren't  dark,  and  they  talk 
different.  Sometimes  they're  like  savages."  — 3rd  and  4th  graders 

•  "They're  usually  dopers,  punks,  and  bums.  I  mean,  they  never  show 
the  ordinary  average  everyday  Mexican  teenager."  —  16-year-old 

•  "I  like  to  watch  'The  V\/altons'  because  I  like  to  watch  John  Boy  who 
is  smart  in  school,  he  writes  poetry  he  tries  hard  to  get  his  ideas 
across  and  he's  going  to  college.  I  like  to  watch  J.J.  He's  hip,  he 
raps,  he's  funny  he  gets  bad  grades  in  school."     — teenage  girl 

At  some  point,  the  child  is  going  to  say,  "Where  do  I  fit  into 
this  society?  The  only  time  I  see  myself  is  when  I  make  people 
laugh,  or  if  there's  a  documentary  about  crime  in  the  streets. 
But  as  far  as  seeing  myself  as  a  dress  designer  or  a  city 
official,  it's  just  not  there." 
—Collette  Wood.  NAACP,  Beverly  Hills/Hollywood  brancti 

Of  course,  television  is  not  the  only  medium  influencing  children's  per- 
ceptions of  reality  and  much  of  what  young  people  watch  is  intended  as 
fantasy  But  children  watch  TV  early  and  often,  and  from  their  viewing  they 
take  away  a  sense  of  the  social  order  that  colors  their  outlook  on  life. 

Parents  and  teachers  can  help  offset  TV's  twisted  images,  but  opinions 
that  are  formed  in  early  viewing  years  stay  with  children.  As  National  Indian 
Youth  Council  Director  Gerald  Wilkinson  observes,  "Indian  young  people 
will  act  out  not  what  their  parents  and  grandparents  say  is  Indian,  but  what 
the  subtleties  of  TV  dictate  to  be  Indian." 

By  rarely  treating  girls  and  minorities  with  respect,  television  teaches 
them  that  they  really  don't  matter.  And  it  teaches  children  in  the  white  main- 
stream that  people  who  are  "different"  just  don't  count.  Worse  still,  by  ex- 
porting American  programming  abroad,  we  are  shaping  the  way  billions  of 
people  around  the  world  see  us — and  the  way  they  see  themselves. 


63 


"Feeling  Free,"  a  Workshop  on  Children's  Awareness  production,  PBS 


TAtK  TO  )*e'.fl 


^. 


^A 


'^      Alan  Brigniman 


64 


What  the 
Research  Says 


Television,  to  be  blunt  about  it,  is  basically  a  medium  with 
a  mind  closed  to  the  swiftly  moving  currents  of  tomorrow.  The 
networks  have  erected  an  electronic  wall  around  the  status  quo. 

—Jack  Gould,  former  columnist,  The  New  York  Times 

All  television  is  educational  TV  to  young  viewers,  giving  them  an  under- 
standing of  the  way  people  should  be  treated.  Young  people  are  watching 
television  at  all  hours  of  the  day  and  night,  not  just  during  the  Saturday 
morning  cartoon  blitz.  Nielsen  statistics  reveal  that  children  aged  six  to  11 
do  fully  30%  of  their  TV  viewing  during  so-called  prime-time  hours. 

How  does  TV  portray  the  elderly,  racial  minorities,  and  women? 
According  to  Michigan  State  University  Professor  Bradley  S.  Greenberg's 
Life  on  Television,  the  elderly  are  scarce  on  the  small  screen: 

•  Only  3%  of  all  characters  are  in  the  65-and-over  group:  a  dispropor- 
tionate number  of  these  are  male. 

The  1982  National  Institute  of  Mental  Health  report.  Television  and 
Behavior,  reviewed  a  decade  of  research  on  television,  finding: 

•  Men  outnumber  women  3  to  1.  TV  women  are  more  passive  and 
less  achievement-oriented  than  men:  some  70%  of  the  women  on 
TV  do  not  hold  jobs  outside  the  home  (this  at  a  time  when  53.1  %  of 
all  American  women  have  joined  the  labor  force). 

•  Blacks  and  Hispanics  are  cast  mainly  in  situation  comedies,  and 
even  then  only  in  a  very  few  shows.  Both  groups  are  more  likely  to 
be  portrayed  as  unemployed,  or  in  unskilled  jobs. 

A  1981  study  by  Brigham  Young  University  researchers  showed  that  the 
proportional  representation  of  minorities  in  TV  comedies  and  dramas  has 
actually  declined  over  the  last  decade.  Yet  minorities  are  the  fastest 
growing  segment  of  the  U.S.  population.  Why  are  so  many  of  them  all  but 
invisible  on  TV? 

Came  the  revolution.  And  went  the  revolution.  And  Saturday 
morning  children's  programming  on  the  three  commercial  networks 
is  pretty  much  back  at  ground  zero,  improved  only  by  a  few 
hard-won  cosmetic  changes. 

— Tom  Shales,  TV  critic,  The  Washington  Post 

If  prime-time  TV  slights  women  and  minorities,  children's  television  offers 
an  even  more  slanted  view  of  society.  In  Representations  of  Life  on 
Children's  Television.  Boston  University  Professor  F.  Earle  Barcus 
concluded  that  in  commercial  programming  specifically  designed  for  chil- 
dren there  are  fewer  minorities  and  females,  and  more  stereotypes  about 
them,  than  in  adult  television.  The  Barcus  study,  conducted  for  ACT  in  1981 , 
found  that: 

•  Out  of  a  total  of  1145  characters  in  the  programs  studied,  only  22% 
were  female.  They  were  portrayed  as  younger,  more  dependent,  and 
less  active  than  males. 

•  Only  3.7%  of  all  characters  were  black,  3.1%  were  Hispanic,  and 
0.8%  were  Asian:  one  American  Indian  appeared.  (By  contrast,  the 
latest  census  counted  11.7%  blacks,  6.4%  Hispanics,  1.5%  Asians, 
and  0.6%  Native  Americans  among  226.5  million  Americans.) 

•  Of  all  characters  with  speaking  parts,  57.5%  were  white,  and  33.8% 
were  animals,  robots,  or  other  non-humans. 

When  an  animal  is  more  likely  than  a  black  to  have  a  speaking  role,  it's 
time  to  take  a  closer  look  at  the  television  our  children  are  watching. 


65 


"Hot  Fudge,"  a  WXYZ-TV  (Detroit)  production,  syndicated  by  Lexington 
Broadcast  Services 


i*     )  :   ini 


66 


WhaVs  Wrong  with 
these  Pictures? 


In  parts  of  the  country  where  there  are  few  Chicanos, 
people  see  "Chico  and  the  Man"  and  think  this  is  what 
we  are  really  like.  In  one  of  the  first  episodes,  the  man 
says  to  Chico,  "Why  don't  you  go  back  to  Mexico  and 
take  your  flies  with  you?"  I  know  they  are  trying  to  show 
prejudice,  but  at  the  same  time  there  are  people  sitting  at 
home  thinking,  "Yeah,  they  ought  to  go  back  to  Mexico  and 
take  their  flies  with  them." 
—Dan  Chavez,  Chicano  Coalition  of  Los  Angeles 

National  Urban  League  Director  Whitney  Young  once  cited  a  scene  on 
network  television  that  epitomizes  TV's  exclusion  of  blacks.  "I  don't  know 
how  many  of  you  know  125th  Street  in  Harlem,"  Young  said,  "but  it  takes 
real  genius  to  shoot  a  scene  from  125th  Street  in  Harlem  and  have  nothing 
but  white  people  in  it." 

An  isolated  case  of  TV's  failure  to  bring  minorities  into  the  picture?  It 
hardly  seems  so.  For  unless  they  are  specifically  written  into  a  script, 
minorities  are  unlikely  to  appear  onscreen.  But  fair  representation  on  TV 
isn't  just  a  matter  of  counting  black  vs.  white  characters.  It's  also  a  question 
of  how  minorities  and  women  are  portrayed — as  the  butt  of  jokes  or  as 
useful  human  beings,  in  segregated  groups  or  as  an  integral  part  of  society, 
in  lead  roles  or  as  subservient  sidekicks. 

Producers  of  films  and  TV  that  blatantly  parade  stereotypes 
have  defended  their  creations  by  saying  that  white  people  are 
depicted  in  degrading  situations  also.  That's  true,  but  for 
every  bad  white  image,  there  are  ten  good  ones  to  shift  the 
balance.  Whereas  a  single  caricature  of  a  white  person  is 
accepted  as  an  exaggerated  truth,  a  stereotype  is  accepted 
as  the  whole  and  complete  truth  about  all  Asians. 
— Filmmaker  Irvin  Paik 

To  show  all  minorities  or  women  as  perfect,  saintly  characters  would  be 
as  much  a  disservice  to  children  as  to  paint  them  as  all  bad.  But  when  the 
same  characteristics  are  attributed  over  and  over  again  to  any  group — 
gays,  the  elderly  the  handicapped — TV  is  reinforcing  stereotypes: 

•  The  black  players  on  a  cartoon  basketball  team  get  lost  in  the  jungle 
and  can't  figure  out  an  escape  route  until  they  are  saved  by  their 
white  manager.  A  crucial  match  begins,  and  the  white  rivals  are 
slaughtering  the  black  team.  It's  clear  the  white  team  is  cheating, 
but  it  takes  a  dog  to  set  things  straight  for  a  black  team  victory 

•  Her  body  bionically  reconstructed,  the  pretty  heroine  returns  to  her 
home  town  and  decides  to  give  up  tennis  and  become  a  teacher. 
Still,  she  puts  her  superhuman  skills  to  good  use  around  the  house: 
scrubbing  floors,  vacuuming,  and  washing  windows. 

•  Six  Arab  assassins  are  the  quarry  of  the  three  beautiful  detectives. 
As  the  evil  Arabs  plot  to  kill  scores  of  innocent  people,  they  leer  at  a 
belly  dancer  and  shovel  food  into  their  mouths  with  their  hands. 
When  the  scheme  fails  and  the  Arabs  are  apprehended,  one  of  their 
captors  sneers,  "You  ain't  so  tough       you  camel  eaters!" 

Weeding  out  stereotypes  can  be  tough,  especially  since  there's  a 
danger  that  even  images  meant  as  positive  can,  with  overuse,  themselves 
become  stereotypes.  The  granny  on  a  motorcycle,  the  supermom/brainy 
executive,  the  Asian  computer  whiz — these  generalizations  are  also  mis- 
leading. Replacing  old  stereotypes  with  new  cliches  is  no  remedy 


67 


"The  Steeler  and  the  Pittsburgh  Kid,"  a  Jenner-Wailach  production  in 
association  with  Comworld  Productions,  NBC  Project  Peacock 


M 


68 


What  about  the  Ads? 


Whether  we  like  it  or  not,  television  influences  the  thinking 
of  children.  We  know  we  cannot  initiate  a  national  karate 
attack  on  the  tube.  We  therefore  n)ust  wage  an  intensive  effort 
to  improve  significantly  television's  portrayal  of  minority- 
group  experiences  in  this  country. 

—Professor  Charles  W.  Cheng.  UCLA  Graduate  School  of  Education  & 
Marsha  Hirano-Nakanishi,  Institute  for  Responsive  Education 

Ideally,  there  should  be  no  advertising  on  children's  television.  Young 
people  simply  are  not  sophisticated  enough  viewers  to  be  able  to  separate 
fact  from  advertising  fiction.  But  as  long  as  ads  do  appear  on  commercial 
children's  television,  an  effort  should  at  least  be  made  to  avoid  perpetu- 
ating stereotypes.  Children  see  nine  and  a  half  minutes  of  commercials  for 
each  Saturday  morning  cartoon  hour,  and  more  than  25,000  30-second 
messages  a  year,  the  impact  of  v^/hich  can  hardly  be  dismissed. 

Marketing  surveys  have  at  last  begun  to  convince  advertisers  of  the 
wisdom  of  appealing  to  minority  audiences.  As  a  result,  children  are  likely 
to' see  more  minorities  between  the  programs  than  on  them.  Money  talks; 
advertisers  have  listened.  Still,  the  commercials  have  a  long  way  to  go. 

The  stereotypes  are  very  much  with  us ... .  Old  people 
are  still  constipated,  can't  sleep,  their  dentures  don't 
stick,  and  they're  experts  on  remedies  for  aches  and  pains. 

—Eva  Sl<inner,  National  Media  Watch  Committee,  Gray  Panthers 

In  the  world  of  commercials,  boys  play  with  toy  trucks  and  racing  cars. 
Girls  play  with  makeup,  dolls,  and  miniature  household  appliances.  Moms 
offer  snacks  to  the  gang;  dads  get  out  and  toss  the  football  around.  If 
women  have  careers  at  all,  they're  mere  diversions  from  their  kitchens 
and  their  men;  "I  can  bring  home  the  bacon,  fry  it  up  in  a  pan,  and  never 
let  you  forget  you're  a  man       'cause  I'm  a  woman." 

How  constructive  are  these  advertising  stereotypes? 

•  Demonstrating  the  ease  of  operating  the  family's  new  dishwasher, 
the  little  girl  says  to  her  male  friend,  "Seehownard  I  work  for  you!" 

•  The  modern-day  stereotypical  Chinese  launderer  no  longer  says, 
"No  tickee,  no  washee."  Instead  he  tries  to  convince  his  customers 
that  an  "ancient  Chinese  secret"  is  the  reason  for  their  clothes' 
brightness,  .  as  his  wife  stands  knowingly  in  the  background, 
holding  a  box  of  water  softener. 

Sexism,  racism,  and  ageism  emerge  in  more  subtle  ways,  as  well. 
Women  may  be  on  camera,  displaying  the  product,  but  the  voice  of  au- 
thority convincing  consumers  to  buy  it  is  usually  male — 90.6%  of  the  time, 
according  to  one  Screen  Actors  Guild  study  Blacks  are  given  fewer  speak- 
ing roles  than  whites,  and  they  are  usually  the  ones  being  instructed — 
more  often  than  not  by  a  white  man — in  the  right  product  to  buy  Moreover, 
a  1981  Amherst  College  study  points  out  that  most  "integrated"  ads  are 
simply  spliced-together  scenes  of  separate  black  groups  and  white  groups. 

Even  public  service  announcements  can  have  underlying  messages. 
Harvard  University's  Dr.  Chester  Pierce  cites  a  PSA  that  subtly  underscores 
the  image  of  blacks  as  immature,  less  serious.  A  group  of  schoolchildren 
recite  the  virtues  of  eye  examinations:  they  help  you  read  more,  they  can 
help  you  Improve  your  grades.  When  it's  the  black  girl's  turn,  she 
announces  that  eye  tests  are  "fun."  On  its  own,  a  harmless  statement; 
combined  with  other  TV  stereotypes,  not  so  innocuous. 


69 


"The  Year  of  the  Dragon,"  a  Young  People's  Special,  produced  and 
syndicated  by  Multimedia  Program  Productions 


70 


Who  Runs  the  Show? 


The  world  of  telecommunications  continues  to  be  predominantly 
white,  as  reflected  by  ownership  and  control  of  the  media  as  well 
as  in  the  programming  content ....  The  failure  of  television  to 
reflect  the  racial,  cultural,  and  ethnic  pluralism  and  diversity  that 
characterizes  this  country  today  is  a  tragic  loss. 
— Merble  Harrington-Reagon,  National  Council  of  Negro  Women 

The  TV  industry  points  to  its  liiring  record  with  pride:  FCC  statistics  re- 
leased in  1982  show  that  women  made  up  34.7%  of  all  employees  In 
broadcast  TV  and  34.4%  in  cable.  Minorities  held  16.9%  of  all  jobs  in 
broadcast  TV  and  13.9%  in  cable. 

Yet  a  closer  look  at  the  makeup  of  the  TV  labor  force  reveals  that 
women  and  minorities  are  rarely  seen  where  it  counts:  in  the  boardroom. 
They  are,  to  use  the  U.S.  Civil  Rights  Commission's  term,  mere  window 
dressing  on  the  set.  Office  and  clerical  duties  are  still  considered  women's 
work,  with  women  holding  85.8%  of  all  such  jobs  in  commercial  and 
public  television,  and  91.6%  in  cable.  And  while  the  FCC  puts  the  number 
of  broadcast  "officials  and  managers"  at  9.1%  minority  and  26.8% 
female,  these  figures  mask  the  true  picture  about  who  makes  the 
decisions  in  the  television  industry  For  included  in  this  top  category  are 
not  just  general  managers  and  program  directors — who  tend  to  be  white 
males — but  also  many  of  those  with  no  real  say  in  station  policy,  such  as 
promotion  directors  and  research  directors  (who  are  often  minorities  or 
females). 

This  employment  imbalance  is  perhaps  a  natural  consequence  of  the 
pattern  of  ownership  of  TV  stations  across  the  country: 

•  Of  the  1042  broadcast  stations  operating  in  the  U.S.,  only  18  are  mi- 
nority-owned. 

•  A  1982  survey  of  288  broadcast  stations  found  that  women  were 
principal  owners  of  only  eight. 

•  Only  20  cable  companies,  representing  45  to  50  of  the  country's 
4,700  cable  franchises,  are  minority-owned. 

Television .  . .  has  a  responsibility — and  a  need— to  find 
those  potential  Lonne  Elders  and  Alex  Haleys,  to  discover 
tomorrow's  Lorraine  Hansberrys. 

—  TV  writer  Len  Riley 

Minorities  and  women  are  even  more  scarce  at  the  creative  end  of  the 
TV  structure.  Research  by  the  Black  Anti-Defamation  Coalition  reveals 
that  the  average  black  TV  viewer  assumes  that  any  show  with  a  largely 
black  cast  is  written,  directed,  and  produced  by  blacks,  and  that  blacks 
are  reaping  the  profits.  That  is  hardly  ever  the  case.  In  1980,  the  Writers 
Guild  of  America,  West  reported  1,540  members  working  on  a  weekly 
basis  in  TV.  How  many  were  black?  Four. 

For  the  most  part,  the  TV  business  runs  on  the  buddy  system,  making  it 
difficult  for  those  without  contacts  in  the  "old  boy  network"  to  get  a  foot  in 
the  door.  Some  who  have  broken  through  the  formidable  barriers  complain 
that  they  aren't  given  creative  control,  that  established  white  writers  are 
called  in  after  minorities  submit  story  ideas. 

That  is  not  to  say  that  no  one  but  a  Native  American  can  write  about  the 
Indian  experience,  or  that  only  the  elderly  should  produce  programs 
focusing  on  aging.  But  the  more  input  minorities  and  women  have,  the 
more  accurate  TV's  view  of  the  world  will  become — not  just  in  entertain- 
ment, but  in  the  news,  where  what  gets  reported,  and  how,  is  often  deter- 
mined by  people  who  lack  sensitivity  to  minority  issues. 


71 


'Freestyle,"  a  KCET-TV  (Los  Angeles)  production,  PBS 


72 


The  PBS  Alternative 


You  can't  turn  the  world  around  in  a  half-hour  TV 

series.  But  you  can  make  it  more  difficult  for  children 

to  maintain  stereotypic  notions.  Once  you've  been  exposed 

to  a  variety  of  people  within  a  group,  it's  hard  to  continue 

saying,  "They're  all  alike." 

— Yanna  Kroyt  Brandt,  executive  producer,  "Vegetable  Soup" 

When  television  is  good,  it  can  be  very,  very  good,  encouraging  racial 
equality  presenting  women  in  leadership  roles,  showing  gays,  the  elderly, 
and  handicapped  people  as  valuable  members  ot  society 

The  Public  Broadcasting  Service  has  consistently  led  the  way  in  foster- 
ing positive  role  models  for  children.  While  programming  on  public  TV  has 
its  faults,  and  minorities  and  women  are  still  underrepresented  both 
onscreen  and  behind  the  scenes,  PBS  has  come  closest  to  television's 
most  noble  goal:  serving  the  public  interest.  Few  who  compare  programs 
like  those  noted  below  with  those  on  the  commercial  networks  could 
quibble  with  the  conclusion  of  the  Carnegie  Commission  on  the  Future  of 
Public  Broadcasting;  "Public  television  is  capable  of  becoming  the  clear- 
est expression  of  American  diversity  and  of  excellence  within  diversity." 

•  Children  with  handicaps  and  those  without  have  both  profited  from 
positive  images  of  the  disabled  in  shows  like  "Feeling  Free"  and 
Mister  Rogers's  "I  Am,  I  Can,  I  Will"  series.  PBS's  "Rainbow's  End" 
was  a  pioneering  effort  to  teach  basic  reading  and  language  skills  to 
hearing-impaired  youth. 

•  "The  Righteous  Apples,"  a  "sitcom  with  a  message,"  takes  on 
sensitive  topics  like  racial  violence  without  suggesting  that  such 
issues  can  be  resolved  in  the  space  of  a  half  hour. 

•  "Freestyle,"  focusing  on  changing  roles  of  women  and  men,  em- 
phasized nontraditional  careers  for  both  sexes  and  explored  the 
consequences  of  stereotypical  thinking. 

PBS  also  deserves  praise  as  a  major  showcase  for  the  many  series  pro- 
duced under  the  Emergency  School  Assistance  Act  (ESAA)  TV  project,  a 
federally  financed  program  to  combat  racism.  Although  the  ESAA  project 
is  no  longer  in  effect,  the  series  are  still  being  aired,  and  the  National  Cap- 
tioning Institute  is  adding  closed  captions  for  the  hearing-impaired,  making 
them  even  more  valuable.  Some  examples: 

•  "Bean  Sprouts"  illustrates  the  unique  challenges  of  growing  up  in 
San  Francisco's  Chinatown  through  the  eyes  of  an  immigrant  boy 

•  Teenagers  in  a  strong  and  supportive  middle-class  black  family 
learn  difficult  lessons  about  responsibility  and  independence  in  "Up 
and  Coming." 

•  "Carrascolendas"  and  "Villa  Allegre"  entertain  in  two  languages 
through  music,  comedy  and  dance. 

•  School  desegregation  is  discussed  by  those  it  most  affects  in  "As 
We  See  It,"  a  series  researched  and  written  by  high  schoolers. 

Girls  and  boys  of  all  backgrounds  have  benefited  from  PBS's  commit- 
ment to  cultural  diversity  Unfortunately  federal  funds,  crucial  in  keeping 
public  television  alive,  have  been  slashed.  And  the  administration  threat- 
ens to  cut  government  support  even  further.  So  the  outlook  for  continued 
excellence  in  public  television  programming  for  children  is  cloudy  indeed. 


73 


74 


More  Bright  Spots 

When  programming— along  with  employment— at  least  achieves 
the  same  parity  in  diversity  as  is  reflected  in  the  total  population, 
we  will  have  reached  the  best  of  all  possible  worlds:  a  situation 
which  argues  for  no  special  attention  to  minority  programming. 
That  time,  unfortunately,  is  somewhere  in  the  future. 
— Janet  Dewart,  former  director  of  Specialized  Audience  Programs, 
National  Public  Radio 

Public  television  isn't  the  only  place  where  positive  minority  images 
may  be  found,  nor  should  PBS  be  solely  responsible  for  all  socially  rele- 
vant programming.  From  time  to  time  programs  appear  on  commercial 
television  that  do  more  than  just  line  corporate  coffers.  When  they  appear, 
they  stand  out: 

•  "The  New  Fat  Albert  Show"  on  CBS  gets  out  important  messages 
about  issues  like  anti-Semitism. 

•  NBC's  "Fame"  shows  teens  of  varied  ethnic  backgrounds 
performing  and  studying  together  and  working  out  their  differences. 

•  A  nutrition  spot  called  "Beans  and  Rice"  and  a  series  of  brief  les- 
sons in  urban  self-reliance  called  "Willie  Survive"  are  two  com- 
mendable public  service  efforts  that  appear  in  ABC's  Saturday 
morning  lineup. 

•  A  number  of  national  children's  specials  have  confronted  minority 
issues  sensitively  ABC's  Afterschool  Specials,  which  are  closed 
captioned,  have  focused  on  racial  strife  ("The  Color  of  Friendship"), 
blindness  ("Blind  Sunday"),  and  other  serious  themes.  Notable  syn- 
dicated specials  include  "Joshua's  Confusion,"  from  Multimedia, 
contrasting  old  ways  with  new  through  the  eyes  of  an  Amish  boy, 
and  "Loser  Take  All,"  from  Capital  Cities,  about  competition 
between  two  youths,  one  white,  one  Chicano. 

•  In  the  mid-'70s  "Yut,  Yee,  Sahm,  Here  We  Come"  became  the  first 
locally  produced  bilingual  series.  Produced  by  San  Francisco's 
Chinese  community  and  aired  on  KPIX-TV,  it  introduced  children  to 
the  positive  aspects  of  bicultural  community  life. 

You  shouldn't  put  diversity  on  television  because  it's  right. . . 
you  should  put  it  on  because  it's  good  business.  People  want 
to  see  themselves,  to  see  the  people  around  them  on 
television.  They  want  television  to  broaden  their  world. 

—Actor  LeVar  Burton 

Commercial  broadcasters  defend  their  programming  decisions  by 
maintaining  that  they  must  serve  too  broad  an  audience  to  cater  to  special . 
interest  groups.  But  good  programming  cuts  across  all  boundaries — " 
color,  sex,  and  ethnicity  After  all,  it's  not  only  doctors  who  watch  programs 
with  a  hospital  theme.  TV  viewers  of  all  backgrounds  will  tune  in  to  well- 
made  shows  that  focus  on  minorities  or  that  showcase  minority  talent. 

Occasional  specials  about  race  relations  or  feminism  or  elderly  rights 
are  fine,  but  they're  simply  not  enough.  Children  need  to  watch  news  that 
better  represents  minority  concerns,  cartoons  that  reflect  all  the  colors  of 
the  human  rainbow,  and  live-action  programs  that  enhance  their  lives. 
What's  needed  is  a  commitment  to  diversity  in  TV  programming  on  a 
regular  basis— locally  as  well  as  nationally — and  to  the  time  it  takes  for 
such  programming  to  build  an  audience. 


75 


"My  Father  Sun-Sun  Johnson,"  a  Learning  Corporation  of  America/British 
Broadcasting  Corporation  co- production,  Calliope 


76 


Other  Technologies 


There  are  a  lot  of  opportunities  for  minorities  to  tal(e 
part  in  cable,  low-power  television .  . .,  and  other  tech- 
nologies, if  people  know  and  work  hard  for  them.  The 
powers  that  be  are  not  going  to  give  them  away. 

—  Will  Norton,  Minorities  in  Cable  and  New  Technologies 

With  cable  TV  getting  off  the  ground,  there  is  reason  to  hope  that  chil- 
dren's television  of  the  future  will  do  a  better  job  of  putting  diversity  into 
programming.  That  won't  happen  if  cable  sticks  to  the  same  old  formulas 
that  dictate  programming  to  the  lowest  common  denominator.  But  there 
are  signs  of  progress,  like  these  cable  initiatives: 

•  SIN  National  Spanish  Television  Network  and  Spanish  Universal  Tel- 
evision (SUN)  are  two  national  services  directed  to  the  Spanish- 

'    speaking  audience,  both  with  special  children's  programming. 

•  A  number  of  other  national  cable  services  either  existing  or  in  the 
works  are  directed  to  specific  minority  audiences.  The  Silent 
Network,  for  the  hearing-impaired,  will  carry  original  programming 
for  children  and  teens.  Black  Entertainment  Television  offers  a 
weekly  family  hour,  interviews  with  leading  black  personalities,  and 
a  live  telephone  call-in  show  for  teens. 

•  Programs  produced  locally  either  by  cable  stations  or  by  citizens 
taking  advantage  of  public  access  provisions,  make  for  TV  that  truly 
reflects  community  interests  and  needs.  College  students  in  East 
Lansing,  Michigan,  produce  "Black  Notes,"  while  nine-  to  12-year- 
old  students  in  Hackensack,  New  Jersey  discuss  Black  History 
Month  and  other  topics  on  the  "8:40  Report." 

Although  they  can  provide  disenfranchised  groups  with  more  access  to 
the  medium,  it's  unlikely  that  alternative  technologies  will  solve  TV's  ills. 
For  one  thing,  cable  can  be  costly  Video  discs  and  video  cassettes,  while 
increasing  viewing  options  by  allowing  families  and  schools  to  program 
their  own  TV  fare,  involve  expensive  equipment.  If  much  of  the  audience 
for  minority  programs  cannot  afford  to  bring  the  new  technologies  into  the 
home,  their  potential  for  alleviating  TV's  distortion  of  life  will  be  limited. 

Since  that  is  so,  low-power  television  may  eventually  prove  to  be  one 
service  through  which  minorities  can  have  considerable  impact.  As  many 
as  4,000  new  TV  stations  are  expected  to  be  set  up,  with  the  ability  to 
transmit  signals  within  a  15-mile  radius  instead  of  the  50  miles  or  more 
covered  by  full-power  stations.  Low-power  stations  can  be  built  for  a  frac- 
tion of  the  cost  of  acquiring  conventional  TV  stations,  and  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission  plans  to  give  preference  to  minority  appli- 
cants for  ownership,  paving  the  way  for  neighborhood  programming. 

Although  low-power  TV  is  still  in  its  infancy  there  is  another  alternative 
to  commercial  children's  television,  and  it's  one  already  found  in  nearly 
every  home:  radio.  Recently  a  number  of  significant  radio  series  have 
been  aired  nationally: 

•  Black  music  is  put  in  historical  perspective  in  "From  Jumpstreet," 
and  the  concerns  of  Latino  youths  are  discussed  in  the  bilingual 
"Checking  It  Out,"  two  public  TV  shows  now  on  radio. 

•  The  contributions  of  minority  figures  in  history  who  "changed  adver- 
sity to  achievement"  are  examined  in  "Turnaround,"  produced  for 
teens  by  the  New  York  State  Education  Department. 

•  "Listen  Here,"  a  series  of  60-second  public  service  announce- 
ments targeted  to  the  secondary  school  level,  profiles  successful 
"famous  and  not-so-famous  people  of  color." 


77 


"The  Color  of  Friendship,"  a  Highgate  Pictures  production, 
ABC  Afterschcol  Special 


iiA 


78 


Affirmative  Action 


Why  is  black  ownership  so  tremendously  important? 
...  We  need  to  control  airwaves  in  order  to  control 
the  images  of  black  people  in  the  media. 

—Pluria  Marshall,  National  Black  Media  Coalition 

In  1978  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  adopted  policies 
aimed  at  encouraging  minority  ownership  of  TV  stations  by  extending  tax 
benefits  to  minority  entrepreneurs  and  making  it  easier  for  them  to  buy 
into  television.  Still,  the  number  one  obstacle  for  minority  groups  seeking 
to  purchase  TV  stations  remains  financing.  Several  funds  have  been  set 
up  to  ease  the  way,  such  as  the  National  Association  of  Broadcasters' 
Broadcast  Capital  Fund  and  Syndicated  Communications,  a  minority-run 
venture  capital  company 

With  more  ethnics  and  women  in  ownership  positions,  there's  a  better 
chance  for  diversity  to  be  reflected  in  TV  programming.  Detroit's  WGPR- 
TV  which  became  the  nation's  first  black-owned  station  in  1975,  allocates 
large  amounts  of  time  to  ethnic  programming.  And  a  new  Bridgeport,  Con- 
necticut, station  "organized,  controlled,  and  managed  by  women"  plans 
to  air  children's  programs  that  will  "demand  active  responses  from 
viewers— children,  parents,  grandparents." 

/( is  important  to  move  ahead  with  our  commitment  to 

equal  employment  opportunities— not  simply  to  create 

more  jobs  for  minorities,  but  to  create  more  sensitivity 

in  broadcasting  to  the  diversity  of  peoples  and 

lifestyles  that  defines  the  American  idiom. 

—Charles  Ferris,  ex-chairman.  Federal  Communications  Commission 

Filling  the  ranks  of  the  television  industry  from  owners  down,  with  a  . 
multitude  of  perspectives  can  only  broaden  TV's  view  of  the  world     'for 
children,  for  everyone. 

WNYC-TV  is  a  good  example  of  the  increased  sensitivity  to  community 
needs  that  can  result  from  hiring  minorities  to  decision-making  positions. 
In  1981  the  New  York  station  appointed  a  black  manager;  since  then,  the 
percentage  of  black-oriented  programming  has  risen  to  30%— more 
black  TV  fare  than  any  other  station  in  the  country 

Slow  though  it  may  be,  progress  has  been  made  throughout  the  indus- 
try Much  of  that  progress  is  a  result  of  Equal  Employment  Opportunity 
requirements  set  out  by  the  FCC  for  all  licensees.  Any  station  with  five  or 
more  employees  is  required  to  file  annual  reports  of  hiring  practices  with 
the  FCC,  and  to  establish  policies  that  will  ensure  "equal  opportunity  in 
every  aspect  of  station  employment." 

These  provisions  have  served  as  an  opening  for  groups  like  the  Latino 
Committee  on  the  Media  and  the  National  Organization  for  Women  to 
challenge  the  renewal  of  broadcast  licenses,  one  means  of  reminding 
local  broadcasters  of  their  obligation  to  serve  the  public  interest. 

From  time  to  time  there  have  been  signs  that  the  FCC  wants  to  pull 
back  on  its  commitment  to  EEC.  The  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Com- 
mission's Clay  Smith,  Jr.,  emphasizes  that  such  a  move  would  be  a  giant 
step  backwards.  "To  refuse  to  enforce  FCC  policies  in  connection  with 
EEC  would  reverse  15  years  of  gains  made  by  minorities  and  women  in 
telecommunications,"  he  says.  Without  regulations  that  promote  the 
hiring  and  advancement  of  women  and  minorities,  the  chance  for  their 
voices  to  be  heard  in  making  programming  decisions  would  be  slighter 
than  ever. 


79 


"Oh,  Boy!  Babies!,"  a  Laughing  Willow  Company  production, 
NBC  Special  Treat 


80 


Changing  the  System 

We  are  an  unfinished  item  on  America's  agenda.  It  is  our 
task  to  involve  and  engage  ourselves  in  the  struggle 
to  force  our  country  to  recognize  its  best  potential. 

— Actor  Ossie  Davis 

Minorities  and  women  who  have  made  it  into  television  l<now  how  hard 
it  can  be  to  scale  the  walls  that  insulate  the  industry.  To  help  others  make 
their  way.  they  have  banded  together  to  set  up  new  "old  boy  networks": 

•  The  National  Black  Media  Coalition  runs  a  media  clearinghouse  and 
an  EEO  resource  center,  and  counsels  minority  media  investors. 

•  Minorities  in  Cable  and  New  Technologies  holds  workshops  to 
increase  minority  participation  in  alternative  technologies. 

Impetus  for  change  has  come  from  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broad- 
casting as  well: 

•  The  National  Black  Programming  Consortium  sponsors  an  annual 
competition — with  a  Children's/Teen  category — for  notable  TV  pro- 
grams and  films  reflecting  black  concerns. 

•  The  National  Asian  American  Telecommunications  Association  pro- 
duces radio  and  TV  series  and  serves  as  a  clearinghouse  for 
information  about  Asian  media  professionals. 

•  Public  TV  and  radio  stations  controlled  by  women  and  minorities  are 
eligible  for  CPB  grants,  as  are  female  and  minority  public  TV 
employees  wishing  to  upgrade  their  skills. 

It's  not  only  national  organizations  that  can  effect  change:  a  lot  can  be 
done  on  the  local  level.  WETA-TV  in  Washington.  D.C..  for  example,  has 
provided  solid  training  through  its  minority  internship  and  minority  film  lab- 
oratory projects.  Broadcasters  can  watch  out  for  stereotypes  on  network- 
fed  programs  and  choose  to  air  alternative  material.  Local  broadcasters 
and  cablecasters  can  promote  positive  images  by  turning  to  unexplored 
sources  for  programming  ideas:  African  poetry  Italian  folk  tales,  local 
ethnic  festivals.  And  media  employees  can  let  the  community  and  the 
press,  know  of  obstacles  they  meet  in  getting  balance  and  accuracy  into 
local  programming. 

If  we  want  our  children  to  grow  up  without  the  prejudice 
that  has  stained  so  many  of  our  generation,  and  we  want 
the  educational  achievement  of  our  children  to  be  as 
great  as  possible,  then  why  have  we  ignored  the 
inexpensive  chance  to  reach  children  over  television? 
— Former  Vice  President  Walter  Mondale 

There  are  many  ways  we  all  can  work  toward  more  and  better  portray- 
als of  minorities  and  women  on  children's  television.  Getting  involved  in 
the  cable  franchising  process  is  one  step — making  sure  that  cable 
systems  provide  programming  for,  and  by  young  people  and  minority  and 
women's  groups.  Businesses  can  underwrite  programming  for  local 
broadcast  or  cablecast  that  aims  at  erasing  stereotypes,  and  companies 
can  pool  their  resources  to  set  up  job  training  or  scholarship  programs. 

Viewers  can  talk  back  to  the  TV  industry  Protests  can  be  effective: 
praise  is  equally  important.  Parents,  educators,  religious  groups,  and 
youth  groups  can  encourage  children  to  question  TV's  view  of  the  world. 

The  TV  industry  can't  know  how  viewers  feel  if  the  lines  of  communica- 
tion are  closed.  Opening  them  up,  and  speaking  out  about  television's  por- 
trayal of  women  and  minorities,  is  not  only  our  right.  It's  our  responsibility 
to  our  children,  and  to  their  future. 


81 


Fighting 

TV  Stereotypes 

An  Action  Guide 

For  children,  seeing  is  believing.  How  can  we  improve  TV's  messages? 

The  TV  industry  can: 

•  Increase  diversity  in  programming  of  all  kinds.  Children  need  to 
see  characters  who  just  happen  to  be  black  or  Hispanic,  as  well 
as  dramas  and  documentaries  that  focus  on  racial  issues. 

•  Hire  and  promote  minorities  and  women,  especially  to  decision- 
making positions. 

•  Establish  recruitment  and  training  programs  and  scholarships  to 
open  the  doors  in  all  branches  of  the  field:  writing,  production, 
news  reporting,  management. 

•  Actively  solicit  programming  ideas,  scripts,  and  onscreen  talent 
that  reflect  America's  multiethnic,  multicultural  nature. 

•  Provide  access  to  community  groups  to  ensure  a  minority  voice 
on  cable,  low-power,  and  local  broadcast  TV. 

The  business  community  can: 

•  Underwrite  children's  programs  that  reflect  the  interests  and 
showcase  the  talents  of  minorities  and  women. 

•  Support  public  television  as  a  valuable  TV  alternative. 

•  Fund  education  and  promotion  campaigns  to  develop  new 
audiences  and  encourage  community  involvement. 

•  Pool  resources  to  sponsor  scholarships  and  recruitment  and 
training  programs  to  give  the  handicapped,  women,  and  minorities 
a  start  in  television. 

•  Help  finance  minority  ownership  of  broadcast,  cable,  and  low- 
power  stations  and  other  TV  technologies. 

All  of  us  can: 

•  Watch  TV  with  our  children  and  talk  about  the  role  models  and 
stereotypes  television  provides. 

•  React  to  what  children  see  on  the  screen.  Call,  visit,  or  write  to 
station  managers,  producers,  writers,  and  advertisers  to  applaud, 
criticize,  or  suggest  new  ideas.  Encourage  children  to  speak  out 
as  well. 

•  Become  involved  with  cable  in  the  community  Get  in  on  the 
negotiations  to  make  sure  that  children  are  served  and  that  pro- 
gramming reflects  local  ethnic  flavor  and  minority-group 
concerns.  Urge  young  people  to  take  advantage  of  the  chance  to 
make  their  own  programming  for  public  access  channels. 

•  Support  policies  at  the  local,  state,  and  national  levels  that  ensure 
fair  representation  for  women,  handicapped,  the  elderly  and  racial 
and  ethnic  groups — in  television  and  in  society  at  large. 


Action  for  Children's  Television 

46  Austin  Street,  Newtonville,  Massachusetts  02160 
(617)527-7870 


82 


ACT  COALITION 

Organizations  Supporting  the  Goals,  Projects  and 
Legal  Actions  of  Action  for  Children's  Television 

Action  for  Children's  Television 
45  Austin  Street 
Newtonville,  MA  02150 
(517)   527-7870 


NATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

Ambulatory  Pediatric  Association 
American  Academy  of  Child  Psychiatry 
American  Academy  of  Pediatrics 
American  Association  of  Colleges   for 

Teachers'    Education 
American  Association  of  Public  Health  Dentists 
American  Dental   Hygienists  Association 
American  Humane  Association,  Children's 

Division 
American  Jewish  Committee 
American  Montessori   Society 
American  Nurses'  Association 
American  Personnel   and  Guidance  Association 
American  Public  Health  Association 
American  School   Food  Service  Association 
Americans  for  Democratic  Action 
Americans  for  Indian  Opportunity 
Association  for  Childhood  Education  International 
Automobile  Owners  Action  Council 
Black  Citizens   for  A  Fair  Media 
Center  for  Law  and  Education,   Inc. 
Center  for  Science   in   the  Public   Interest 
Children's  Defense  Fund 
Children's   Foundation 
Children's  Rights,   Inc. 
Children's  Rights  Group 

The  Children's  Theater  Association  of  America 
Citizens  Communications  Center 
Coalition  of  Black  Trade  Unionists 
Community  Nutrition   Institute 
Concerned  Consumers  League 
Congressional  Wives  Task  Force 
Consumer  Federation  of  America 
Consumers  Union 
Cooperative  League  of  the  USA 
Council   on   Interracial   Books   for  Children 
Day  Care  Council   of  America,    Inc. 
Family   Institute,  Academy  of  Educational 

Development 
Family  Service  Association  of  America 


Food  Research  and  Action  Center 

Franciscan  Communications 

Future  Homemakers  of  America 

General   Conference  Mennonite  Church 

Girls  Clubs  of  America 

Holt  International   Children's  Services,   Inc. 

Home  and  School    Institute   Inc. 

Interfaith  Center  on  Corporate  Responsibility, 

Project  on  Children,  Nutrition  and  Televi- 
sion Advertising 
Inter-faith  Communications  Commission 
International  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha  Sorority 
International  Association  of  Machinists  and 

Aerospace  Workers 
International   Ladies  Garment  Workers  Union 
International   Reading  Association 
Mass  Media  Ministries 
Media  Access  Project 
Media  Center  for  Children 
HAACP 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Food  and 

Nutrition  Board,  Consumer  Liaison  Panel 
National   Association  for  Better  Broadcasting 
National  Association  for  the  Education  of 

Young  Children 
National   Association  of  Elementary  School 

Principals 
National   Association  of  Pediatric  Nurse 

Associates  and  Practitioners 
National  Association  of  Social  Workers 
National   Black  Child  Development   Institute 
National   Black  Media  Coalition 
National   Black  United  Fund,   Inc. 
National  Catholic  Educational  Association 
National   Center  for  the  Study  of  Corporal 

Punishment  and  Alternatives   in  the  Schools 
National   Child  Nutrition  Project 
National   Committee  for  Citizens  in  Education 
National   Committee  for  Prevention  of 

Child  Abuse 
National   Conference  of  Black  Lawyers 


83 


National  Consumers  League 
National  Council  of  Catholic  Women 
National  Council  of  the  Churches  of  Christ 
National  Council  of  Community  Mental  Health 

Centers 
National  Council  of  Jewish  Women 
National  Council  on  Crime  and  Delinquency 
National  Extension  Homemakers  Council  Inc. 
National  Gray  Panther  Media  Watch 
National  Ladies  Auxiliary,  Jewish  War  Veterans 

of  the  U.S. 
National  Latino  Media  Coalition 
National  Office  for  Social  Responsibility 
National  Organization  for  Women 
National  PTA 
National  Urban  League 
National  Women's  Political  Caucus 
National  Youth  Work  Alliance 
Parent  Cooperative  Preschools  International 
Planned  Parenthood  Federation  of  America 
Public  Action  Coalition  on  Toys 
l^ural  American  Women 
Telecommunications  Research  and  Action 

Center  (formerly  NCCB) 
Union  of  American  Hebrew  Congregations 
United  Auto  Woi'kers  International  Union 
United  Church  Board  for  Homeland  Ministries 
United  Church  of  Christ 
United  Food  and  Commercial  Workers 
United  Methodist  Church,  Women's  Division  of 

the  General  Board  of  Global  Ministries 
United  States  Catholic  Conference,  Department 

of  Communication 
""i<'ed  Steelworkers  of  America 

""or  Racial  and  Economic  Equality 
Institute  for  Freedom  of  the  Press 
Women's  League  for  Conservative  Judaism 

STATE  AI'ID  LOC^L  ORGATIIZATIONS 

Advocates  for  Children  of  New  York 
American  Association  of  University  Women, 

Rochester,  NY 
Arkansas  Consumer  Research 
Aspira  Inc.  of  New  Jersey 
Atlanta  Council  for  Children's  Television 
Baltimore  Media  Alliance,  Inc. 
Behavior  Development  Center,  Eureka,  CA 
Boston  Association  for  the  Education  of 

Young  Children 
Broadcast  Commission  of  the  Hawaii  Council 

of  Churches 
Cable  Television  Access  Coalition,  Inc., 

Boston,  MA 
Camp  Fire,  Inc. .Rochester-Monroe  County 

Council,  NY 
Center  for  Public  Representation,  Madison,  WI 
Central  Oklahoma  Multi-Media  Association 
"Check-Up"  for  Emotional  Health,  NY 


Chicano  Federation  of  San  Diego 
Child  Care  Resource  Center,  Cambridge,  MA 
Citizens  Committee  on  Media,  Chicago 
Colorado  Committee  on  Children's  TV 
Committee  for  Community  Access,  Boston,  MA 
Community  Coalition  for  Media  Change, 

Oakland,  CA 
Community  Involvement  Communications,  Inc., 

Venice,  CA 
Conference  of  Consumer  Organizations, 

Inc.,  MA 
Detroit  Committee  for  Children's  Television 
Institute  of  Nutrition,  University  of 

North  Carolina 
Junior  Women's  Club  of  Rialto,  CA 
Livingston  County  Children's  Welfare  and 

Protective  Association,  NY 
Long  Island  Coalition  for  Fair  Broadcastino. 

Inc. 
Massachusetts  Advocacy  Center 
Massachusetts  Children's  Policy  Institute 
Massachusetts  Teachers'  Association 
Minnesota  Public  Interest  Research  Group 
Montgomery  County  Hispanic  Coalition,  Inc. 
Multicultural  Television  Council,  Chicago 
New  England  Board  of  Higher  Education 
New  York  Council  on  Children's  TV 
Public  Advocates,  San  Francisco 
Public  Media  Center,  San  Francisco 
Puerto  Rico  Congress  of  New  Jersey 
Rochester  Coalition  for  Children's  TV,  NY 
San  Antonio  Black  Coalition  on  Mass  Media 
Santa  Clara  County  Dental  Unit,  CA 
Somerville  Media  Action  Project,  MA 
Statewide  Youth  Advocacy,  Inc.,  MY 
Student  Advocacy  Center,  Ann  Arbor,  HI 
WATCH  (Washington  Association  for  Televisic: 

and  Children),  Washington,  D.C. 
Women's  Action  Alliance,  Inc.,  Non-Sexist 

Child  Development  Project,  NY 
YMCA  of  Greater  Washington 


Vh'.  Action  £tr 


45  Au2"uin  £trc3t 
liawtcjn'Lae,  lia.  Q21C0 
a7-S27-7S?0 


Winter  1983 


84 


18   THi;  BtisTON  GI.OUK    TiiF.srjAY.  FEBRUARY  15. 19K3      Reprinted  wIth  permi SSIOfl 


5Ihe  ^ojsiton  (5lobe 

Founded  1872 

WILLIAM  O   TAYLOK   Ihairman  imhr  hiKinl  unil  I'ublishfr 

THOMAS  WINSHIl'   f.V/iior 

JOHN  V   CIUGCK).  ITcstdcnl  MAKTIN  K    NOI.AN,  Kclilnr    Krhlurml  Huge 

uiz-tijuiir   (uK(.-t!iil  (lf)ll)l   hxvrulii-    V  r  JOHNS   UKISCOLL.  Kxi-iilMw  Etillor 

"av  n  STANOKK  im^V  ,^  ^Vj;n"«  Ma  MATnlKW  V  S.OR.N.  M„na„n„  f.V1„.„   /V,.-„ 

ARTHUH  KINGSHimV.  V   f    Tr^surrr  MirHAKI.  C  JANKWA^    Manam.m  >M,lo,.  iyunday 

MILI  AKDC  OWKN    V  f   MarJcrMn., /*  .S<.(,-.s  KOriKHT  I     llt.M  \ .  Assoc,a,c  FMito. 

KOUKKI   II  HIU;l  IS  A>-'H  iiilc  hililiir 


(.MARIKSII    lAVLOK.  ISTJ1922 


Pubh.slxi'ts 
WILLIAM  O  lAYl.OK    ] 922  1955 

Prtsident 
JOHN  I   TAYl-OK.  iaa'tW75 


WM    DAVIS  TAVIXJR.  1955  1977 


Goodby  to  Disney  and  all  that 


Most  children  of  the  past  three  decades  re- 
member a  much-loved  television  show  that  was 
once  the  nation's  most  popular.  It  featured  ad- 
ventures, cartoons  and  other  staples  of  Walt 
Disncv.  * 

The  magic  is  ending  after  29  seasons  for  the 
networks'  longest  running  prime-time  enter- 
lainment.  The  ending  highlights  a  commit- 
ment articulated  years  ago  by  Walt  Disney: 
We  are  always  keenly  aware  that  things  seen 
nn  the  screen  can  exercise  enormous  influence 

on  the  Ideals  and  conduct  of  youngsters 

Those  who  use  the  movie  or  TV  screen  as  a 
business  also  have  a  great  responsibility  to- 
ward their  customers." 

Most  who  currently  use  TV  as  a  business 
Ignore  that  responsibl'lity.  Despite  strong  criti- 
( isms  of  children's  programming,  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission  chairman.  Mark 
Fowler,  has  unwisely  refused  to  require  broad- 
casters to  show  more 

Market  forces,  not  the  government,  should 
prevail,  he  said  recently  at  Arizona  State  Uni- 
versity, applying  the  Reagan  Administration 
philosophy  that  business  left  to  its  own  devices 
will  cure  all  Ills. 

So  far.  those  market  forces  have  determined 
that  preschool  children  will  see  no  morning 
weekday  program  on  any  network  such  as  the 
(lassie  Captain  Kangaroo;  that  school-age  chil- 
dren will  see  few  after-school  specials;  and  that 
much  of  the  selection  of  children's  fare  will  be 
limited  to  Saturday  morning  cartoons. 


—  That  is  why  Action  for  Children  s  Televi- 
sion, a  national  citizens  lobby  based  In  New- 
ton, sought  the  requirement  to  make  broad- 
casters offer  seven-and-a-half  hours  of  chil- 
dren's programming,  some  of  It  educational. 
between  Monday  and  Friday. 

During  the  Carter  Administration,  the  FCC 
was  moving  toward  enacting  a  requirement  for 
more  children's  programming.  ACT  President 
Peggy  Charren  and  others  believe^  Moreover,.  In 
1974.  the  FCC  issued  a  policy  statement  that 
urged  television  stations  to  provide  more  educa- 
tional and  informational  children's  shows  with 
less  advertising  and  some  provisions  for  pre- 
schoolers. 

Children  under  five  average  30  hours  week- 
ly, according  to  ACT.  What  are  they  watching? 
What  Is  It  doing  to  them,  "at  a  time  when  they 
are  developing  and  learning  about  the  world 
and  the  people  around  them."  asks  a  10-year 
study  on  television  and  behavior  by  the  Nation- 
al Institute  of  Mental  Health. 

Except  for  a  few  reruns  In  late  spring  and 
summer,  the  Disney  show  famllar  to  families 
for  generations  will  be  off  the  air.  save  those 
with  access  to  Disney's  new  pay-televlslon  sta- 
tion. The  commitment  to  prime-time  entertain- 
ment for  children  and  families  will  be  missed 
unless  the  FCC  reverses  field  and  decides  to 
make  a  difference  In  the  quality  and  quantity 
of  children's  programming. 


85 

THE  BOSTON  GI,OBE       SATURDAY.  FEBRUARY  12.  1983     35 


FCC  won't  force  child  programs 


By  Kenneth  Barry 
Reuter 

WASHINGTON  -  Federal  Communications 
Commission  (FCC)  Chairman  Mark  Fowler  yes- 
terday said  he  will  not  try  to  force  broadcasters 
to  show  more  children's  television  despite 
charges  that  Juvenile  programming  is  Inad- 
equate. 

Market  forces  and  not  the  government 
should  determine  the  programs  children  see. 
Fowler  said  In  remarks  prepared  for  delivery  at 
Arizona  State  University  In  Tempw. 

A  long-standing  petition  tefore  the  FCC  crltl- 
ctzes  the  record  of  broadcasters  on  Juvenile  pro- 
gramming and  asks  that  the  agency  require 
them  to  screen  a  minimum  number  of  hours  of 
children's  shows.  The  Boston-biased  public  In- 
terest group  Action  for  Children's  Television 
(ACT)  has  sued  the  commissioners  for  falling  to 
make  a  decision  on  Its  12-year-old  petition. 

In  Boston  yesterday,  commenting  on  Fowl- 
er's speech,  Peggy  Charren.  president  of  Action 
for  Children's  Television,  said  she  still  hopes  a 
requirement  that  broadcasters  run  a  minimum 
number  of  7'/i  hours  of  children's  programming 
a  week  will  be  Imposed  by  the  FCC. 

She  cited  figures  that  children  aged  2  to  1 1 
watch  26  hours  of  television  a  week  and  those 
under  5  years  30  hours  a  week. 

"It's  Interesting  that  a  Reagan  Administra- 
tion appointee  to  the  FCC  Is  urging  public  televi- 
sion to  carry  the  ball  for  kids,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  Reagan  budget  people  are  proposing  a 
reduction  of  the  public  TV  budget  from  SI 30 
million  down  to  $85  million,"  Charren  said. 
"Mr.  Fowler  might  better  have  begun  his  re- 
marks by  calling  for  a  $40  million  addition  to 
the  Corporation  for  Public  Broacasting  budget, 
which  would  be  earmarked  for  children's  pro- 
gramming." 

Fowler,  a  former  lawyer  for  broadcasters, 
said  he  has  applied  free-market  principles 
whenever  fxjsslble  to  areas  where  government 
has  traditionally  regulated. 

"This  means  letting  viewer  Judgment,  not 
government,  determine  which  programs  ap- 
pear," Fowler  said. 

In  1974  the  FCC  said  in  a  policy  statement 
that  commercial  broadcasters  licensed  by  the 
FCC  have  a  special  obligation  to  serve  the  needs 
of  children.  In  1979  the  FCC  staff  said  the 
broadcasters  had  failed  to  meet  the  obligation 
and  recommended  remedies,  but  the  commis- 
sion took  no  action. 

Fowler  said  the  staff  had  failed  to  consider 
the  contribution  of  public  broadcasting  In  chil- 
dren's programming. 

He  said  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcast- 
ing has  Increased  funding  for  programs  for  chil- 
dren and  should  be  given  an  adequate  budget  to 
continue  that  effort. 

"Nickelodeon"  and  other  cable  television 
channels  also  Increase  the  programs  for  youn- 
ger audiences,  he  added. 

□ 


86 


TV  VIEW 


JOHN  J.  O'CONNOR 


•    Leaving 
Children  to  the 
Mercy  of  the 
Marketplace 


THE  NEW  YORK  TIMES,  SUNDAY,  OCTOBER   17,  19S2 


nnter,  in  1981.  the  Reagan  Administratzon  with  its" 
proclaimed  du^^taste  for  "Federal  bureaucracy"  and  its 
confidence  in  the  "marketplace  approach"  as  a  general 
solution  to  the  nation's  ills.  Mark  Fowler,  the  Reagan  ap- 
pointee to  head  the  F.C.C..  has  stated:  "The  Government 
shoLild  get  out  of  the  business  of  declaring  what  programs 
broadcasters  'should'  carry."  Not  surprisingly,  what  is 
now  happening  to  children's  programming  is  precisely 
what  the  F.C.C.,  under  Mr.  Ferris,  predicted  would  hap- 
pen without  the  pressure  of  Government  intervention. 


'The  state  of  children's 
programming  is  becoming  a 
national  disgrace.' 


Sn  the  past  couple  of  weeks,  each  of  the  three  commer- 
cial networks  happened  to  offer  an  afternoon  special 
that  might  leave  the  passing  observer  with  the  impres- 
sion that  children's  programming  is  finally  reaching 
the  quality  levels  demanded  by  assorted  pressure 
groups  over  the  past  decade.  In  fact,  the  state  of  chil- 
dren s  programming  on  ABC,  CBS  and  NBC  is  rapidly 
becoming  a  national  disgrace,  and  a  good  many  dis- 
tressed watchdog  groups  are  placing  the  blame  on  the 
laissez-faire  doorstep  of  the  Reagan  Administration. 

There  is  no  need  at  this  point  to  rehash  arguments  to 
the  effect  that  television  can  be  a  powerful  educational 
t(X)l  and  Ihat  children  are  a  special  audience  deserving  of 
special  treatment.  These  points  were  made  persuasively 
in  the  early  1970's  by  such  groups  as  Action  for  Children's 
Tefevision.  a  grassroots  coalition  of  concerned  parents 
and  educators.  Politicians  and  regtilators  were  im- 
pressed. The  Federal  Communications  Commission's 
Dean  burch.  closely  associated  with  Senator  Barry  Gold- 
water's  conservative  wing,  began  making  tough  public 
speeches  on  the  need  for  more  and  better  programs  for 
young  audiences.  The  networks  inevitably  took  note,  and 
one  of  the  first  results  was  a  supplementation  of  the  "kid- 
vid"  schedule  on  Saturday  morning,  traditional  ghetto  for 
children's  programming,  with  penodic  drama  presenta- 
tions during  the  week.  That's  where  those  afternoon  spe- 
cials come  in. 

And  they  often  are  impressive.  The  most  recent  batch 
included  "Sometimes  1  Don't  Love  My  Mother."  an  "ABC 
Aftcrschool  Special,"  the  first  and  usually  the  most  ambi- 
tious of  these  series.  In  this  instance,  the  story  involved  a 
teen-ager  coping  with  the  death  of  her  father  and  subse- 
quent emotional  collapse  of  her  mother,  putting  the  girl  in 
ijie  painful  position  of  choosing  between  going  to  college 
or  staging  home  to  protect  Mom.  On  the  "CBS  Afternoon 
Playhouse,"  "Help  Wanted"  showed  a  high-school  stu- 
dent grappling  with  himself  and  his  family  after  his  father 
became  unemployed  and  embittered.  And  "Oh.  Boy! 
Babies!."  on  NBC's  "Special  Treat,"  used  an  infant-care 
class  designed  for  grade-school  youngsters  to  e.xplore  the 
strained  relationships  between  one  lx)y  and  his  new  step- 
father and  infant  stepbrother. 

The  point  is  that  each  of  these  presentations  was 
produced  with  care  and  a  concern  for  quality.  There  was 
an  underlying  assumption  that  younger  viewers  can  be 
taken  seriously  and  treated  with  respect.  These  were  pre- 
cisely the  kinds  of  programs  that  should  be  offered  on  a 
regular,  perhaps  weekly  basis.  That  possibility  once 
seemed  feasible,  but  no  more.  In  1974.  the  F.C.C.  sternly 
declared  that  it  expected  to  see.  without  specific  regula- 
tions, considerable  improvement  in  scheduling  practices, 
ba^ed  on  the  clear  evidence  that  children  do  not  confine 
their  viewing  to  Saturday  mornings.  By  1979,  the  com- 
mlsssion,  headed  by  Charles  Ferns,  a  Carter  appointee, 
was  concluding  that  considerable  improvement  had  not 
been  made,  that  industry  self-regulaiion  had  failed. 
Mandatory  scheduling  figures  were  proposed. 


Item:  With  the  expansion  of  the  "CBS  Morning 
News"  to  two  hours,  "Captain  Kangarob,"  the  only  net- 
work weekday  series  aimed  specifically  at  children,  was 
shunted  to  the  weekends. 

Item;  CBS's  "30  Minutes,"  the award-wiiming  magar 
zine  for  young  people  that  was  patterned  on  "60  Minutes," 
has  been  canceled. 

Item:  NBC's  "Special  Treat,"  mentioned  above,  will 
be  staying  on,  very  sporadically,  until  next  April,  but 
from  now  on  the  presentations  will  be  rebroadcasts. 

Item:  ABC  has  dropped  "Animals,  Animals,  Ani- 
mals" to  make  room  for  David  Brinkley's  "This  Week" 
on  Sunday  mornings.  The  network  has  also  stopped  pro- 
duction on  "Kids  Are  People  Too,"  deciding  to  go  with 
reruns  this  season  for  its  major  noncartoon  effort  on 
weekends. 

Meanwhile,  with  pitifully  few  exceotions,  the  Satur- 
day-morning schedule  has  become  the  Land  of  Recycling, 
courtesy  for  the  most  part  of  the  Hanna-Barbera  cartoon 
studios.  The  producers  are  increasingly  turning  for  inspi- 
ration to  situation  comedies,  which  have  often  been  little 
more-  than  dramatized  comic  books.  On  this  season's  new 
schedule  are  animated  versions  of  "Tlie  Incredible 
Hulk."  "Lavemeand  Shirley,"  "Gilligan's  Island,"  "The 
Dukes  of  Hazzard"  and,  straight  from  "Diff'rent 
Strokes."  the  diminutive  phenomenon  named  "Gary 
Coleman." 

With  considerable  justification.  Peggy  Charren, 
president  of  Action  for  Childien's  Television,  is  fond  of 
comparing  children's  television  to  a  public  library.  If  any 
library  were  found  to  have  its  shelves  stuffed  only  with 
comic  books,  she  says,  the  community  would  rise  up  and 
howl.  But  that  is  exactly  what  is  happening  in  television 
and  with  seeming  impunity.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  she  adds, 
even  the  Saturday  lineup,  sad  though  it  may  be.  is  often 
preempted  these  days  for  football.  "Broadcast  executives 
now  know,"  Mrs.  Charren  charges,  "they're  hot  going  to 
get  in  trouble  in  Washington." 

Defenders  of  the  "marketplace  approach"  do  have 
their  own  arguments.  Most  notable  is  the  theory  that  the 
new  presence  of  cable  television  will  alter  past  patterns  of 
scheduling.  But  for  the  moment,  cable  is  available  to  less 
that  30  percent  of  the  country,  which  means  discrimina- 
tion in  access.  Then  there  is  the  possibility  that  broadcast- 
ers mi  Jht  be  convinced  to  pay  a  "spectrum  fee, ' '  which  in 
turn  could  be  used  to  get  public  television  to  assume  most 
of  the  commercial  sector's  responsibilities  in  children's 
television.  The  public-TV  role  can  certainly  be  enhanced, 
but  tne  single  system  is  not  likely  to  be  able  to  replace  the 
pre,senceof  the  three  <;i.int  networks. 

As  broadcasters  go  about  setting  their  priorities  for 
maximizing  profits,  younger  viewers  are  not  likely  to  be 
one  of  their  major  concerns.  Children  do  not  control  a  sig- 
nificant amount  of  disposable  dollars.  Perhaps,  going  be- 
yond balance  sheets,  iMr.  Fowler  and  the  F.C.C.  may  one 
day  realize  that  what's  good  for  CBS,  NBC  and  ABC  is  not 
necessarily  good  for  the  rest  of  the  country.  ■ 


87 


REPRESENTATIONS  OF  LIFE  ON 
CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION: 

1.   Sex  Roles  and  Behaviors 

by 

F.  Earle  Barcus,  Ph.D. 

with 

Judith  L.  Schaefer 


Prepared  for 

ACTION  FOR  CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION 

46  Austin  Street 

Newtonville,  MA  02160 

(617)  527-7870 

June  1982 


88 


CHAPTER  IX 

SUMMARY  AND  CONCLUSIONS 

Perhaps  the  most  significant  finding  of  this  study  of  sex  role  portray- 
als on  children's  television  lies  in  the  overwhelming  proportion  of  male 
chsuracters.     This  lack  of  recognition  of  females  is  clearly  evident  in  the 
svunmary  data  below  i 

243  females  represent  2Zfo  of  110?  characters  identified  by  sex. 
203  females  represent  27%  of     758  human  characters. 
23  females  represent     9%  of     244  animal  characters. 
There  were  also  interesting  demographic  differences  between  female  and 
male  characters.     Although  greatly  outnumbered  in  almost  all  demographic 
groups,  females  were  cast  as  younger  than  malesi 

hj^  of  teenage  characters  were  female. 
31^  of  young  adults  were  female. 
1^  of  middle  age  characters  were  female. 
Females  were  also  more  apt  to  be  cast  as  married  and  identified  in 
family   roles; 

40%  of  single  adults  were  female. 

45%  of  married  adults  were  female. 

38%  of  all  characters  in  family  roles  were  female. 

17%  of  all  characters  not  identified  in  family  roles 
were  female. 

They  were  more  likely  to  appear  in  non-animated  comedy  and  drama  than 

in  cartoon  comedy  or  action/adventure  drama: 

31%  of  non-animated  comedy  and  other  drama  characters  were  female. 

20%  of  animated  cartoon  comedy  characters  were  female. 

19%  of  action/adventure  drama  characters  were  female. 


89 


Females  were  not  well  represented  In  important  dramatic  roles i 
1296  of  dramatic  heroes  were  female. 

7fi  of  dramatic  villains  were  female. 
1695  of  all  major  dramatic  characters  were  female. 
27^  of  all  minor  dramatic  characters  were  female. 
They  were  less  often  shown  as  employed,  and  when  employed,  were  shown 
as  professional  entertainers,  clerical  or  household  woricersi 
29%  of  females  were  employed. 
^2?o   of  males  were  employed. 

Z^  of  professional  and  technical  workers  were  female. 
5056  of  clerical  workers  were  femal.e. 
35^  of  household  workers  were  female. 
125?  of  managerial  and  sales  workers  were  female. 
Females  were  almost  con^iletely  unrepresented  in  other  occupations,  such 
as  craftsmen,  operatives,  transportation  workers,  laborers,  farmers,  and  ser- 
vice workers. 

In  spite  of  their  small  numbers,  female  characters  tended  to  uphold  tra- 
ditional values.  They  more  often  sought  altruistic  goals  such  as  respect  for 
others,  devotion  to  group,  home,  and  family.  When  seeking  "self"  goals,  they 
more  often  were  concerned  with  safety  and  self-preservation  or  power.  Males, 
on  the  other  hand,  were  more  apt  to  engage  in  self-indulgences,  seek  wealth, 
fame,  thrill,  and  act  out  of  hatred.  They  also  valued  work  and  patriotism 
more  than  females. 

In  attempting  to  achieve  their  goals,  females  relied  on  personal  charm 
and  dependence  on  others  to  a  much  greater  extent  than  did  males  who  used 
violence,  trickery  or  deceit,  and  persuasion. 


90 


Females  are  also  portrayed  in  traditional  sex-role  patterns.  They 
were  found  to  be  significantly  less  aggressive  and  active  than  males,  had 
lower  self -concepts  and  less  achievement-related  behaviors.  They  demon- 
strated much  greater  concern  for  social  relationships  and  exhibited  slightly 
greater  anxiety. 

Traditional  personality  characteristics  were  also  demonstrated  by  feinale 
and  male  diaracters.  Males  were  seen  as  having  stronger,  more  violent,  cruel, 
active,  and  independent  personalities;  vrtiereas,  females  were  unselfish,  kinder, 
and  warmer — personalities  rated  as  higher  on  the  good-bad  continuum  than  males. 
They  were,  however,  more  dependent  and  passive. 

There  is.  In  the  several  measures  used  in  this  study,  strong  and  consist- 
ent evidence  not  only  of  a  lack  of  recognition  of  female  characters — throu^ 
their  sheer  lack  of  numbers,  but  also  a  lack  of  respect  illustrated  by  the 
small  proportions  of  females  in  roles  of  status  and  prestige  in  society.  How- 
ever, they  do  uphold  many  values  of  society  which  have  been  traditionally  con- 
sidered the  province  of  the  female — home  and  family.  And  they  demonstrate 
greater  concern  for  social  relationships  and  human  qualities  of  unselfishness, 
kindness  and  warmth.  At  the  same  time,  traditional  streotypes  of  women  as 
weaker  and  dependent  were  abundant. 

Perhaps  we  should  not  be  surprised  at  these  findings,  for  they  tend  to 
confirm  a  number  of  previous  studies  of  sex-role  streotyplng  on  television 
(see  Chapter  II).  What  is  difficult  to  understand  is  why  television  specific- 
ally designed  for  the  child  audience  continues  to  be  more  extreme  in  its  por- 
trayals than  that  for  adults.  Whereas  the  research  has  indicated  that  there 
has  been  a  levelling  off  of  male  to  female  ratio  in  prime-tijne  TV  of  about  2tl, 
this  analysis  shows  children's  TV  at  about  itil— and  in  some  important  roles  an 

even  wider  disparity. 

Although  one  can  find  some  examples  of  female  "superiiero"  models  in  the 
TV  programming  for  children, we  have  found  the  overaU  representations  of 
males  and  females  to  be  quite  traditional  and  streotyped.  Moreover,  in  spite 
of  the  efforts  by  many  groups  to  improve  the  status  of  women  in  society  and 
the  efforts  to  influence  the  portrayals  of  the  sexes  on  television,  the  re- 
search over  the  past  decade  has  shown  that  they  are  not  changing  in  children's 
programming . 

As  a  representation  of  some  of  the  real  changes  taking  place  in  the 
status  of  women  in  society,  chUdren's  television  provides  a  distorted  mirror, 
with  outdated  models  for  young  diildren.  At  this  time,  commercial  children's 
television  programs  represent  part  of  a  pattern  of  persistent  barriers  to 
social  change. 


91 


REPRESENTATIONS  OF  LIFE  ON 
CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION: 

2.   Portrayals  of  Minorities 

by 

F.  Earle  Barcus,  Ph.D. 

with 

Judith  L.  Schaefer 


Prepared  for 

ACTION  FOR  CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION 

46  Austin  Street 

Newtonville,  MA  02160 

(617)  527-7870 

June  1982 


92 


CHAPTER  IX 
SUMIlAIff  AND  CONCLUSIONS 

Perhaps  the  most  significant  finding  of  this  study  of  the  portrayal  of 

racial  and  ethnic  minorities  on  commercial  children's  television  lies  in  the 

small  numbers  of  minority  characters.  This  lack  of  recognition  of  all  ethnic 

minorities  is  clearly  evident  in  the  summary  data  below; 

184  ethnic  characters  represent  l6.1%  of  1145  total  characters. 
42  black  ethnics  represent  3- 7^  of  1145  total  characters. 
41  black  humans  represent  5-4%  of  758  human  characters. 
35  Hispanics  represent  3-^%  of  1145  total  characters. 
9  Asians  represent  0.8/2  of  1145  total  characters. 

77  Europeans         represent  6.7%  of  1145  total  characters. 

Ethnic  minorities  also  are  less  often  found  in  major  roles  t 

58  ethnic  characters  represent  11.8%  of  490  major  dramatic  characters. 
10  black  characters  represent  2.0%  of  ^^90  major  dramatic  characters. 
18  non -black  minorities  "      3- 7%  of  490  major  dramatic  characters. 

In  hero  and  villain  roles,  black  ethnics  are  more  often  cast  as  heroes 

than  as  villains,  but  their  proportions  in  both  roles  are  low.  Other  ethnics 

are  more  Often  cast  as  villains: 

5  black  heroes  represent   4.5%  of  111  total  heroes. 

1  black  villain  represents  1.1%  of  95  total  villains. 

3  other  ethnics  represent  2.7%  of  111  total  heroes. 

12  other  ethnics  represent  12.6%  of  95  total  villains. 

Black  and  other  minorities  are  also  less  frequently  portrayed  as  employed 

than  are  white  characters; 

344  out  of  659  white  characters  (52.2%)  were  shown  as  employed. 

15  out  of  41  black  characters  (36.6%)  were  shown  as  employed. 

16  out  of  47  other  minorities  (34.0%)  were  shown  as  employed. 


93 


When  shown  as  employed,  both  black  and  white  characters  are  most  often 
shown  in  professional  and  managerial  jobs,  whereas  other  minorities  are  more 
likely  to  be  portrayed  as  craftsmen,  laborers,  or  service  workers. 

In  value  orientations,  black  ethnics  seem  more  likely  to  pursue  altruistic 
goals  than  other  ethnic  groups  (reflecting  the  tendency  for  blacks  to  be  cast 
as  heroes  rather  than  villains).  Minority  characters,  in  general,  are  less 
likely  to  use  violence  to  accomplish  goals,  but  are  more  apt  to  depend  on 
others,  use  personal  charm,  or  accomplish  goals  through  luck  or  circumstance. 

Few  major  differences  were  found  between  ethnic  and  non-ethnic  heroes  in 
terms  of  their  personality  traits.  However,  ethnic  villains  were  seen  as  some- 
what stronger,  more  selfish,  cruel,  and  dishonest  than  non-ethnic  villains. 

Also,  althou^  the  differences  were  not  large,  black  ethnics  tended  to 
he  portrayed  as  somewhat  more  serious,  peaceful,  intelligent,  and  more  "good" 
than  non-ethnics.  European  ethnics,  on  the  other  hand,  were  seen  as  more  "bad," 
selfish,  cruel,  and  dishonest;  as  well  as  more  serious,  cool,  passive,  and  ugly 
than  non-ethnics. 

Hispanic  characters  were  rated  as  more  peaceful,  kinder,  and  warmer  than 
non-ethnic  characters. 

Although  blacks  have  reached  some  level  of  respect  when  portrayed  (i.e., 
as  hero  characters,  in  occupational  roles,  value  orientations,  and  personality 
traits)  they  are  so  outniHubered  overall  by  others  in  these  roles  that  their 
absence  may    offset  this  respect  afforded  them.  The  same  holds  true  for 
Hispanics.  As  for  other  ethnic  groups,  they  have  neither  achieved  adequate 
recognition  nor  treatment  which  one  might  expect  all  minorities  would  be  accorded. 

Except  for  those  programs  which  have  been  specifically  designed  to  provide 
Information  and  more  realistic  portrayals  of  minorities  (Garrascolendas,  Que 
Pasa,  USA?  Villa  Allegre  and  possibly  The  Fat  Albert  Show),  or  the  newer  genre 


20-006  0-83 


94 


of  short  information  "drop-in"  programs  (e.g.,  Ask  ABC  News,  Time  Out, 
Snipets),  commercial  children's  television  tends  more  to  avoid  racial  or 
ethnic  messages  than  to  deal  with  them  adequately  or  realistically.  Race 
and  nationality  themes,  for  example,  represented  only  three  percent  of  352  major 
and  minor  suhject  classifications. 

Cartoon  comedy  programs  contain  the  most  blatant  ethnic  stereotypes. 
These  programs  also  avoid  the  portrayal  of  black  characters,  and  frequently 
provide  cruel  stereotypes  of  other  ethnic  minorities.  And  cartoon  comedy 
alone  amounts  to  nearly  one -half  of  all  program  time  on  children's  TV.  In 
addition,  almost  two-thirds  of  all  characters  appear  either  in  cartoon  comedy 
or  animated  action  or  adventure  drama. 

In  terms  of  both  the  recognition  and  treatment  of  racial  and  ethnic 
minorities,  it  is  fair  to  say  that  those  programs  originally  produced  for 
Public  Broadcasting  (some  of  which  are  now  being  carried  by  commercial  stations) 
have  led  the  way  in  providing  more  reasonable  and  balanced  images  of  black 
and  other  ethnic  groups.  But  even  including  these  programs,  commercial 
children's  TV  does  not  even  approach  the  level  of  recognition  of  these  groups 
that  has  been  reported  in  programming  for  adxilts— according  to  prior  research 
over  the  past  decade. 

Commercial  children's  television  can  only  be  seen  as  a  major  barrier 
in  the  battle  for  recognition  of  and  respect  for  ethnic  groups  in  this  country. 


95 


REPRESENTATIONS  OF  LIFE  ON 
CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION: 

3.   Family  and  Kinship  Portrayals 

by 

F.  Earle  Barcus,  Ph.D. 

with 

Judith  L.  Schaefer 


Prepared  for 

ACTION  FOR  CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION 

46  Austin  Street 

Newtonville,  MA  02160 

(617)  527-7870 

June  1982 


96 


CHAPTER  IX 
SUMMARY  AND  CONCLUSIONS 

The  major  rationale  for  the  study  of  family  and  kinship  relations  on 
children's  television  was  to  discover  and  describe  patterns  and  tendencies 
in  the  portrayals.   It  is  done  with  the  assumption  that  such  content  provides 
the  child  viewer  with  information  about  family  roles  and  structures  which  he 
or  she  may  learn  and  model. 

In  this  analysis,  several  aspects  of  family  relationships  were  dealt  with 
providing  both  positive  and  negative  messages  for  young  children.   Some  of  these 
messages  are  conveyed  implicitly  through  the  frequencies  and  types  of  family 
units  portrayed.   Some  are  conveyed  directly  through  informational  and   pro- 
social  dramatic  programs.   Others  are  conveyed  indirectly  through  parental  and 
other  family  roles  in  cartoons  and  animated  adventure  programs. 

About  four  out  of  ten  program  segments  were  relevant  in  any  way  to  family 
or  kinship  relations.  Two  out  of  10  dealt  in  some  significant  way  with  family 
relationships,  and  about  one  in  10  dealt  with  the  nuclear  family. 

Single-parent  families  are  considerably  over-represented  in  children's 
television  as  compared  to  estimates  in  the  real  population.   This  is  especially 
true  for  single  male  parent  family  units  which  outnumber  single  female  parent 
units  by  two  to  one--unlike  the  proportions  in  the  U.S.  population,  where  single 
female  parents  vastly  outnumber  single  male  parent  families. 

The  child  seldom  has  an  opportunity  to  see  the  extended  family  unit;  uncles 
are  considerably  more  numerous  than  aunts;  and  grandparents  and  older  people  in 
general  are  seldom  portrayed. 

The  child  viewer  may  also  see  more  males  than  females  in  both  family  and 
non- family  relationships,  although  females  are  more  apt  to  appear  in  the  family 
context  than  not. 


97 


What  the  child  does  see  are  traditional  family  roles  In  which  the  father 
is  rather  stern,  dominant,  and  often  engaged  in  work  and  adventure  activities. 
He  is  also  the  one  most  responsible  for  discipline  in  the  family.   In  addition, 
he  is  often  portrayed  as  somewhat  incompetent  and  less  nurturing  than  the  mother. 
The  mother,  on  the  other  hand  is  more  competent  in  her  role,  engages  in  household 
and  daily  living  activities,  and  is  more  nurturing. 

Available  for  the  child  viewer  are  frequent  examples  of  close  relationships 
between  father  and  son,  especially  in  adventure  and  action  settings--much  more 
frequently  than  mother-daughter  or  father-daughter  relationships. 

The  child  viewer  is  also  exposed  to  a  variety  of  family  and  marital  con- 
flicts.  Parent-child  conflicts  deal  with  disobedience  and  discipline  problems. 
Informational  programs  dealing  with  child  abuse  and  runaway  children  offer  examples 
of  pro-social  messages  of  hope  for  those  involved. 

Frequently,  the  child  Is  introduced  to  the  marital  problems  of  parents 
or  married  couples  without  children.   Seldom  do  these  conflicts  involve  the  child, 
however,  as  is  frequently  the  case  in  the  life  of  the  child  viewer.  Husband- 
vife  conflicts   occur  over  definition  of  sex  roles,  extra-marital  affairs,  in- 
law problems,  and  childish  husband  behaviors. 

In  sibling  conflict,  the  older  brother  is  usually  the  one  who  is  responsible 
for  resolution  of  the  conflict. 

The  child  viewer  may  also  witness  a  good  deal  of  family  support  and  cooper- 
ation in  addition  to  the  conflicts  noted  above.   Family  relations  are  most  often 
shown  as  close  and  cooperative,  confirming  previous  research  on  family  inter- 
action patterns.  , 

A  number  of  examples  of  positive  child  development  messages  were  found  in  the 
stories  dealing  with  sibling  relations  and  parental  guidance  and  teaching  of 
responsibility.   These  lessons  come  both  from  parents  and  from  kindly  uncles. 


98 


Sometimes  falling  in  his  responsibilities  is  the  father. 

Overall,  the  family  on  children's  television  is  portrayed  in  a  traditional 
and  stereotyped  manner,  with  parental  roles  clearly  defined  and  children  with 
little  say  or  power  in  family  decision-making.   Although  some  of  the  changing 
family  structures  seem  to  be  reflected  In  the  programming — e.g.  the  single- 
parent  family — it  is  not  a  very  accurate  reflection.   In  addition,  many  pro- 
blem areas  of  financial  problems,  divorce,  aging  members  of  the  family,  pro- 
blems in  school,  for  example--are  absent. 

In  terms  of  family  development  patterns,  most  nuclear  families  consist  of 
school-age  or  teenage  children  and  parents,  whereas  young  child-bearing  families 
and  those  with  pre-school  children,  those  which  provide  launching  centers,  or 
those  with  aging  family  members  are  much  underrepresented. 

It  is  somewhat  difficult  to  make  definitive  judgments  about  the  adequacy 
or  the  frequency  of  portrayals  of  the  family  on  children's  television.   Is, 
for  example,  the  lazy  or ' irresponsible  father  who  has  difficulty  driving  a  nail 
without  hitting  his  thumb  more  "real"  than  the  perfect  father  who,  after  asking 
his  son  to  mow  the  lawn, gets  the  quick  and  eager  response,  "Right  away,  Dadl"? 

Overall,  the  family  portrayals  represented  in  this  study  provide  a  mixed 
picture.   Although  serious  treatment  of  a  number  of  family-related  problems 
are  provided  in  the  context  of  informational  and  pro-social  drama,  many  simplis- 
tic cartoon  comedy  and  adventure  programs  provide  stereotyped  and  hegative 
messages  for  the  child  viewer. 


99 


Before  the 

FEDERAL  COMMUNICATIONS  COMMISSION 

Washington,  D.C.  20554 


In  the  Matter  of:  Docket  No.  21474 

Amendment  of  Broadcast  Equal 
Employment  Opportunity  Rules 
and  FCC  Form  395 


PETITION  OF  ACTION  FOR  CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION 
FOR  AUTHORIZATION  TO  FILE  ADDITIONAL  COMMENTS 


Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  section  1.415(d),  Title 
47  of  the  Code  of  Federal  Regulations  (47  CFR  1.415-d), 
Action  for  Children's  Television  (ACT)  hereby  petitions  the 
Federal  Communications  Commission  (FCC)  for  authorization  to 
file  additional  comments  in  the  matter  of  Amendment  of 
Broadcast  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Rules  and  FCC  Form 
395.   In  support  thereof,  the  following  are  shown: 

1.  New  facts  regarding  the  extension  of  broadcast 
license  terms  (47  USC  s.307(d),  P.L.  97-35)  strongly  compel 
consideration  of  ACT's  comments  at  this  time. 

2.  Congress  had  not  enacted  the  extended  license  term 
at  the  time  the  Commission  was  last  seeking  comments  on  this 
Docket.   This  constitutes  a  sufficient  change  in 
circumstances  to  warrant  the  granting  of  petitioner's 
request  to  submit  its  comments  at  this  time. 

3.  Further,  consideration  of  the  comments  and  data 
petitioner  seeks  to  file  is  required  in  the  public  interest. 


100 


They  are  clearly  relevant  to  the  Commission's  deliberations 
concerning  the  Amendment  of  Broadcast  Equal  Employment 
Opportunity  Rules  and  FCC  Form  395.   The  filing  of  these 
comments  would  in  no  way  delay  the  Commission's 
deliberations  or  divert  attention  to  unnecessary  or 
immaterial  facts.   To  the  contrary,  the  information  sought 
to  be  filed  would  further  aid  considerably  the 
decision-making  process  and  further  serve  the  public 
interest. 

Wherefore,  for  the  reasons  stated  above  and  more  fully 
set  forth  in  Petitioner's  Memorandum  in  support  of  this 
petition.  Action  for  Children's  Television  requests 
authorization  to  file  additional  comments  in  the  subject 
proceed  ing . 


Respectfully  submitted, 

ACTION  FOR  CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION 

By  its  Attorneys 

GITLIN,  EMMER,  KAPLAN   BOHN 

160  Milk  Street 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02109 

(617)  451-1380 

Honora  Kaplan,  Esq. 


Dated:   March  15,  1983 


101 


MEMORANDUM  IN  SUPPORT  OF  PETITION  OF 


ACTION  FOR 

CHILDREN 

•S  TELEVISION  FOR 

AUTHORIZATION  ' 

ro 

FILE  ADDITIONAL  COMMENTS 

ON 

AMENDMENT  OF 

BROADCAS 

T  EQUAL 

EMPLOYMENT 

OPPORTUNITY 

RULES 

AND  FCC 

FORM  395 

DOCKET  No.  21474 


I .   Introduction 

Since  1968,  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  (FCC) 
has  supported,  through  policy  and  regulations,  equal 

employment  opportuni titles  for  women  and  minorities   in  the 

1  2 

broadcast  industry.    The  instant  rulemaking,  begun  in  1977 

3 
and  subject  to  a  Second  Further  Notice  on  June  25,  1980   has 

provided  a  vehicle  for  Commission  interest  and  action.   In 

the  course  of  this  rulemaking,  FCC  Form  395  was  modified  to 

4 
clarify  data  submitted  on  minority  and  female  employment. 

The  underlying  purpose  of  the  FCC's  equal  employment 

opportunity  (EEO)  policies  and  reporting  requirements  is  to 


See,  for  example.  Nondiscrimination  in  Employment 
Practices  of  Broadcast  Licensees,  13  FCC  2d  766(1968); 
Nondiscrimination  in  the  Employment  Policies  and  Practices 
of  Brp-adcast  LicenseesT"  60  FCC  2d  226  (19/6)  . 

Petitions  for  Rulemaking  to  Amend  FCC  Form  395  and 
InstrucTions,  66  FCC  2d  955(1977). 

^45  Fed.  Reg.  42729. 

'^Amendment  of  Broadcast  Equal  Employment  Opportunity 
Rules  and  FCC  Form  395,  First  Report  and  Order,  70  FCC  2d 
1466(1979')  . 


-1- 


102 


promote  the  employment  of  females  and  minorities  in 

broadcasting,  thus  stimulating  heterogeneity  and  diversity 

within  the  industry.   Indeed,  in  a  recent  Policy  Statement, 

the  Commission  stated: 

"The  Commission  has  traditionally  considered  the 
under-representation  of  minority  points  of  view 
over  the  airwaves  as  detrimental  to  minorities  and 
the  general  public.   Accordingly,  we  have  taken 
steps  to  enhance  the  ownership  and  participation 
of  minorities  in  the  media,  with  the  intent  of 
thereby  increasing  diversity  ....   To  ensure 
the  programming  reflects  and  is  responsive  to 
minorities'  tastes  and  viewpoints,  the  Commission 
has  promulgated  equal  employment  opportunity 
regulations  .  .  .  ." 

Action  for  Children's  Television  is  a  national  advocacy 
organization  working  to  encourage  diversity  in  children's 
programming  and  to  eliminate  commercial  abuses  in  children's 
television.   ACT  joins  the  Commission  in  strongly  supporting 
diversity  in  ownership,  control  and  employment  practices  of 
broadcast  stations.    ACT  acknowledges  that  there  is  no 
guarantee  that  diversity  in  these  areas  will  result  in 
diversity  in  television  programming  or  in  the  images  of 
minorities  and  women  televised  to  children.    However, 
without  diversity   and  heterogeneity  among  television 
station  employees  and  decision  makers,  we  contend  that  the 
potential  for  diversity  in  programming  is  significantly  less 
likely. 


^"Commission  Policy  Regarding  the  Announcement  of 
Minority  Ownership  in  Broadcasting,"  effec.  date  December 
13,  1982, -48  Fed.  Reg.  5943  (Feb.  9,  1983). 


103 


ACT  is  now  seeking  to  file  additional  comments  in  this 
proceeding  under  47  CFR  1.415(d)  in  order  to  place  before 
the  Commission  new  facts  which  demonstrate  the  need  for 
further  modifications  in  the  Commission's  EEO  reporting 
rules, and  specifically  in  the  FCC ' s  Annual  Employment  Report 
Form  395,  and  which  are  thus  important  and  relevant  to  the 
Commission's  deliberations  and  decision. 
II .   Argument 

A.   The  Petition  for  Authorization  to 
File  Additional  Comments. 

This  petition  for  authorization  to  file  additional 

comments,  pursuant  to  47  CFR  1.415(d),  in  the  Matter  of 

Amendment  of  Broadcast  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Rules 

and  FCC  Form  395,  Docket  No.  21474,  is  based  on  new  facts 

essential  to  the  deliberations  of  the  FCC  in  this 

proceeding.   The  standard  by  which  this  petition  should  be 

judged  is  analogous  to  that  for  a  petition  for 

reconsideration  under  47  CFR  1.429.   Among  other  things,  47 

CFR  1.429(b)  provides  that  a  petition  for  reconsideration 

which  relies  on  facts  not  previously  presented  to  the 

Commission  will  be  granted  only  when: 

"(1)  The  facts  relied  on  relate  to  events  which 
have  occurred  or  circumstances  which  have  changed 
since  the  last  opportunity  to  present  them  to  the 
Commission; 

(2)  The  facts  relied  on  were  unknown  to 
petitioner  until  after  his  last  opportunity  to 
present  them  to  the  Commission,  and  he  could  not 
through  the  exercise  of  ordinary  diligence  have 
learned  of  the  facts  in  question  prior  to  such 


104 


opportunity;  or 

(3)  The  Commission  determines  that 
consideration  of  the  facts  relied  on  is  required 
in  the  public  interest."   (47  CFR  1.429(b)  ) 

The  last  period  for  public  comment  in  the  instant 
rulemaking  as  well  as  actions  of  the  Commission  and  judicial 
decisions  relating  to  equal  employment  opportunities  all 
occurred  at  various  times  when  broadcast  licensees  with  50 
or  more  employees  submitted  detailed  employment  data  every 
three   years  when   seeking  renewal  of  their  broadcast 
licenses.   In  August,  1981,  Congress  extended  the  television 
licensure  period  to  five  years  by  amending  the 
Communications  Act  of  1934.    Therefore, the  FCC  now  receives 
detailed  employment  data  from  television  broadcast  licensees 
only  at  five  year  intervals. 

The  new  law  relating  to  the  broadcast  license  renewal 
term  was  passed  well  after  the  date  on  which  comments  in  the 
instant  rulemaking  could  be  submitted.   Petitioner  could 
therefore  not  have  known  about  or  commented  on  the  impact  of 
the  five  year  television  license  term  on  EEO  reporting 
requirements  during  the  previous  period  for  comment  and 
reply. 

B.   Rationale  for  Amending  Broadcast  EEO  Rules  and 
FCC  Form  395  In  Light  of  Changed  Circumstances. 


'47  use  s. 307(d),  P.L.  97-35, 


105 


The  FCC  has  for  many  years  supported  the  reporting  of 
equal  employment  opportunity  data  and  information.   Thus, 
broadcast  licensees  with  more  than  five  employees  must 
submit  annual  employment  reports  to  the  Commission  (FCC  Form 
395).     These  data  are  aggregated  and  published  by  the 
Commission.   In  addition,  at  the  time  of  license  renewal, 
renewal  applicants  with  50  or  more  employees  must  submit 
detailed  employment  data  regarding  sex  and  race  or  ethnic 

Q 

group,  broken  down  by  job  titles. 

There  are,  however,  three  problems  associated  with  the 
FCC's  current  equal  employment  opportunities  reporting 
schema  which  are  exacerbated  by  the  recent  extension  of  the 
television  license  renewal  term: 

1.  data  related  to  job  functions  submitted 
on  FCC  Form  395  are  not  described  in  a 
meaningful  v/ay; 

2.  detailed  employment  data  are  submitted  at 
the  time  of  license  renewal  only  by  those 
stations  with  50  or  more  employees;  and 

3.  detailed  data  submitted  by  some  license  renewal 
applicants  (see  above)  are  not  available  from 
the  FCC  in  an  aggregated  and  usable  format. 


"^Mondiscriminat ion/Program,  60  FCC  2d  226,  supra;  First 
Report  and  Order,  Vo  FCC  2d  1466,  supra;  47  CFR  73.2080  and 
47  CFR  73.3500. 

^First  Report  and  Order,  supra  at  1467. 


106 


In  light  of  the  newly  extended  license  term  for 
television  broadcasters,  this  reporting  schema  clearly 
requires  modification  and  ameridment.   Broadcast  stations 

submitting  annual  "395"  data  now  group  job  titles  into  nine 

9 
more  general  categories.    These  data  would  be  much  more 

useful  to  the  Commission  and  the  public  if  they  were  simply 

submitted  as  job  titles.   Such  a  modification  in  FCC  Form 

395  would  not  require  any  additional  data  collection  by  the 

1 icensees . 

Moreover,  the  utility  of  submitting  detailed 

employment  data  only  every  five  years  is  highly 

questionable.   In  a   high  job  mobility  industry  such  as 

broadcasting,  the  timeliness  of  the  information  submitted  to 

the  Commission  becomes  especially  critical.   Petitioner 

maintains  that  the  extension  of  the  television  license 

period  from  three  years  to  five  years  has  had  an  adverse  and 

deleterious  impact  on  the  availability,  comparability, 

timeliness  and  utility  of  the  detailed  employment  data 

submitted  with  broadcast  renewal  applications.    Such  data 

should  be  submitted  annually. 


9 
"Officials  and  managers;  professionals;  technicians; 

sales;  office  and  clerical;  craftsmen;  operatives;  laborers; 

and  service  workers,"  FCC  Form  395,  as  amended. 


107 


The  articulated  purpose  and  public  policy  behind  the 
submission  of  employment  data  by  broadcast  licensees  is  that 
discriminatory  employment  practices  are  incompatible  with 
the  operation  of  broadcast   stations  in  the  public 
interest.     This  policy  has  been  supported  by  Commission 
action  and  judicial  decision,  and  remains  valid  after 
fifteen  years.   Detailed  employment  data  are  thus  required 
to  be  submitted  to  the  Commission  as  evidence  of  a 
licensee's  commitment  to  equal  employment  opportunities  and 
to  the  public  interest.   The  public  interest  cannot  be 
served,  however,  by  outdated  information.   Nor  is  this 
situation  remediated  by  the  annual  submission  of  information 
on  FFC  Form  395,  since  the  Form  395  data  are  significantly 
less  detailed  and  informative  than  those  submitted  at  the 
time  of  license  renewal. 

Commission  policy,  judicial  decisions,  and  the  public 
interest  demand  that  broadcast  licensees  promote  and  provide 
equal  opportunity  in  employment  practices.   Reporting  on 
such  practices  should  not  be  viewed  as  an  additional  or 
onerous  burden,  but  rather  as  a  mechanism  to  provide 
necessary  accountability. 


•'•^Nondiscrimination  in  Employment  Practices,  13  FCC  2d 
766,  supra. 
5(1969) . 


108 


The  Commission's  policies  relating  to  equal  employment 
opportunities  in  broadcasting  are  not  open  to  challenge.   It 
is  anomalous,  therefore,  for  broadcast  licensees  to  object 
to  or  oppose  being  held  accountable  for  their  compliance 
with  these  policies.   Broadcasting  frequencies  constitute  a 
"scarce  resource,"  and  accordingly,   broadcast  licensees  are 
required  to  operate  in  the  public  interest.     Reporting 
requirements  that  inform  the  Commission,  the  industry  and 
the  public  about  the  ways  in  which  broadcast  licensees  are 

meeting  their  public  interest  obligations  must  be  maintained 

1 

and  extended  when  necessary.  ' 

At  the  same  time,  the  Commission  has  a  responsibility 
to  collect,  aggregate  and  make  accessible  to  the  public  the 
detailed  employment  information  submitted  by  the  broadcast 
licensees.   The  public  interest  cannot  be  adequately  served 
if  important  public  information  is  buried  in  the 
Commission's  files. 
Ill .   Recommendations 

In  order  to  carry  out  the  Commission's  longstanding 
commitment  to  equal  employment  opportunities  for  women  and 
minorities  in  the  television  broadcasting  industry,  and  in 
light  of  the  recent  amendment  extending  the  duration  of  the 
broadcast  license,  ACT  believes  it  is  essential  to  modify 
the  FCC's  employment  reporting  requirements.   ACT's  proposed 


^•'•Red  Lion  Broadcasting  Co.,  Inc.,  v.  FCC,  395  U.S. 
367,  376,  fn.  5(1969). 


109 


modifications,  set  forth  below,  would  provide  current  and 
detailed  information  on  licensees'  employment  practices  to 
the  Commission  and  the  public,  thereby  promoting  Commission 
policy  and  serving  the  public  interest.   At  the  same  time, 
the  proposed  changes  would  not  impose  a  significant  burden 
on  broadcast  licensees  or  renev/al  applicants.   ACT  therefore 
recommends : 

1.  that  FCC  Form  395   be  modified  to  require  data 
regarding  sex  and  race  or  ethnic  group  on  all  job 
titles,  identical  to  that  now  required  of  license 
renewal  applicants  with  50  or  more  employees; 

2.  that  all  television  licensees  be  required  to 
submit  such  specific  information  annually  on  FCC 
Form  35  5; 

3.  that  the  Commission  aggregate  and  publish  such 
data  annually  and  in  a  timely  manner. 

Only  with  current  and  detailed  data,  submitted  to  the 
Commission  and   accessible  to  the  public  and  to  the 
industry,  can  licensees  fulfill  their  obligation  to  operate 
in  the  public  interest,  and  can  the  Commission,  the  industry 
and  the  public  have  available  the  necessary  information  to 
assess  broadcasters'  employment  practices  and  compliance 
with  law,  regulation  and  public  policy. 
IV.   Conclusion 

The  recent  changes  in  broadcast  license  terms 
significantly  affect  the  timeliness  and  utility  of 


no 


employment  data  submitted  by  broadcast  licensees  both  on  FCC 
Form  395  and  as  part  of  their  license  renev;al  applications. 
The  impact  of  these  changes:   (1)  has  not  been  presented  to 
the  Commission  in  this  proceeding;  (2)  warrants 
consideration  by  the  Commission  in  its  deliberations  in  this 
proceeding;  and  (3)  is  legally  sufficient  to  support 
authorization  to  file  additional  comments  under  47  CFR 
1.415(d) . 

ACT  strongly  urges  the  acceptance  of  its 
recommendations  as  a  further  expression  of  the  Commission's 
commitment  to  equal  employment  opportunity,  to  diversity  in 
broadcasting,  to  public  accountability,  and  to  the  public 
interest • 


Respectfully  submitted 
ACTION  FOR  CHILDREN'S 

TELEVISION 
46  Austin  Street 
Newtonville,  Massachusetts 
(617)  527-7370 

By  its  attorneys, 
GITLIN,  EMMER,  KAPLAN 
&  BOHN 


l(fJ^i4'\^-i^ 


Honora  Kaplan,  Esq. 

160  Milk  Street 

Boston,  Massachusetts  02109 

(617)  451-1380 


Date:   March  15,  1983 


HI 

Mr.  Swift.  Peggy,  thank  you  very  much.  You  always  come  with 
proposed  solutions  to  your  criticisms,  which  makes  you  virtually 
unique  before  this  committee. 

Mr.  Rushnell. 

STATEMENT  OF  SQUIRE  D.  RUSHNELL 

Mr.  Rushnell.  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  subcommittee. 
Good  morning. 

Once  again,  my  name  is  Squire  D.  Rushnell.  I  am  vice  president 
of  long  range  planning  and  children's  television  for  ABC  entertain- 
ment. 

After  some  brief  introductory  remarks  I  intend,  with  your  per- 
mission, to  illustrate  a  number  of  important  developments  in  chil- 
dren's television  programing  by  showing  a  short  videotape  pre- 
pared especially  for  this  hearing. 

As  a  broadcaster,  ABC  believes  it  has  a  special  responsibility  to 
provide  programing  for  children.  This  responsibility,  which  ABC 
willingly  accepts  and  constantly  strives  to  meet,  is  part  of  ABC's 
overall  commitment  to  serve  all  important  elements  of  the  viewing 
public. 

At  the  same  time,  we  do  not  believe  that  this  responsibility  can 
nor  should  be  defined  by  governmental  standards  that  attempt  to 
mandate  either  the  amount  or  the  type  of  children's  programing. 
Rather,  this  responsibility  should  be  exercised  by  individual  broad- 
casters based  on  their  own  editorial  and  creative  judgments.  Only 
in  this  manner  can  children's  programing  be  said  to  be  truly  re- 
sponsive to  audience  and  marketplace  needs. 

ABC's  on-going  commitment  to  children  is  reflected  in  our  effort 
to  present  a  balanced  schedule  of  entertaining,  enriching,  and  in- 
structional programing  for  young  people.  Beginning  more  than  a 
decade  ago  with  our  sponsorship  of  national  children's  television 
conference  for  teachers,  parents,  and  broadcasters,  ABC  has  fos- 
tered what  we  call  a  positive  evolution  in  children's  television. 

By  this  I  mean  that  with  the  guidance  of  educators  and  child  de- 
velopment specialists,  we  have  brought  about  positive  changes  in 
the  content  of  children's  programing. 

Such  highly-acclaimed  series  of  ABC  Schoolhouse  Rock  and  the 
ABC  Afterschool  Specials,  both  on  the  air  for  10  seasons  now,  have 
been  developed  out  of  this  special  commitment.  So,  too,  have  a 
number  of  short  informational  features  which  are  interspersed 
throughout  ABC's  Saturday  morning  children's  program  schedule. 

To  many  adults,  these  aspects  of  the  positive  evolution  in  chil- 
dren's programing  on  ABC  may  have  gone  unnoticed,  simply  be- 
cause they  have  not  had  or  taken  the  time  to  view  weekend  morn- 
ing programs  with  their  children. 

Just  in  case  that  includes  anyone  here  today,  I  have  prepared 
the  following  videotape  which  highlights  the  positive  evolution  m 
children's  programing  at  ABC  and  describes  the  ABC  Afterschool 
Specials  and  the  ABC  Weekend  Specials. 

[Videotape  presentation.] 

In  so  brief  a  period  as  we  have  today,  it  is  difficult  to  describe 
the  full  range  of  ABC's  commitment  to  children's  programing 
which  would  include  among  several  others  such  prime  time  spe- 


112 

cials  as  this  season's  2-hour  adaptation  of  Kenneth  Grahame's  class 
book,  "The  Wind  in  the  Willows." 

I  thank  you  for  affording  me  this  opportunity  to  share  with  you 
some  of  the  ways  ABC  exercises  its  responsibility  to  children. 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Rushnell. 

If  Mr.  Fritts  would  be  good  enough,  we  would  like  to  accommo- 
date the  schedule  of  one  of  our  members  and  permit  him  to  take  2 
or  3  minutes  to  ask  a  couple  of  quetions  now  before  he  has  to  rush 
to  another  meeting. 

Mr.  Gore.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  I  appreciate  the  cour- 
tesy of  my  colleagues  in  letting  me  go  out  of  order  in  this  fashion. 
We  have  the  nuclear  arms  control  debate  on  the  floor  now,  and  I 
have  another  engagement  that  I  am  going  to  have  to  go  to.  I  just 
wanted  to  make  a  couple  of  brief  comments. 

First  of  all,  I  wanted  to  express  my  appreciation  to  Peggy  Char- 
ren,  and  the  appreciation  that  I  think  is  felt  by  millions  of  Ameri- 
cans, particularly  American  parents,  for  your  single-minded  dedica- 
tion to  this  important  cause.  I  don't  know  what  we  would  do  with- 
out you.  Really  it  is  terrific  work  that  you  do,  and  I  am  honored  to 
be  able  to  work  with  you  from  time  to  time.  We  really  appreciate  it 
a  great  deal. 

I  would  like  to  thank  Mr.  LeVar  Burton  for  his  comments  and 
apologize  to  him  and  the  others  for  not  being  able  to  be  here  and 
hear  all  of  what  you  said.  I  would  like  to  note  that  Kellogg  is  the 
sponsor  of  your  "Reading  Rainbow"  and  compliment  them.  They 
are  important  corporate  citizens  of  Tennessee,  and  we  appreciate 
their  commitment  to  this  kind  of  programing  and  we  hope  that 
others  will  follow. 

I  would  just  like  to  note  briefly  for  the  record  that  I  am  im- 
pressed by  this  presentation,  but  I  wonder  how  many  of  those  spots 
are  on  Saturday  morning,  and  how  many  of  them  are  on  other 
days. 

Mr.  Rushnell.  The  majority  of  children's  programing  on  ABC  is 
on  Saturday  morning,  weekend  mornings,  and  the  ABC  "After- 
school  Specials"  are,  of  course,  in  the  afternoons,  approximately 
twice  monthly  throughout  the  school  season. 

Mr.  Gore.  Have  they  declined,  the  number  of  "Afterschool  Spe- 
cials"? 

Mr.  Rushnell.  No. 

Mr.  Gore.  They  have  not. 

Mr.  Rushnell.  They  have  been  on  the  air  for  a  decade,  and  they 
have  remained  constant  over  the  last  eight  seasons. 

Mr.  Gore.  With  the  exception  of  the  "Afterschool  Specials,"  and 
the  little  clip  from  "Good  Morning  America,"  did  any  of  the  other 
programs  air  on  any  time  other  than  Saturday  morning? 

Mr.  Rushnell.  No.  The  ABC  "Weekend  Specials,"  quality  drama 
for  children,  is  every  Saturday. 

Mr.  Gore.  All  of  the  little  spots  and  so  forth,  which  were  very 
well  done,  all  of  those  are  on  Saturday  morning,  and  only  9  percent 
of  the  children's  watching  time  is  on  Saturday  morning.  What 
about  the  other  91  percent? 

Mr.  Rushnell.  As  I  mentioned  in  my  closing  remarks,  I  ran  out 
of  time.  I  didn't  get  to  prime  time,  which  is  an  area  where  we  have 
expanded  our  commitment  to  children's  television.  The  Wind  in  the 


113 

Willows  is  a  major  undertaking,  a  very  expensive,  two-hour  drama- 
tization of  the  children's  classic  Wind  in  the  Willows. 

This  year  we  have  an  adaptation  of  a  two-hour  film  in  prime 
time  called  Rock  Odyssey,  which  is  a  modern  day  fantasia,  if  you 
will.  We  have  a  film  based  on  a  Peter  Dickinson  book,  The  Flight 
of  the  Dragons.  I  don't  need  to  tell  you  that  a  two-hour  presenta- 
tion like  Wind  in  the  Willows  can  reach  vastly  greater  numbers  of 
children  than  a  month  of  sunday. 

Mr.  Gore.  Again,  I  appreciate  my  colleagues'  forbearance  for  let- 
ting me  speak  out  of  order.  I  apologize  to  those  witnesses  with 
whom  I  will  not  have  an  opportunity  to  have  an  interchange. 

I  would  just  like  to  close  by  underscoring  my  concern  about  this. 
Most  of  what  children  watch  are  reruns  of  adult  series,  that  is 
mostly  what  they  watch. 

I  was  talking  with  the  NAB  and  expressing  some  concern  that 
one  of  the  local  stations  here  in  Washington  ran  this  film— Did  you 
check  on  that? 

Mr.  Fritts.  I  did  indeed. 

Mr.  Gore.  Did  it  run? 

Mr.  Fritts.  The  film  was  "Born  Innocent"  that  you  and  I  talked 
about  last  week.  We  did  check  on  it  and  it  ran  January  27  at  4 
o'clock  on  channel  7  here  in  Washington.  It  was  an  edited  version. 
The  scene  that  was  in  question  had  been  edited  out  of  that  movie. 
It  apparently  was  a  substitute  movie  because  the  program  schedule 
which  shows  January  27  says  that  there  was  a  different  movie 
scheduled  for  4  o'clock  that  afternoon. 

Mr.  Gore.  This,  Mr.  Chairman,  was  "Born  Innocent,"  a  movie 
with  the  broomstick  rape  that  figured  prominently  in  the  trial  in 
Florida,  and  it  was  shown  at  4  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  as  sort  of  an 
afterschool  special.  I  really  think  that  kind  of  lapse  in  judgment  is 
all  too  common.  Maybe  that  is  an  extreme  example,  but  we  have 
just  got  to  do  better. 

I  think  the  chairman  has  pointed  out  some  structural  problems 
that  are  going  to  have  to  be  addressed,  rather  than  us  just  saying. 
Please,  care  more,  because  I  know  you  all  care.  We  have  got  to  deal 
with  these  structural  problems,  too. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Swift.  I  thank  the  gentleman. 

Mr.  Fritts. 

STATEMENT  OF  EDWARD  O.  FRITTS 

Mr.  Fritts.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  good  afternoon. 

The  membership  of  the  National  Association  of  Broadcasters  in- 
cludes 693  local  television  stations  and  the  3  television  networks. 
Certainly  we  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  represent  those  televi- 
sion broadcasters  here  today. 

I  share  with  you  a  concern  for  the  youth  of  our  country.  My  wife 
and  I  are  fortunate  enough  to  have  three  young  children  who 
themselves  are  products  of  this  electronic  age  with  all  of  its  gadget- 
ry  and  electronic  wizardry,  including  cable  television  subscriptions 
for  over  20  years.  Our  oldest  daughter,  now  home  from  college  on 
spring  break,  is  here  with  us  today. 


114 

I  will  be  the  first  to  admit  that  being  a  parent  today  is  not  easy, 
but  it  probably  never  has  been.  Like  myself,  most  broadcasters 
today  are  also  parents  who  share  the  same  concern  about  their 
children  and  youth  that  you  and  I  share. 

These  are  the  people  who  own,  operate,  and  program  local  televi- 
sion stations  across  this  great  land,  and  they  have  a  genuine  con- 
cern for  our  youth  and  the  roles  that  they  play  in  the  future  in 
their  respective  communities.  It  is  from  that  perspective  that  the 
local  television  stations  approach  their  task  of  serving  not  only  the 
needs  and  interests  of  the  children,  but  of  the  general  populace  as 
well. 

Just  as  these  broadcasters  set  aside  time  periods  for  worthwhile 
endeavors  such  as  Black  History  Month,  the  American  Heart 
Month,  Red  Cross  Month,  Children's  Book  Week,  we  are  extremely 
pleased  to  participate  in  the  National  Children  and  Television 
Week  and  to  use  this  opportunity  to  impress  upon  you  that  broad- 
casters have  not  forgotten  the  needs  and  interests  of  today's  youth. 

Broadcasters  have  a  long-standing  commitment  to  children  and 
television.  Broadcasters  historically  have  recognized  that  children 
constitute  a  special  segment  of  their  viewing  audience  and  individ- 
ually pursue  special  paths  to  help  assure  the  appropriateness  of 
programs  and  activities  directed  to  our  children. 

We  at  NAB  have  tried  to  provide  opportunities  for  local  broad- 
casters to  exchange  ideas,  to  meet  the  issues  head-on  through  our 
children's  programing  conference,  the  first  of  which  was  held  here 
in  Washington  back  in  1975.  Our  children's  programing  resource 
book  serves  as  a  guide  to  products  availability,  public  service  proj- 
ects, an  idea  bank  of  community  outreach  projects,  awards  pro- 
grams, reading  programs,  a  list  of  concerned  activist  groups,  as 
well  as  FCC  guidelines. 

We  also  have  a  blue  ribbon  children's  committee,  which  I  will 
mention  in  more  detail  later.  We  continue  to  work  with  groups 
such  as  the  National  Association  of  States  Boards  of  Education, 
local  State  boards,  the  National  Council  for  Children  &  Television, 
and  the  American  Council  for  Better  Broadcasts. 

The  Television  Information  Office,  an  arm  of  NAB,  provides  a  va- 
riety of  services,  including  a  teacher's  guide  for  television  which 
has  been  distributed  since  1967.  Today,  tens  of  thousands  of  teach- 
ers and  educators  are  using  this  publication  to  encourage  the  chil- 
dren to  watch  such  specifically  selected  programs  of  educational 
value  as  "Fame,"  "The  Changing  Family,"  "The  Wrong  Way  Kid," 
"The  Edison  Adventure,"  "The  Secret  World  of  Og,"  and  the  "Na- 
tional Student/ Parent  Mock  Election  for  1984,"  which  in  1982 
nearly  a  quarter  of  a  million  people  participated  in. 

In  January,  we  advised  our  member  stations  of  the  joint  resolu- 
tion signed  by  the  President  regarding  National  Children  and  Tele- 
vision Week,  Many  of  those  stations  have  responded  to  share  some 
of  their  current  projects  that  they  have  underway  for  this  special 
week.  I  would  like  to  mention  for  you  just  a  few. 

The  station  we  just  mentioned  a  few  moments  ago,  WJLA  Chan- 
nel 7  here  in  Washington,  aired  a  1-hour  prime  time  special  this 
past  Monday  night  entitled  "Kids  Talk  Back."  I  might  mention 
that  they  bumped  an  hour  of  prime  time  from  ABC  just  prior  to 
the  Monday  night  football  game  to  do  that.  Today,  this  afternoon. 


115 

they  will  air  an  ABC  Afterschool  Special,  "Have  You  Ever  Been 
Ashamed  of  Your  Parents?"  Tomorrow,  Peggy  Charren  will  be  the 
guest  on  their  "A.M.  Washington"  program. 

From  Seattle,  Wash.,  Station  KOMO,  starting  this  week, 
launched  an  ongoing  series  of  special  reports  in  morning  and  eve- 
ning news  called  "Superkids."  The  reports  profile  kids  who  are 
making  a  positive  impact  on  their  community.  A  special  "Kids- 
world  Northwest,"  reported  and  anchored  by  children,  will  air 
March  16  in  the  afternoon  with  a  Sunday  repeat.  Also,  daily  topics 
for  discussion  during  the  week  on  their  live  morning  talk  show  and 
a  new  series  of  PSA's  which  will  give  ideas  on  how  young  people 
can  earn  extra  dollars  during  the  summer  months. 

From  WPCQ  in  Charlotte,  N.C.,  producing  a  series  called 
"Minute  Mores,"  1  minute  vignettes  that  cover  such  areas  as: 
safety  tips  for  students  coming  home  from  school  to  an  empty 
house;  juvenile  court  and  how  it  works;  and  the  new  restitution 
program  where  a  juvenile  offender  does  lawn  work  and  house 
maintenance  with  the  money  going  to  repay  property  damage. 

From  Little  Rock,  Ark.,  KATV  will  feature  the  general  manager 
and  four  school  editors  discussing  children's  programing,  what 
those  kids  would  like  to  see  on  television.  On  their  "Good  Morning, 
Arkansas"  program,  producing  special  promos  using  their  news 
personalities,  inviting  parents  to  watch  with  their  children  and 
become  discriminating  viewers. 

These  are  but  a  few  examples  of  programs  which  are  being  of- 
fered this  week  as  a  special  salute  to  National  Children  and  Televi- 
sion Week. 

I  might  mention  that  on  a  continuing  basis,  just  to  give  you  one 
sample  of  what  goes  on  not  only  this  week  but  year  around,  what 
station  WSOC  in  Charlotte,  N.C.,  is  doing.  On  a  regular  daily  basis, 
they  have  a  program  called  "Kidsworld."  The  program  is  a  syndi- 
cated magazine  show,  with  local  hosts  in  segments.  They  have  a 
youth  advisory  council  which  advises  the  station  on  children's  in- 
terest. 

They  are  producing  a  program,  which  I  think  is  particularly  im- 
portant called  "Carolina's  Child."  It  is  a  weekly  news  feature  show- 
ing the  children  who  are  available  for  adoption.  With  that  pro- 
gram, they  have  succeeded  in  placing  75  percent  of  the  children  of- 
fered for  adoption  on  that  program. 

They  have  a  TV  news  game,  and  a  teacher's  guide  available  to 
all  schools  in  the  area  produced  weekly  by  the  station.  They  have 
Explorer  Scouts,  a  troop  of  40  to  50  youngsters  trained  by  station 
volunteers  on  the  business  of  broadcast  business  management  and 
programing. 

Then  they  have  television  for  teachers.  Instructional  sessions  for 
area  teachers  on  how  to  best  use  television  in  their  classrooms. 

That  is  one  station  out  of  693.  That  is  the  weekly  program  fare 
on  WSOC  in  Charlotte.  I  dare  say  that  it  is  not  an  atypical  station 
in  today's  climate.  Children's  television  programing  is  much  more 
than  the  number  of  children's  program  hours. 

The  real  picture  of  children's  television  is  far  richer,  substantial- 
ly more  creative  and  more  diverse  than  any  quantitative  study  can 
point  to.  Many  stations  devote  substantial  resources  to  the  produc- 
tion  of  entertaining   programs  which  also   reinforce   educational 


116 

skills.  Other  stations  feature  children  on  special  children's  editorial 
shows. 

Numerous  local  stations  have  established  community  and  profes- 
sional advisory  panels  consisting  of  child  development  specialists, 
educators,  social  scientists  to  work  with  the  stations  to  incorporate 
the  children's  needs  and  interests  into  the  entertaining  programs 
for  children.  In  some  cases,  children  themselves  are  producing 
these  programs. 

In  short,  stations  provide  a  wide  variety  of  services  specifically 
designed  for  our  children.  Broadcaster  response  to  the  needs  of 
children  has  been  quite  simply  far  more  thoughtful  and  imagina- 
tive than  many  give  them  credit  for. 

In  discussing  age  specific  programs,  former  FCC  Commissioner 
Abbott  Washburn  notes,  and  I  quote: 

The  series  the  Waltons  and  the  Little  House  on  the  Prairie  are  basically  enter- 
tainment programs  for  the  whole  family.  Nevertheless,  they  teach  millions  of  chil- 
dren each  week  fundamental  truths  about  human  relations  and  the  essential  char- 
acter of  the  American  people  who  are  portrayed  in  those  programs.  My  own  experi- 
ence with  TV  and  children,  based  on  watching  and  discussing  thousands  of  hours 
with  our  daughter  and  her  friends  from  1967  to  the  present,  is  that  there  is  a  vast 
amount  of  programing  now  available  from  which  children  can  learn.  It  is  a  question 
of  selection  rather  than  scarcity. 

What  of  government  involvement?  It  seems  that  apparently  nei- 
ther stations  nor  government  controls  the  viewing  habits  of  the 
child  or  adult  television  audiences.  Broadcasters  cannot  be  expect- 
ed to  assume  the  role  of  surrogate  parents,  or  as  the  Washington 
Post  so  aptly  described  it,  a  "National  Nanny,"  and  ignore  the  in- 
terests of  the  majority  of  viewers  who  are  not  children. 

There  are  some  things  government  neither  can  nor  should  at- 
tempt in  a  free  society.  However  well-intentioned  government  regu- 
lation and  intervention  may  be,  there  is  a  danger  that  it  may 
create  more  problems  than  it  solves  by  taking  over  individual  re- 
sponsibilities, and  limiting  freedom  that  citizens  normally  control 
for  themselves. 

I  mentioned  earlier  our  blue  ribbon  children's  television  commit- 
tee, currently  chaired  by  Crawford  Rice,  executive  vice  president, 
Gaylord  Broadcasting  Co.,  Dallas,  Tex.,  and  which  includes  repre- 
sentatives of  all  three  networks,  as  well  as  stations  from  markets 
large  and  small  across  the  country.  In  addition,  Dr.  Karen  Haten- 
berger,  who  was  the  first  director  of  the  FCC's  Children's  Task 
Force  is  acting  as  a  special  advisor  to  that  committee. 

Meeting  just  2  days  ago  here  in  Washington,  the  committee  dis- 
cussed the  various  aspects  of  children's  children  and  is  going  to 
gather  additional  information  from  licensees  concerning  individual 
program  offerings  for  children  in  the  various  markets,  and  is  serv- 
ing as  a  clearinghouse  of  ideas  and  programs  which  better  serve 
the  needs  and  interests  of  our  children. 

Certainly,  Mr.  Chairman,  where  children  and  television  are  con- 
cerned, the  involvement  of  parents  and  other  significant  adults  is 
absolutely  essential.  The  problem  must  be  shared  by  all  broadcast- 
ers, regulatory  authorities,  schools  and  parents  who  together  guide 
and  help  children  to  use  television  responsibly. 

Again  we  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  National 
Children  and  Television  Week,  and  certainly  we  point  with  pride  to 


117 

the  service  of  America's  broadcasters  which  are  they  are  rendering 
to  the  youth  of  our  Nation. 
[Testimony  resumes  on  p.  129.] 

[Mr.  Fritts'  prepared  statement  follows:] 


118 

Prepared  Statement  of  Edward  O.  Fritts,  President,  National  Association  of 

Broadcasters 


I  am  Edward  0.   Fritts,   president  of  the  National   Association  of  Broadcasters. 
NAB  is   the  major  national    trade  association  of  the  broadcasting  industry.      Its 
membership  includes  693  television  stations  and  the  three  television  networks,   and 
I  welcome  the  opportunity  to  represent  those  television  broadcasters  before  your 
commi  ttee . 

Mr.   Chairman,   as  you  know  from  a  visit  with  us  at  our  1980  Children's  Pro- 
graiming  Conference  here  in  Washington,  broadcasters  have  a  long  standing  commitment 
to  children  and   television;   indeed,  broadcasters  historically  have  recognized 
that  children  constitute  a  special   segment  of  their  viewing  audience  and  individually 
pursue  special   paths   to  help  assure  the  appropriateness  of  programs  and  activities 
directed  to  children. 

We  at  NAB  have  tried  to  provide  opportunities  for  local   broadcasters   to 
exchange  ideas  and  meet  the  issues  head-on  through  our  Children's  Programming 
conferences,   the  first  of  which  was  held  here  in  Washington  in  1975.     Our 
"Children's  Programming  Resource  Book"  serves  as  a  guide  to  product  availability. 


119 


public  service  projects,   an  idea  bank  of  community  outreach  projects,  awards 
programs,   reading  programs,  a   listing  of  concerned  activist  groups  as  well   as 
FCC  guidelines. 

We  also  have  a  Children's  Committee  which   I'll   mention  in  more  detail 
later.     We  have  also  continued  to  work  with  groups  such  as   the  National 
Association  of  the  State  Boards  of  Education,   local   state  boards,   the  National 
Council   for  Children  and  Television  and  the  American  Council   for  Better  Broadcasts. 

The  Television   Information  Office  provides  public  service  announcements 
for  stations,   up-to-date  fact  sheet  material   on  everything  from  reviews  of  books 
on  children's  issues   to  analysis  of  various  relevant  research  currently  in  the 
field. 

The  "Teacher's  Guide  to  Television"  distributed  by  TIO  has  been  in 
existence  since  1967.     Today,   tens  of  thousands  of  teachers  and  educators  are 
using  this  publication  to  encourage  children  to  watch  such  specially  selected 
programs  of  educational   value  as  "Fame",   "The  Changing  Family",   "The  Wrong  Way 
Kid",   "The  Edison  Adventure",  "The  Secret  World  of  Og"   and  the  "National 
Student/Parent  Mock  Election  for  '84"    (in   '82,  nearly  a  quarter  million 
participated). 

I  mentioned  earlier  broadcasters'    historic  commitment  to  its  young 
viewers.     Somehow  when  projects  such  as  Teacher's  Guides,   various  reading  programs, 
parent  participation  workshops  and  the  like  are  provided  by  broadcasters,   they 
are  seen  by  some  to  be  self-serving,   to  get  children  to  watch  more,  when  in  fact 
we  have  been  encouraging  selective  viewing. 


120 


Just  three  years  ago,   the  NAB  conducted  a  comprehensive  survey  designed 
to   (a)   gather  information  on  children's  television  programming  from  commercial 
and  public  television  stations,  and   (b)   describe  the  quantity  and  quality  of 
that  programming. 

The  study  attempted  to  survey  all   commercial   and  public  television 
stations   in  the  United  States.     Both  commercial   and  public  television  stations 
were  included  in  the  NAB  survey  because  they  share  the  responsibility  for 
providing  children's   television  programs  and,   in  reality,   compliment  each 
other's  efforts   in  a  fashion  which  has  enhanced  children's  television  programming 
service.     To  do  otherwise  would  deny  the  reality  of  children's  programming 
service  as   it  exists  in  the  marketplace  today. 

I'd  like  to  share  just  a  portion  of  this  material  with  you  since  I  believe 
it  to  be  quite  relevant  to  our  discussion  today. 

The  727  stations  which  responded  to  our  survey  broadcast  an  average  of 
15.09  hours  of  children's  television  programming  during  the  week. 

In  terms  of  program  type,  41  percent  of  the  children's  programming 
broadcast  was  either  educational   or  instructional.      (Educational   programming, 
including  information  and  instructional,  by  commercial   stations  represented 
37.2  percent  of  overall   commercial    children's  programming.)   Similarly,  45  percent 
of  the  children's  programming  was  classified  as  entertainment.      Informational 
programming  accounted  for  nearly  13  percent  of  the  total.     Less   than  one  percent 
fell   into  what  we  call   "other"  classification. 


121 


Programming  designed  for  pre-schooT   children  accounted  for  40  percent 
of  the  children's  programming  broadcast  by  the  responding  stations.     On  an 
overall   basis,  62  percent  of  all   children's  programs  are  broadcast  on  weekdays. 

NAB  also  prepared  charts  indicating  when  children's  programming  is 
available  in  each  television  market.     The  charts  were  a  particularly  useful 
method  of  analysis  because  they  indicated  the  real   choices  available  to 
children  as  well   as  the  true  marketplace  supply  of  programs  during  the  composite 
week. 

The  charts  revealed  that  in  many  markets,   children's  programs  are  aired 
throughout  the  day  with  heavier  concentrations  before  and  after  weekday  school 
periods  and  on  the  weekends.     They  also  demonstrated  that  stations  in  many 
markets,  particularly  those  in  the  top  50  which  serve  a  large  majority  of 
American  children,   provide  children's  programs   throughout  the  broadcast  day. 

We  did  not  have  the  opportunity  because  of  the  time  constraints  to 
redo  this  particular  type  of  research,  but  what  we  did  do  --   (early  last  year)  -- 
as  a  spot  check,  was   to  revisit  by  phone  with  a  random  sample  of  20  of  the 
above-mentioned  stations  and  ask  them  to  compare  their  current  schedule  with 
that  of  the  earlier  data.     What  we  found  was   that  overall    the  20  stations  showed 
a  gain  of  18>2  hours  of  children's  programming. 

Earlier  this  year,  we  sent  a  letter  to  our  member  stations,   alerting 
them  to  the  Joint  Resolution  signed  by  the  President  regarding  National   Children 
and  Television  Week.     Many  have  responded  to  us  to  share  some  of  their  current 
projects  for  this  week  and  I  will  just  mention  a  few. 


122 


1.  WJLA  -  Washington,  DC 

Aired  a  one-hour  prime  time  special  this  past  Monday  (March  14) 
"Kids  Talk  Back".  Today,  they  will  air  an  ABC  Afterschool  Special,  "Have  You 
Ever  Been  Ashamed  of  Your  Parents?"  and  tomorrow  (March  17),  Peggy  Charren  will 
be  the  guest  on  their  "A.M.  Washington"  program. 

2.  KOMO  -  Seattle,  Washington 

Starting  this  week,  launched  an  on-going  series  of  special  reports 
in  morning  and  evening  news  called  "Superkids".  The  reports  profile  kids  who 
are  making  a  positive  impact  on  their  community. 

A  special  "Kidsworld  Northwest",  reported  and  anchored  by  children, 
will  air  March  16  in  the  afternoon  with  a  Sunday  repeat. 

Also,  daily  topics  for  discussion  during  the  week  on  their  live 
morning  talk  show  and  a  new  series  of  PSA's  which  will  give  ideas  on  how  young 
people  can  earn  extra  dollars  during  the  summer  months. 

3.  WPCQ  -  Charlotte,  North  Carolina 

Producing  new  "Minute  Mores"  -  one  minute  vignettes  that  cover  such  , 

areas  as:  safety  tips  for  students  coming  home  from  school  to  an  empty  house;  ] 

Juvenile  Court  and  how  it  works;  and  the  new  Restitution  Program  where  a 
juvenile  offender  does  lawn  work  and  house  maintenance  with  the  money  going  to 
repay  property  damage. 


123 


4.  WSPA  -  Spartanburg,   South  Carolina 

Planning  special   segments  of  "Carolina  Noon"  with  parents  and 
children,  special   emphasis  on  their  regular  award-winning  "Kidsizzle"   programs 
and  a  new  Saturday  morning  program,   "Horizons". 

5.  KATV  -  Little  Rock,  Arkansas 

Will   feature   the  General   Manager  and  four  school   editors  discussing 
children's  programming  (what  those  kids  would  like  to  see  on  TV,  etc.)   on  their 
"Good  Morning,  Arkansas"  program.     Producing  special   promos  using  their  news 
personalities,   inviting  parents  to  watch  with  their  children  and  become  dis- 
criminating viewers. 

6.  WTVG  -  Toledo,  Ohio 

Featuring  special   segments  on  how  to  watch  TV  and  on  other  activities 
families  can  do  together  on  the  weekly  program  "Uncle  Ben"   (now  in  its  20th  year). 

7.  WLYH-TV  -  Lancaster/Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

Planning  five  special   one-half  hours   for  the  week  airing  9:30  - 
10:00  a.m.    (They  will   produce  two,  and  their  three  sister  stations,   all   a  part 
of  Gateway  Corrmunications,  will   each  provide  a  half  hour  --  a  prime  example, 
incidentally,   of  group  programming  dynamics.) 

Furthermore,   children's  television  programming  is  much  more  than  the 
nunter  of  children's  program  hours.     The  real   picture  of  children's  TV  is  far 


124 


richer,   substantially  more  creative  and  much  more  diverse  than  any  quantitative 
study  can  paint.     Admittedly,    this  more  accurate  picture  necessarily  invites 
reference  to  qualitative  measures.     Yet,  we  cannot  ignore  the  fact  that  the 
quality  of  children's  programming  has   improved  dramatically  in  recent  years. 

Many  stations  devote  substantial   resources   to  the  production  of  enter- 
taining programs  which  also  teach  children  usable  skills.     And  other  stations 
feature  children  on  special   children's  editorial   shows.     Numerous   local   stations 
have  established  cortmunity  and  professional   advisory  panels  consisting  of  child 
development  specialists,  educators  and  other  social   scientists   to  work  with  the 
stations  on  translating  children's  issues  and  concerns   into  entertaining  programs 
for  children.     In  some  cases,   children  themselves  produce  the  programs. 

In  short,   stations   provide  a  wide  array  of  services  specifically 
designed  for  children.     Broadcaster  response  to  the  needs  of  children  has  been, 
quite  simply,   far  more  thoughtful   and  imaginative  than  some  have  given  them 
credit  for. 

"Why  aren't  there  more  programs  for  children?"     This  classic  question 
dramatizes  the  unfortunate  lack  of  critic's  awareness  of  the  true  content  of 
broadcast  schedules  and  of  children's  viewing  patterns.     There  are,  of  course, 
many  programs  appropriate  for  children  but  not  all   of  them  are  intended  for 
children  exclusively  or  even  principally. 

The  question  of  what  constitutes   "good"   inevitably  must  bog  down  in  a 
host  of  individual   criteria  and  judgments.     Very  little  of  television's  output 


125 


may  please  one  family  while  another  will   have  difficulty  in  choosing  among  so 
many  available  programs  --  and  both  will   be  right. 

Historian  Henry  Adams'   wry  observation  is  appropriate.     "Each  of  us 
carries  with  him  his  own  inch-rule  of  taste  which  he  applies   triumphantly 
wherever  he  goes." 

I've  purposely  kept  clear  of  the  enormous  contributions  made  by  the 
netvi'orks  to  children's  programs  as   I  am  certain  they  either  will,  or  have  made, 
their  own  case. 

Through  all   of  this,    I  cannot  help  but  somehow  apply  Mr.   Justice  Potter 
Stewart's  well-known  criterion  for  defining  obscenity.     "Our  critics  may  not 
know  how  much  enough   is  but  they  certainly  do  not  hesitate  to  state  that  they 
know  what  not  enough  is  when  they  see  it." 

Viewed  in  total,   there  is  a  considerable  and  growing  body  of  program 
material   from  which  youngsters  and  concerned  parents  can  choose.     The  critic 
who  castigates  television  for  not  having  more  good  programs  may  actually  be 
asking  why  more  television  programs  don't  conform  to  his  particular  idea  of  what 
is  suitable  for  children  and  to  the  demands  of  his  or  her  schedule. 

To  this,  broadcasters  respond  that  for  the  viewer  who  takes   the  trouble 
to  keep  himself  informed  and  to  plan  viewing,   there  are  most  certainly  many 
worthwhile  programs  available  for  the  choosing.     Moreover,   the  evident  range  of 
public  tastes  cannot  be  served  by  conforming  to  any  one  standard. 


126 


And  what  of  the  question  of  age-specific  programs?     Former  FCC  Conmis- 
sioner  Abbott  Washburn  notes  that  distinguishing  a  program  as   instructional   and 
categorizing  it  as  an  age-specific  program  designed  for  children  does  not  insure 
that  such  a  program  is  better  than  an  entertainment  program  designed  for  family 
viewing. 

He  says,   and  I  quote,   "The  series.   The  Mai  tons  and  Little  House  on  the 
Prairie  are  basically  entertainment  programs   for  the  whole  family.     Nevertheless, 
they  teach  millions  of  children  each  week  fundamental   truths  about  human 
relations  and  the  essential   character  of  the  American  people.     My  own  experience 
with  TV  and  children,  based  on  watching  and  discussing  thousands  of  hours  with 
our  daughter  and  her  friends  from  1967  to  the  present,   is   that  there  is  a  vast 
amount  of  programming  now  available  from  which  children  can  learn.     It  is  a 
question  of  selection  rather  than  scarcity." 

And  what  of  government  involvement?     It  seems  apparent  to  all    that  neither 
stations  nor  government  controls   the  viewing  habits  of  child  or  adult  television 
audiences.     Broadcasters  cannot  be  expected  to  assume  the  role  of  surrogate 
parents   (or,  as   "The  Washington  Post"  so  aptly  described  it,  a  "National   Nanny") 
and  ignore  the  interests  of  the  majority  of  viewers  who  are  not  children. 

There  are  some  things  government  neither  can  nor  should  attempt  in  a 
free  society.     However  well-intentioned  government  regulation  and  intervention 
may  be,   there  is  a  danger  that  it  may  create  more  problems   than  it  solves  by 
taking  over  individual   responsibilities    ...   and  limiting  freedom  ...    that  citizens 
normally  control   for  themselves. 


127 


I  mentioned  earlier  our  Children's  Television  Conmittee,  currently 
chaired  by  Crawford  Rice,   Executive  Vice  President,   Gaylord  Broadcasting  Co., 
Dallas,   Texas,   and  which  also  includes   representatives  of  all    three  networks 
as  well   as  stations  from  markets  large  and  small   across   the  country.      In  addition. 
Dr.   Karen  Hartenberger,  who  was  the  first  director  of  the  FCC's  Children's  Task 
Force  is  acting  as  a  special  advisor  to  that  committee. 

Meeting  just  two  days  ago  here  in  Washington,   the  committee  discussed 
the  various  aspects  of  children's  television  and  is  going  to  gather  additional 
information  from  licensees  concerning  individual   program  offerings  for  children 
in   the  various  markets. 

As  mentioned  earlier,   in  addition  to  programming,   licensees  provide  a 
variety  of  services  for  the  child  viewer  in  their  individual  markets   through 
community  action  groups.     We  plan  to  obtain  this   information  as  well   and  share 
both  the  program  offerings  and  the  outreach  projects  with  our  members   through 
the  establishment  of  a  clearinghouse. 

Many  people  are  unaware  of  the  variety  of  programs  available  throughout 
the  country  that  meet  the  needs  and     interests  of  children.     We  plan,   therefore, 
to  develop  a  nationwide  outreach  program,  working  with  licensees,   producers, 
educators,   child  psychologists  and  other  experts   to  facilitate  the  on-going 
learning  process   in  which  we  all   share. 

Certainly,  Mr.   Chairman,  where  children  and  television  are  concerned, 
the  involvement  of  parents  and  other  significant  adults  is  absolutely  essential. 


128  ' 


The  problem  must  be  shared  by  all  broadcasters,  regulatory  authorities,  schools 
and  parents  who  together  guide  and  help  children  to  use  television  responsibly. 

Walt  Kelly,  regrettably  gone  from  the  comic  scene,  took  a  Mery   practical 
"How- To"  perspective  of  the  subject  of  children  and  television  in  his  Pogo  Primer 
for  Parents,  TV  Division.  He  said: 

"There  are  a  few  things  to  practice  not  doing. 

"Do  not  be  afraid  of  your  TV  set.  These  things  are  probably  here  to  stay. 

"Do  not  wind  your  child  up  and  set  him  to  watch  TV  unguided. 

"Do  not  wind  the  TV  set  up  and  set  it  to  watch  your  child. 

"A  machine  is  a  bad  sole  companion.  It  needs  help. 

"You  can  help  it.  Love  your  child." 

This  seems  like  a  positive  note  on  which  to  pause  in  talking  about  this 
subject  that  really  has  no  end. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


### 


129 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you  very  much  to  all  of  the  panel  members. 

I  will  recognize  Mr.  Rinaldo. 

Mr.  Rinaldo.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  would  also  like  to  thank  all  of  the  members  of  the  panel  for 
their  very  enlightening  and  interesting  testimony. 

I  would  like  to  ask  LeVar  Burton.  There  has  been  a  lot  of  talk 
about  things  that  the  networks  can  do  in  this  area.  How  do  we  get 
other  members  of  the  creative  and  artistic  community  to  devote 
themselves,  like  you  have  so  superbly  done,  to  putting  more  energy 
into  quality  programing  for  children. 

Mr.  Burton.  Most  of  my  friends  are  involved  in  Reading  Rain- 
bow in  one  way  or  another.  It  seems  as  though  when  you  approach 
professionals  in  the  entertainment  community  with  something  of 
quality,  as  you  are  more  likely  to  be  able  to  achieve  in  public  tele- 
vision, they  are  either  willing  to  donate  their  services  or  take  a  tre- 
mendous cut  in  salary  just  in  order  to  be  a  part  of  something  that 
we  all  consider  important  work. 

The  only  way  to  entice  that  same  kind  of  commitment  to  take 
place  in  the  commercial  marketplace  is  to,  I  believe,  encourage  net- 
work programers  to  produce  more  quality  programing  for  children 
in  the  hopes  of  drawing  in  again  that  kind  of  name  talent. 

Mr.  Rinaldo.  Thank  you  very  much. 

I  also  want  to  take  this  opportunity  to  commend  Mr.  Schneider. 
His  testimony  was  very  interested  and  I  am  referring  particularly 
to  Nickelodeon  and  the  work  that  you  have  done  in  cable.  I  am  in- 
terested in  the  possibility  of  increased  choices  in  children's  pro- 
graming through  the  growth  of  cable  television. 

Cable,  as  you  know,  serves  a  large  part  of  my  own  State  of  New 
Jersey.  I  am  curious  as  to  whether  or  not  you  have  any  statistics 
that  would  indicate  how  large  a  child  audience  is  presently  served 
by  cable  and  how  much  this  has  increased  over  the  past  years? 

Mr.  Schneider.  In  your  State,  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  to  be  spe- 
cific, as  of  the  turn  of  the  year  there  were  498,000  cable  homes  re- 
ceiving Nickelodeon.  Within  that  half-million  homes,  obvious  at  dif- 
ferent day  parts  and  different  age  groups,  and  so  on,  the  audiences 
vary. 

By  and  large,  the  preschool  children  for  whom  we  broadcast  from 
the  period  of  8  in  the  morning  until  3  in  the  afternoon,  they  seem 
to  be  the  largest  consumers  of  our  services. 

At  this  point,  the  cable  industry  and  the  research  establishment 
have  not  found  an  effective,  efficient,  and  accurate  way  to  measure 
the  audience  because  it  is  so  diversified,  and  the  cable  industry  has 
not  stabilized  itself  into  a  sufficiently  common  format. 

For  example,  there  are  many  12-channel  systems,  22-channel  sys- 
tems, 32-channel  systems,  and  54-channel,  and  indeed  108-channel 
systems.  The  research  methodology  is  now  being  worked  out  be- 
cause there  is  a  critical  demand  for  measurement  in  order  to  get 
economic  support  for  cable  programing. 

At  best  I  can  say  that  the  audience  levels  that  we  talk  about  in 
cable  are  primarily  estimates.  We  think  we  are  sufficiently  sophis- 
ticated to  have  pretty  good  estimates.  I  would  say  that  on  average 
about  2  percent  of  the  homes  in  which  Nickelodeon  is  in,  during 
certain  day  parts,  look  at  Nickelodeon. 


130 

Let  me  put  this  in  perspective  and  I  will  do  so  briefly.  A  pre- 
school child  has  an  attention  span  that  is  quite  small.  If  we  are  of- 
fering 6  hours  of  preschool  programing,  obviously  a  preschool  child 
does  not  sit,  nor  would  we  want  him  to,  nor  do  we  encourage  him 
to,  nor  do  we  program  in  order  to  get  him  to  sit  for  long  periods  of 
time  in  front  of  the  television  set. 

Aside  from  whether  we  think  that  is  a  responsible  course  of 
action,  his  attention  span  is  simply  not  sufficient.  He  is  in  and  out 
of  the  6  hour.  The  preschool  child  will  be  drifting  in  and  out  of  the 
preschool  program  over  the  6-hour  period. 

I  have  taken  such  pain  to  explain  that  because  in  terms  of  com- 
mercial broadcasting,  a  one  or  two  rating  seems  almost  ludicrous 
that  it  wouldn't  be  worth  the  trouble  to  only  have  1  percent  of  your 
homes  or  2  percent  of  your  homes  bothering  to  consumer  your  serv- 
ice. Over  a  6-hour  period,  with  the  attention  span  being  something 
like  12  or  18  minutes,  that  is  not  bad. 

I  hope  that  answers  your  question. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  Partially.  Let  me  just  ask  an  additional  question. 

Has  the  amount  of  programing  on  cable  devoted  to  children  in- 
creased substantially  from,  say,  1979,  or  has  it  remained  the  same? 

Mr.  Schneider.  The  Nickelodeon  service  that  I  am  here  and  can 
speak  about  was  in  its  very  formative  stages  in  1979.  The  company 
that  I  am  here  representing  did  not  exist  in  1979.  It  came  into 
being  in  1980.  This  is  91  hours  of  children's  programing  on  cable 
television  that  didn't  exist  in  this  form  in  1979. 

Since  that  period,  again,  the  frame  of  reference  being  1979,  the 
U.S.A.  Network,  another  cable  service,  I  believe  has  expanded  and 
has  added  2  hours  a  day  of  children's  programing.  The  Disney 
Channel  will  launch  April  11,  and  it  will  contain  10  hours  a  week 
of  children's  programing.  So  I  would  say  that  in  the  broader  sense, 
there  is  more  children's  programing  over  cable  than  there  was  3 
years  ago. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  That  takes  me  to  my  final  question.  Would  you  say 
that  generally  speaking  the  increase  in  children's  programing  in 
certain  areas  of  the  country  where  cable  is  readily  available  has 
offset  the  decrease  that  was  alluded  to  in  earlier  testimony  in  net- 
work programing. 

Mr.  Schneider.  Mr.  Rinaldo,  the  arena  for  the  attention  of  young 
minds  is  the  face  of  the  television  tube.  So  that  if  you  will  agree 
with  that  definition,  then  we  equate  programing  offered  to  the  face 
of  that  television  via  cable  versus  over-the-air,  there  might  well  be, 
I  am  not  taking  an  adversarial  position  here,  some  who  would  say 
that  over-the-air  is  available  to  everyone  and  cable  may  not  be 
available  to  everyone.  It  may  be  readily  available,  but  I  think  to 
put  them  in  exact  equilibrium,  you  would  get  arguments  with. 

I  am  not  here  to  make  those  value  judgments,  I  just  want  to 
point  them  out.  There  would  be  perhaps  opinions  on  either  side  of 
that  definition. 

Mr.  RiNALDO.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Rinaldo. 

Mr.  Leland. 

Mr.  Leland.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  am  concerned  about  the  whole  question  of  imagery  on  the 
media  as  it  appeals  to  the  different  audiences,  whether  we  are  talk- 


131 

ing  about  children  or  minority.  I  am  concerned  about  cable  today 
because  I  know  that  particularly  my  district  in  Houston,  we  have 
relatively  free  cable  access.  I  am  sure  that  you  are  familiar  with 
that. 

Mr.  Schneider.  Yes.  Our  company,  I  believe,  has  better  than  half 
of  Houston  as  its  franchising  responsibility. 

Mr.  Leland.  Most  homes  in  the  minority  communities  don't  have 
cable  for  one  reason  or  another.  Cable,  of  course,  is  a  new  arrival 
to  Houston  in  particular.  So  then  the  question  that  Mr.  Rinaldo 
asked  is  of  particular  concern  to  me  because  I  know  that  while  the 
networks  have  an  abysmal  record  from  what  I  have  heard  and 
what  I  have  seen,  or  what  I  have  been  advised  on,  cable  does  not 
provide  the  kind  of  programing  to  them  because  cable  is  just  not 
there. 

Can  you  comment  on  when  it  is  that  you  are  going  to  arrive  in 
our  community?  That  probably  holds  true  for  the  rest  of  the  coun- 
try. 

Mr.  Schneider.  Cable  is  currently  somewhere  in  round  numbers, 
35  percent  of  U.S.  homes.  That  means  that  at  the  end  of  1983,  it  is 
the  industry  estimate  that  there  will  be  30  million  cable  homes.  I 
believe  that  the  number  of  television  homes  in  America  is  approxi- 
mately 83  to  84  million.  So  that  in  30  million  out  of  84  million 
homes,  a  cable  connection  will  exist  at  the  end  of  1983.  By  the  end 
of  1985,  it  is  the  industry  estimates  that  between  40  and  41  million 
homes  will  have  a  cable  running  into  that  house.  At  that  point, 
just  to  round  this  off  and  make  it  easy,  that  will  be  approximately 
50  percent. 

There  will  be  a  percentage  of  homes  where  cable  will  not  get 
maybe  ever,  the  equivalent  of  the  rural  electrification  problem  that 
this  Nation  faced  in  the  1920's  and  1930's,  which  caused  the  Gov- 
ernment to  have  the  Rural  Electrification  Act  passed,  it  is  simply 
ineffficient  and  outrageously  costly  to  string  wires  down  the  high- 
way to  reach  very  sparsely  populated  areas. 

Direct  broadcast  satellites  are  probably  going  to  be  the  better 
way  to  serve  some  20  to  25  percent  of  U.S.  homes  where  it  is  just 
not  economically  sound  to  run  a  cable  into  that  home.  It  is,  I  be- 
lieve, our  government  policy  now  to  embrace  the  laissez  faire  atti- 
tude in  direct  broadcast  satellite  restrictions,  so  that  that  area  may 
be  opening  up.  They  have  already  granted,  as  you  know,  COMSAT 
the  authority  and  given  them  what  little  space  to  place  those  satel- 
lites. 

Mr.  Leland.  Mr.  Rushnell,  you  end  up  being  the  whipping  boy 
because  you  are  the  only  real  network  representative  on  this  panel. 
Let  me  whip  on  you,  if  I  can. 

I  am  concerned  about  what  I  saw  on  television  just  now  in  some 
of  your  programing,  and  you  are  saying  that  you  are  breaking 
down  the  stereotypes  because  now  the  ethnic  minorities  are  the 
heroes,  and  of  course  women  are  out  in  the  forefront.  But  is  there  a 
real  commitment  to  live  presentations  or  the  production  of  young 
black  and  Hispanic  and  women  heroes  for  our  children  as  you 
make  your  creative  productions  available  to  the  network? 

Mr.  Rushnell.  Congressman  Leland,  we  do  have  a  concern  and 
share  your  concern  for  minorities  and  minority  stereotypes  on  ABC 
children's  programing.  It  was  such  a  brief  presentation  that  it  was 


132 

impossible  for  me  to  show  the  full  range  of  how  we  have  addressed 
those  issues.  I  would  be  happy  to  be  very  detailed  at  some  point. 

Let  me  say  this.  I  have  not  only  a  concern  now  about  addressing 
minority  issues.  I  have  concern  for  the  future.  May  I  digress  here, 
and  say  like,  many  of  the  subcommittee  and  this  panel,  I  am  also  a 
parent.  I  have  two  daughters  in  college  and  my  wife  is  in  the 
second  trimester  of  her  pregnancy.  So  I  am  very  concerned  about 
children's  television  into  the  1980's. 

I  would  like  to  illustrate  my  point  by  just  telling  you  about  one 
project  we  have  in  development  that  I  am  very  excited  about.  We 
were  concerned,  my  staff  and  I  coming  out  of  a  conference  this  past 
summer  with  various  leaders  in  the  educational  community,  social 
scientists,  about  crime  in  America  and  the  plight  of  today's  young- 
sters and  the  barrios,  and  a  sense  of  hopelessness. 

We  were  really  struck  by  a  description  of  the  youngster  who 
lives  in  the  ghetto.  The  description  was  block-locked.  I  had  never 
heard  that  before.  The  kid  who  grows  up  in  one  block,  and  he  is 
afraid  to  go  to  the  next  block  because  there  is  a  gang,  or  he  can't 
go  to  the  other  block  because  there  is  another  gang.  He  is  isolated 
and  the  only  thing  that  he  can  see  in  his  neighborhood  that  is  a 
sign  of  success  is  the  guy  who  is  peddling  dope,  or  doing  something 
else  that  is  illegal,  or  his  window  on  the  world  is  television. 

So  we  began  developing,  and  I  don't  know  where  this  is  going  to 
come  out,  but  we  are  earnestly  developing  ways  in  which  we  could 
communicate  to  11-  and  12-year  old  kids,  and  8-  and  9-year  old  kids, 
to  give  maybe  some  sense  of  hope  about  the  future,  of  where  they 
can  fit  in.  We  are  trying  to  bring  together  our  creative  energies  to 
create  programs,  maybe  Schoolhouse  Rock  length  programs,  or 
short-form  programs,  where  we  could  say  to  a  kid: 

Hey,  if  you  are  terrific  at  playing  video  games,  maybe  you  have  an  aptitude  for 
computer  science.  If  you  like  pets,  maybe  you  ought  to  be  a  veterinarian.  If  you  are 
one  of  those  people  who  love  to  climb  a  tree  and  see  how  far  you  can  see,  maybe  if 
you  study  math  and  science,  you  can  be  an  astronaut. 

It  seems  to  me,  if  we  direct  our  energies,  and  again  we  are  spe- 
cifically gearing  our  approach  to  those  youngsters  in  the  ghettos 
and  the  barrios  who  maybe  don't  have  any  sense  of  hope.  We  are 
concerned  about  those  same  issues. 

Mr.  Leland.  Why  don't  you  have  a  Captain  Rabbit  every  day  on 
your  morning  programing? 

Mr.  RusHNELL.  I  do  have  a  conflict  of  interest  there. 

Mr.  Leland.  Why  would  you  guys  force  Captain  Kangaroo  off  the 
air  is  what  I  want  to  know. 

Mr.  RusHNELL.  You  see,  I  have  been  vice  president  of  children's 
programs  for  the  last  7  years,  and  out  of  the  last  4  I  was  also  vice 
president  of  Good  Morning,  America.  In  my  resume,  I  would  like  to 
take  full  credit  for  that  success.  My  mother  gives  me  all  the  credit. 

Obviously,  as  a  television  network,  I  don't  mean  to  be  light  on 
that,  we  have  a  responsibility  to  serve  all  of  the  audience  and  var- 
ious factions  of  the  audience.  As  a  specific  children's  broadcaster,  it 
is  my  responsibility  to  expand  those  barriers  as  much  as  I  possibly 
can  and  to  lobby  for  more  and  more  children's  programing.  I  can 
tell  you  with  great  pride  that  in  my  7  years  that  expansion  has 
continued. 


133 

Mr.  Leland.  One  last  question,  Mr.  Chairman,  if  I  might.  I  would 
like  to  ask  Ms.  Charren  to  comment  on  what  she  saw  on  television 
and  the  remarks  that  we  have  heard. 

Ms.  Charren.  I  welcome  the  opportunity  to  comment  on  Squire 
Rushnell's  testimony,  just  for  a  couple  of  seconds,  because  I  think 
we  are  fortunate  to  have  on  this  panel  possibly  the  best  network 
representative  in  the  whole  industry.  He  is  sort  of  unique  in  his 
peer  group  because  I  think  he  really  cares. 

I  think  that  that  answer  to  your  question  coming  from  Squire 
could  only  have  come  from  Squire.  I  think  that  most  of  the  other 
people  who  get  involved  in  children's  television  either  don't  care  or 
they  don't  manage  to  get  the  commitment  from  the  network.  If 
they  care,  then  they  must  be  very  frustrated  in  their  jobs. 

Squire  has  continually  provided  a  model  for  the  industry,  I 
think,  with  those  afterschool  specials.  They  do  do  what  our  Fight- 
ing TV  Stereotypes  book  was  all  about.  In  fact,  we  had  a  hard 
time — that  book  is  very  nicely  illustrated  with  pictures  from  pro- 
graming that  does  do  its  job — not  filling  it  full  of  ABC  Afterschool 
Specials.  We  wanted  to  give  other  people  credit,  too. 

I  would  rather  leave  his  testimony  sit  and  just  pat  him  on  the 
back  for  continuing  to  provide  the  only  live  children  on  Saturday 
morning  who  are  not  in  the  commercials. 

Every  year,  come  September,  ACT  sits  down  with  the  network  of- 
ferings for  children,  and  since  diversity  is  ACT's  middle  name,  we 
look  for  programing  of  different  formats,  programing  of  different 
kinds,  programing  that  would  reflect  the  diversity  in  the  children's 
library. 

What  we  get  is  programing  that  generally  reflects  the  diversity 
in  comic  books,  and  there  is  some  diversity,  there  are  classic  comics 
and  there  are  some  different  kinds.  That  shelf  in  the  drug  store  is 
fine,  and  a  lot  of  kids  learn  to  read  from  comic  books.  But  we  are 
continually  looking  for  one  of  these  wealthy  institutions  in  broad- 
casting to  do  something,  and  the  last  time  I  looked  there  was  a 
greater  return  on  invested  capital  in  broadcasting  than  in  the  oil 
industry,  and  you  know  what  we  say  about  them. 

The  fact  is  that  it  is  still  all  animated,  except  for  the  Weekend 
Special  on  ABC,  except  for  that  program  now  on  CBS,  the  Film 
Festival,  which  is  on  so  late  in  the  schedule  that  it  is  canceled  by 
sports  in  too  many  markets  in  the  country,  and  CBS  knows  that 
but  puts  it  there  an3^way.  They  have  traditionally  done  that  with 
their  prize-winning  programs. 

We  look  for  children.  After  all,  it  is  children's  programing  and  it 
makes  sense  to  look  for  them  through  all  those  hours  of  program- 
ing. When  you  get  over  the  fact  that  8y2  hours  of  it  is  provided  by 
one  animation  house,  you  look  for  children.  There  are  lots  of  chil- 
dren, children  of  all  different  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  males  and 
females,  but  the  children  are  all  in  the  commercials. 

Nifty  looking  commercials,  carefully  researched  to  reach  children 
where  they  really  are.  They  tie  them  up  to  all  sorts  of  electronic 
devices  to  see  that  they  are  getting  the  message,  to  lobby  for 
sugary  goods  and  expensive  toys.  We  don't  see  any  real  children  in 
the  programing.  Maybe  some  day,  if  we  have  enough  hearings  like 
this,  we  will  find  more  programing  on  Saturday  morning — I  say 
Saturday  morning;  I  wish  we  could  be  talking  about  the  week. 


134 

That  is  the  most  outrageous  part  of  the  idea  about  serving  chil- 
dren on  television,  I  think.  They  know  that  their  affiliates  depend 
on  them  for  programing.  Networks  don't  have  a  responsibility,  but 
they  know  their  stations  do.  When  there  were  other  Government 
hearings  like  this,  in  the  late  1970's,  when  the  FCC  and  the  Feder- 
al Trade  Commission  were  focusing  on  issues  relating  to  children 
and  television,  we  found  the  O  and  O's  (network-owned-and-operat- 
ed  stations)  were  leaders  in  providing  local  programing.  I  think  the 
networks  felt  up  against  it,  and  they  managed  to  get  their  owned- 
and-operated  stations  providing  the  kind  of  diversity  that  everyone 
was  looking  for  on  Saturday  morning. 

The  last  time  I  checked,  no  one,  not  one  of  the  15  O  and  O's  had 
a  single  regularly  scheduled  program  Monday  through  Friday.  I 
think  that  that  is  an  indication  of  what  has  happened  to  local  pro- 
graming in  this  country. 

I  don  t  know  if  you  expected  that  much,  but  you  asked. 

Mr.  Leland.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Ms.  Charren.  One  other  thing.  I  would  like  to,  if  I  am  compli- 
menting one  side,  I  should  compliment  the  other.  Certainly  Nickel- 
odeon is  the  kind  of  nifty  service  that  people  had  hoped  for  from 
cable,  and  I  wouldn't  want  John  to  feel  left  out. 

Mr.  Leland.  I  just  wish  that  the  children  of  my  community  could 
watch  Nickelodeon. 

Ms.  Charren.  That  is  the  problem  with  depending  on  cable.  That 
is  why  we  think  that  Mark  Fowler's  idea  of  depending  on  the  new 
technologies  to  take  over  now  for  that  public  interest  standard,  is 
the  wrong  time  for  that  kind  of  deregulation.  If  cable  were  in  more 
homes  and  more  children  had  access  to  Nickelodeon  kind  of  pro- 
graming, I  think  we  could  begin  to  think  about  deregulating. 

Mr.  Swift.  Let's  pick  up  right  there  and  proceed  a  bit  further. 

We  have  a  very  interesting  array  on  this  particular  panel.  It  is 
very  well  balanced,  and  if  the  staff  is  to  be  responsible  for  that,  my 
compliments.  They  are  also  very  articulate  coming  from  their  re- 
spective positions. 

I  am  not  surprised  or  disappointed  that  you  reach  1  to  2  percent 
of  your  audience.  The  economics  of  the  cable  technology  makes 
that  a  commercially  viable  number  for  you,  because  you  make  your 
money  by  persuading  local  cable  systems  that  they  are  going  to 
make  money  and  win  subscribers,  and  keep  subscribers  by  having 
that  service  there  for  the  small  percentage  of  the  time  that  a  child 
wants  to  avail  himself  or  herself  of  that  program. 

Mr.  Schneider.  That  is  true. 

Mr.  Swift.  You  can  do  something  that  a  broadcaster  can  never 
do,  which  is  virtually  continuous  children's  programing  of  a  high 
quality  and  it  will  be  there  when  the  child  or  the  parent  or  the 
family  wants  it.  Is  that  correct? 

Mr.  Schneider.  Yes,  sometimes  we  are  referred  to  £is  an  electron- 
ic sandbox.  It  is  handy. 

Mr.  Swift.  What  occurs  to  me  is  that  that  is  an  enormously  en- 
riching thing  you  bring  to  the  Nation  in  terms  of  children's  pro- 
graming. It  is  one  thing  that  could  not  have  been  provided  in  the 
past,  prior  to  your  technology  being  available,  no  matter  what  com- 
mitment the  broadcaster  made,  because  his  economics  are  differ- 
ent. 


135 

Mr.  Schneider.  That  is  correct. 

Mr.  Swift.  I  have  for  many  years  been  concerned  with  those  ad- 
vocates of  children's  programing  that  seem  to  have  the  idea  that 
the  broadcaster  was  capable  of  doing  it  all.  I  am  now  concerned 
that  others  will  believe  that  you  can  do  it  all  with  your  type  of 
service,  because  there  are  limitations  you  have  as  well.  You  have 
to  be  wired  to  the  home  and  you  have  to  be  available  on  a  local 
system  that  chooses  to  buy  you  in  syndication  in  order  to  get  it. 

So  you  have  advantages  and  you  have  disadvantages  as  a  tech- 
nology and  given  the  nature  of  the  economics  of  your  technology  in 
distributing  children's  programing. 

Mr.  Schneider.  That  is  correct. 

Mr.  Swift.  Broadcasting  has  a  different  set  of  advantages  and 
disadvantages.  My  point  is,  I  doubt  if  either  of  the  technologies,  or 
direct  broadcast  satellite,  or  anything  else  that  comes  along  is  ever 
going  to  be  the  single  way  in  which  we  are  going  to  be  able  to  meet 
the  needs  of  children's  programing.  Does  anybody  disagree  with 
that? 

Mr.  Schneider.  Mr.  Chairman,  for  many,  many  years,  over-the- 
air  television  was  the  only  game  in  town.  In  fact,  there  was  a 
period  when  VHF  television  was  the  only  game  in  town.  I  was 
struck  last  night  dialing  around  in  my  hotel  room  here  in  Washing- 
ton by  the  number  of  UHF  that  seemed  to  be  on  the  air  now.  So 
UHF  expanded  substantially  the  old  VHF  dominance.  But  now  we 
have  cable.  We  have  multi-channel  distribution  systems.  We  have 
subscription  television,  direct  broadcast  satellites,  an  explosion  in 
video  discs  and  video-tape  technologies  that  will  continue  to 
expand.  Then  there  is  the  video  game  which  also  uses  that  televi- 
sion set. 

I  made  a  point  before  that  I  would  like  this  committee  to  consid- 
er. The  arena  in  which  we  are  playing,  all  of  us,  is  the  face  of  that 
television  tube.  That  television  tube  is  used  increasingly  for  home 
computers,  as  a  display  device  of  which,  I  might  add,  children  avail 
themselves. 

I  was  pleasantly  surprised  the  other  day  to  find  that  the  Atari 
Co.  has  a  new  computer  coming  out  called  "My  First  Computer," 
and  it  is  designed  for  the  preschool  child.  So  we  have  a  brave  new 
world  out  there  for  young  people,  and  the  competition  for  their 
young  minds.  I  am  hopeful  that  all  of  us  will  continue  to  work  in 
the  most  responsible  manner  in  that  regard. 

Mr.  Swift.  And  that  should  be  seen  as  an  enormous  opportunity 
for  this  society. 

What  I  am  trying  to  get  at  is  that  it  seems  to  me  that  as  these 
new  technologies  come  on  line,  we  should  view  them  as  additive, 
being  able  to  do  different  things  to  augment  what  we  have  had 
before.  The  commercial  adviser  has  some  confines  in  which  he  can 
function,  but  the  public  broadcaster  has  some  different  audience 
needs.  He  is  freed  up  in  some  ways  but  he  has  terrible  problems 
financially.  So  he  is  constrained.  You  have  constraints.  All  the 
others  will  have  some  constraints. 

As  public  policy  people  we  need  to  devise  a  policy  that  is  going  to 
get  the  best  out  of  all  of  these,  and  create  the  best  possible  mix  for 
the  children  of  America. 


136 

Mr.  Schneider.  You  must  be  wise  and  you  must  be  sophisticated. 
I  think  that  it  is  a  very  difficult  problem  for  this  committee,  with 
all  of  its  other  responsibilities,  to  keep  up  with  the  exploding  tech- 
nology.  I  know  that  you  will  try.  | 

Mr.  Swift.  It  seems  to  me  you  start  by  not  assuming  that  just 
because  you  have  arrived  with  your  technology,  and  your  particu- 
lar economic  base,  that  you  are  automatically  going  to  replace 
something  that  we  have  previously  relied  on — because  that  is  not 

the  case. 

Ms.  Charren.  I  can't  tell  you  how  happy  I  am  to  hear  you  say 
that,  because  I  was  fortunate  enough  to  get  CBS  cable,  when  CBS 
cable  was  available  to  people  who  could  afford  cable.  I  could  see 
somebody  sitting  at  a  hearing  like  this  and  making  a  case  that  you 
don't  need  public  broadcasting  anymore,  at  least  for  the  arts  and 
culture,  because  here  was  CBS  cable  doing  all  kinds  of  programing 
like  that  extraordinarily  well. 

What  if  we  had  done  away  with  the  whole  funding  apparatus  for 
public  broadcasting  during  the  height  of  that  service,  and  had 
taken  it  out  of  the  public  policy  arena  and  in  effect  done  away  with 
it,  and  then  CBS  cable  went  bankrupt.  What  if  we  depend  on  Nick- 
elodeon, which  is  really  a  nifty  service  now,  although  it  is  only  one 
spot  on  the  dial.  You  need  more  diversity  than  that,  I  guess. 

What  if  we  depended  on  Nickelodeon  and  a  few  other  programs 
like  that  for  program  services,  and  then  they  took  advertising.  Be- 
cause of  the  pressures  of  advertising  and  the  advertiser  saying, 
"Look  if  we  are  going  to  put  our  message  in,  we  want  a  bigger 
share  of  that  audience,"  the  television  on  Nickelodeon  would  start 
to  look  like  the  television  on  the  networks  on  Saturday  morning, 
with  that  lack  of  diversity.  That  is  what  caused  television  to  lack 
diversity,  the  advertising.  It  is  not  that  anybody  wants  to  program 
for  any  other  reason.  Then  we  end  up  with  no  diversity  of  service 
because  we  are  depending  on  everything  but  that  public  interest 
standard. 

I  think  we  have  to  remember  that  television  has  become  the 
most  important  medium.  We  have  to  have  the  public  interest  con- 
siderations that  make  it  work  for  us. 

Mr.  Swift.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  public  policy  issue  is  not 
"who  killed  Captain  Kangaroo."  It  is  rather  to  understand  the  var- 
ious economic,  technological,  and  social  forces  that  are  at  work  on 
all  of  the  means  of  providing  children's  television  and  to  try  to  de- 
velop a  policy  that  may  take  more  wisdom  than  we  have.  The  goal 
should  be  to  try  to  develop  a  policy  that  will  draw  the  maximum 
reasonable  effort  out  of  all  of  those  technologies  in  the  service  of 
children,  given  the  fact  that  they  have  other  aspects  of  the  Ameri- 
can audience  that  they  must  serve  as  well. 

I  think  that  you  have  all  contributed  immeasurably  in  helping  us 
to  try  to  find  a  little  wisdom  in  our  pursuit  of  that  policy. 

Thank  you  all  very,  very  much. 

[The  following  letter  was  received  for  the  record:] 


137 


ABC  Entertainment 

1330  Avenue  of  the  Americas    New  York.  New  York  10019    Telephone  212  887-6691 

Squire  D,  Rushneil.  Vice  President 
Long  Range  Planning 
and  Children's  Television 


^^^22\m 


Dear  Mr.  Chairman: 

I  would  like  to  submit  for  the  record  of  the  March  16 
House  Telecommunications  Subcommittee  hearing  on 
children  and  television  the  following  additional 
information  on  ABC  programming  of  special  interest  to 
children  during  Children's  Television  Week: 

Wednesday,  March  16.   ABC  Afterschool  Special, 
Have  You  Ever  Been  Ashamed  of  Your  Parents?   A 
teenage  girl  learns  an  Important  lesson  about 
pride  when  her  mother  takes  a  job  as  a  cook  for 
a  wealthy  family. 

Thursday,  March  17.   The  Magic  Planet,  a 
prime-time  fantasy  adventure  ice  ballet  starring 
Olympic  medalist  Toller  Cranston,  with  music  by 
the  National  Philharmonic  Orchestra  in  London. 

Saturday,  March  19. 

ABC  Weekend  Special,  All  the  Money  in  the  World; 
when  a  young  boy  rescues  a  leprechaun  from  a 
well  and  is  granted  three  wishes,  what  he  gets 
seems  to  be  all  the  trouble  in  the  world. 

Scooter  Computer  and  Mr.  Chips,  a  new  segment  in 
the  Computer  Rock  series,  designed  to  introduce 
children  to  computer  education. 


Additionally,  ABC  distributed  to  6,000  school  libraries, 
the  attached  poster  entitled  "ABC  Treats  Kids  TV  with 
TLC."   Therein  we  salute  National  Children  and 
Television  Week. 

Thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  supplement  my 
remarks . 

Sincer*,ly  ^VourfsT)       ,         f\ 

Squire  D.  Rushneil 

Honorable  Timothy  E.  Wirth 

Cha  irraan 

Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications, 

Consumer  Protection  &  Finance 
U.S.  House  of  Representatives 
Washington,  DC   20515 

April  21,  1983 


138 

Mr.  Swift.  Senator  Heinz,  who  is  cochairman  of  the  resolution 
that  created  this  week  had  hoped  to  be  here,  and  was  unfortunate- 
ly detained  in  business  in  the  other  body,  wanted  to  submit  a  state- 
ment for  the  record,  and  asked  if  the  Chair  would  read  the  follow- 
ing very  brief  statement  into  the  record. 

Senator  Heinz  says: 

I  congratulate  Chairman  Wirth  and  the  committee  for  holding  these  important 
hearings  today,  and  I  would  like  to  announce  my  intention  to  introduce  legislation 
soon  to  provide  greater  tax  incentives  to  corporate  underwriting  of  children's  TV 
programing.  I  am  particularly  interested  in  seeing  the  Federal  Government  add  mo- 
mentum to  the  efforts  of  the  Five-Station  Public  TV  Consortium  on  Children  and 
Families,  which  with  the  help  of  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting  will  pro- 
duce 26  1-hour  dramas  for  prime-time  showing  in  1984.  I  salute  all  of  those  involved 
and  pledge  my  support  for  this  initiative  and  others  discussed  in  today's  hearing. 

Without  objection,  his  entire  statement  will  be  made  a  part  of 
the  record. 
[Statement  of  Senator  Heinz  follows:] 


139 
Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  John  Heinz 

Last  year.  Chairman  Wirth  and  I  introduced  legislation  to 
designate  a  "National  Children  and  Television  Week."   I  hope  to 
add  to  the  promotional  events  being  conducted  around  the  country 
this  week  by  soon  introducing  legislation  to  increase  the  incentives 
for  private  sector  support  of  children's  T.V. 

As  a  nation,  we  are  recognizing  that  the  private  sector  must 
play  a  greater  role  in  support  of  important  "public"  services. 
Both  the  President  and  the  Congress  have  encouraged  increased 
charitable  giving,  corporate  social  responsibility,  and  public/ 
private  partnerships  through  administrative  action,  as  well  as 
tax  legislation.  ' 

The  sad  fact  is  that  adequate  support  for  high  quality  television 
(and  radio)  programming  for  our  children  is  gradually  diminishing. 
The  commercial  networks  have  demonstrated  time  and  again  that 
they  have  been  increasingly  forced  by  economic  realities  to  refrain 

from  developing  new  programs  for  children.  Some  such  as  television 

I 

critics  like  John  0' Conner  of  the  New  York  Times,  have  argued, 
"The  state  of  children's  programs  on  ABC,  CBS,  and  NBC  is  rapidly 
becoming  a  national  disgrace."  Although  I  am  aware  that  the 
networks  have  produced  some  quality  children's  T.V.,  it  is  true 
that  as  broadcasters  go  about  maximizing  profits,  younger  viewers 
are  not  of  major  concern.   Children  do  not  control  a  significant 
amount  of  disposable  dollars . 

Unfortunately,  television  is  big  business  with  big  fiscal 
responsibilities.   Fortunes  are  made  or  lost  on  the  turn  of  a 
rating  point.   Can  we  leave  the  fate  of  children's  programming 
to  the  operation  of  the  marketplace?   I  think  the  question 
answers  itself. 


140 


We  are  becoming  more  aware  that  the  marketplace  approach  will 
not  be  effective,  even  those  of  us  who  once  advocated  this  approach 
have  begun  to  revise  their  thinking.   Most  recently,  Mark  Fowler, 
Chairman  of  the  FCC,  speaking  about  children's  T.V.,  said  last 
month,  "Let's  end  government  by  a  wink  and  regulation  by  a  nod 
when  it  comes  to  certain  categories  of  programs .   Let  us  be 
advocates  of  public  broadcasting's  mission  in  this  area,  to  fill 
gaps  left  by  the  broadcast  and  non-broadcast  marketplace." 

So  it  seems  that  public  television  is  the  only  answer.   And 
certainly  the  government  should  maintain  or  increase  its  level 
of  support  for  this  essential  part  of  our  national  culture.   But 
as  we  all  know,  the  federal  budget  is  in  some  difficulty;  the 
federal  government  cannot  do  it  alone. 

Chairman  Fowler  also  said  in  his  speech,  "I  believe  it  is 
incumbent  on  those  who  care  about  children's  programming,  and  I 
include  myself  among  those,  to  advocate  a  sufficient  budget  for 
public  broadcasting  to  help  meet  the  needs  of , the  child  audience." 
It  is  ironic  that  at  the  same  time  the  Reagan  Administration  is 
proposing  to  cut  the  funding  for  the  corporation  for  Public  Broad- 
casting from  $140  million  in  FY83  to  just  $75  million  by  FY86 . 
That's  nearly  a  50%  cut. 

The  Congress's  designation  of  "National  Children  and  Television 
Week"  encourages  an  increased  investment  in  children's  programming 
by  all  segments  of  American  society.   Many  individuals  and  many 
groups  have  searched  for  ways  to  accomplish  this  .   I  have  been  working 
since  January  8,  1983  when  the  President  signed  the  legislation 
sponsored  by  Mr.  Wirth  and  myself  to  develop  a  partial  solution 
to  the  problem. 


141 


The  clearest  solution  is  to  find  a  way  to  give  the  public-spirited 
members  of  the  private  sector  a  proper  incentive  that  encourages 
them  to  do  more  of  what  they  have  often  demonstrated  they  want  to  do. 
For  these  reasons,  I  am  proposing  a  tax  credit  incentive  for  the 
corporation  of  the  United  States.   This  credit  would  be  available 
to  the  commercial  networks,  the  traditional  sponsors  of  children's 
programming,  and  all  the  corporations  in  the  land  which  are 
interested  in  the  welfare  of  our  nation's  most  valued  resource. 

The  inspiration  for  my  proposal  comes  from  the  recent  announcement 
that  five  public  television  stations  have  joined  forces  to  form  a 
consortium  to  produce  programmina f or  children  and  families.   Headed 
by  WQED  in  my  hometown  of  Pittsburgh,  the  consortium  members  include 
KCET/Los  Angeles,  KTCA/Minneapolis-St .  Paul,  SC  ETV/South  Carolina 
and  WETA/Washington,  D.C.   The  series  will  premiere  on  PBS  in  the 
fall  of  1984. 

The  mandate  for  the  series  from  the  Corporation  for  Public 
Broadcasting  (CPB)  is  simple  and  direct:   each  program  should  invigorate 
and  replenish  the  strong  American  storytelling  tradition.   Dramas  -- 
well-crafted  stories  told  well  --  will  give  the  series  its  distinctive 
character.   Narratives  with  broad  audience  appeal  will  be  developed 
into  dramas  and  imaginatively  produced  to  captivate  the  family 
audience  week  after  week. 

Only  public  television  has  not  forgotten  the  children,  which 
may  explain  why  it  is  watched  and  loved  by  so  many  young  people. 
The  regular  service  has  included  Mister  Rogers'  Neighborhood,  Sesame 
Street, Electric  Company,  Zoom,  Once  Upon  a  Classic  and  others. 

Now,  thanks  in  large  part  to  CPB,  public  television  is  much 
better  equipped  to  address  the  problem  of  inadequate  programming 


142 


for  children.   CPB  has  announced  a  $5  million  challenge  to 

establish  a  new  consortium  for  family  and  children's  programming. 

The  public  T.V.  stations  have  added  $1,000,000.   This  grant  will 

combine  resources  of  KCET,  KTCA,  South  Carolina,  and  WETA ,  led  by 

WQED,  with  its  award-winning  track  record  of  programs  for  children 

and  their  families,  in  designing  a  modeD\,  impactful  series  of 

26  hour-long  dramas.   Most  of  them  will  be  contemporary  in  concept 

and  setting.   Designed  to  be  aired  in  prime  time,  the  series  will 

reveal  the  rich  diversity  of  our  past,  our  present,  and  a  hopeful 

future.   The  consortium  will  also  seek  $2,000,000  in  additional 

underwriting  to  assure  a  budget  which  will  permit  the  highest 

> 
quality  programs  to  be  produced.   I  think  the  federal  government 

should  act  to  provide  at  least  a  matching  amount. 

My  plan  is  not  complicated:   We  propose  a  three  year  experiment 
which  will  explore  the  possibility  of  private  philanthropy  helping 
to  solve  the  critical  problem  with  the  aid  of  a  tax  credit. 

In  the  same  way  an  individual  can  claim  a   tax'  credit  for  child 
care,  corporations  would  be  allowed  a  children's  programming  tax 
credit. 

The  tax  credit  would  be  for  a  portion  of  every  contribution 
made  to  any  FCC-licensed  charitable  public  television  or  radio 
station  to  produce,  acquire,  advertise,  or  broadcast  high  quality, 
innovative  programming  for  the  children  of  America.   On  the  balance 
of  these  contributions  not  available  for  computing  the  tax  credit, 
corporations  would  be  allowed  the  normal  deduction  provided  for 
charitable  contributions  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service.   This 
tax  credit  for  charitable  contributions  will  be  a  powerful  incentive 
to  do  the  job  that  needs  to  be  done. 


143 


For  the  purposes  of  this  legislation,  children's  programming 
is  defined  as  programming  directed  toward  children  and  teenagers 
(under  age  17)  in  content  areas  such  as  health,  science,  literature, 
and  other  cultural  fields .   This  programming  would  take  the  form 
of  dramatic,  informational,  and  educational  presentations. 

The  basic  intent  of  this  plan  is  to  generate  major  gifts  from 

corporations  capable  of  making  them  by  providing  an   appropriate 

incentive.   At  a  time  when  American  corporations  are  seeking  to 

reduce  their  own  tax  burdens ,  is  there  a  more  effective  way  to  also 

benefit  American  society? 

The  advantage  of  this  plan  is  that  it  calls  on  and  rewards 

> 
the  public  spirited  efforts  of  this  nation's  private  sector  to 

help  accomplish  a  good  for  a  precious ,  improtected  portion  of  our 

entire  society. 

Mr.  Swift.  I  thank  you  all  for  waiting  so  long.  There  is  a  finite 
end  to  your  wait,  however,  because  we  have  just  about  30  minutes 
in  which  to  do  our  business.  I  would  like  to  begin  by  having  each  of 
you  identify  yourself  for  the  record,  and  then  we  will  come  back  to 
each  of  you  and  take  the  testimony. 

STATEMENTS  OF  KEITH  W.  MIELKE,  ASSOCIATE  VICE  PRESI- 
DENT FOR  RESEARCH,  CHILDREN'S  TELEVISION  WORKSHOP; 
JOHN  BLESSINGTON,  VICE  PRESIDENT,  PERSONNEL,  CBS/ 
BROADCAST  GROUP;  SHARON  ROBINSON,  DIRECTOR,  INSTRUC- 
TION AND  PROFESSIONAL  DEVELOPMENT,  NATIONAL  EDUCA- 
TION ASSOCIATION;  PHYLLIS  TUCKERVINSON,  VICE  PRESI- 
DENT, CHILDREN'S  PROGRAMING,  NBC  TELEVISION  NETWORK 

Mr.  MiELKE.  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  subcommittee. 

Children's  Television  Workshop  produces  Sesame  Street,  The 
Electric  Company,  and  3-2-1  Contact.  Of  those,  the  best  known 
product  is  Sesame  Street,  which  has  now  been  on  the  air  for  14 
years. 


144 

In  the  production  of  that,  a  unique  model,  an  approach  to  the 
ways  of  producing  television  has  been  developed  and  that  continues 
to  evolve  through  our  most  recent  children's  program,  which  is  a 
science  program  for  children  8  to  12  years  of  age  called  3-2-1  Con- 
tact. 

If  we  have  ever  had  anything  approaching  national  consensus  on 
an  educational  need,  it  is  in  the  area  of  science  education  for  a  citi- 
zenry that  can  cope  with  technological  issues,  the  employability  of 
our  graduates,  the  national  economy,  the  national  security,  to  pro- 
tect our  lead  in  the  high  technology  industries,  to  bring  women  and 
minorities  fully  into  the  science  and  technological  field. 

These  are  continuing  problems,  and  it  is  going  to  require  the  best 
of  our  formal  and  our  informal  efforts  to  try  and  address  them,  and 
television  has  an  important  terrific  role  it  can  play  for  those  sig- 
nificant national  needs.  3-2-1  Contact  is  a  program  that  meets 

Its  first  season  is  quite  successful.  3-2-1  Contact  is  designed  to  be 
used  both  in  the  home  and  the  school.  The  home  audience,  for  ex- 
ample, in  its  premiere  run,  attracted  over  23  million  home  viewers. 
In  the  schools,  500,000  teacher  guides  were  requested  and  sent  out. 
So  we  have  substantial  audience  in  the  home  and  substantial  audi- 
ence in  the  school. 

Through  the  use  of  repeats,  this  continuing  popularity  leads  to 
an  attractive  cost-effectiveness  as  well.  We  think  it  is  reasonable  to 
estimate  that  it  would  cost  no  more  than  one  penny  to  expose  one 
program  to  one  audience  member. 

This  program  has  also  been  endorsed  by  the  National  Education 
Association,  the  National  Science  Teachers  Association,  and  has 
won  numerous  awards. 

We  are  very  pleased  to  report  that  the  second  season  of  programs 
of  3-2-1  Contact  is  now  being  produced.  With  the  support  of  the 
Congress,  and  the  support  of  the  Public  Understanding  of  Science 
program  within  the  National  Science  Foundation,  the  Department 
of  Education,  and  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting,  we  are 
now  producing  40  new  programs. 

Beyond  that,  our  future  funding  is  uncertain,  but  we  are  hopeful 
and  optimistic  that  with  leadership  from  the  Federal  agencies,  we 
can  use  our  most  powerful  national  medium  in  a  long-term  com- 
mitment to  children,  education,  and  science. 

I  have  a  very  brief  excerpt,  some  snippets  of  the  second  season  of 
3-2-1  Contact,  which  will  premiere  next  October.  We  are  in  pro- 
duction and  this  was  pulled  out  of  the  studio  very  late  last  night,  so 
I  am  very  hopeful  that  this  is  OK.  This  is  our  first  look  at  season 
two  of  3-2-1  Contact. 

[A  film  clip  was  shown.] 

Mr.  MiELKE.  This  completes  my  testimony. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Mielke  follows:] 


145 

Prepared  Statement  of  Keith  W.  Mielke,  Associate  Vice  President  for 
Research,  Children's  Television  Workshop 


Mr.  Cnairman  and  memoers  of  tne  Subcommittee: 


I  am  Keith  Mielke,  Associate  Vice  President  for  Research  at  tne 
Children's  Television  Workshop.  We  produce  SESAME  STREET,  THE  ELECTRIC 
COMPANY,  and  3-2-1  CONTACT. 

In  the  spirit  of  National  Children  and  Television  Week,  I  am  here  to  testify 
about  constructive  and  positive  uses  of  televison,  and  how  this  medium  can 
serve  tne  best  interests  of  children  as  well  as  some  of  our  most  pressing 
national  neeos. 

CTW's  best  known  product  is  SESAME  STREET,  which  is  now  in  its  14tn 
broadcast  year  in  the  U.S.  The  intent  of  all  our  educational  series  is  to 
educate  using  entertainment  techniques,  such  as  animation,  snort 
documentaries,  humor  and  music.  Educational  advisors  recommend  curriculum 
content,  and  CTW  researchers  monitor  program  elements  and  test  reactions 
with  target  audiences. 

While  SESAME  STREET  once  depended  heavily  upon  federal  support,  the  good 
news  is  that  now  direct  federal  support  is  no  longer  required.  Two-thirds 
of  the  cost  of  producing  SESAME  STREET  is  now  paid  through  self-generated 
income,  and  the  other  third  is  paid  by  the  public  broadcasting  stations. 
Millions  upon  millions  of  pre-schoolers  have  now  benefitted  from  this 
investment. 

Our  most  recent  children's  program,  and  the  one  with  which  I  am  most 
closely  involved,  is  3-2-1  CONTACT.  This  is  a  science  and  technology 
series  for  children  eight-to-twelve  years  of  age. 


146 


If  ever  there  was  an  emerging  national  consensus  on  an  educational  need,  it 
is  for  science  education.  For  an  enligntened  citizenry  aole  to  cope 
intelligently  with  technological  issues,  for  reasons  of  employabi lity  and 
national  economy,  for  reasons  of  national  security  and  protecting  our  lead 
in  critical  nigh  technology  areas,  tne  conclusion  is  that  we  are 
dangerously  oehind  in  science  education  ana  tnat  it  is  a  high  national 
priority  to  address  the  proDlem.  The  proolem  is  so  severe  and  so 
entrenched  that  it  will  take  the  oest  efforts  of  our  formal  and  informal 
educational  resources  to  be  responsive.  Television  has  a  Dig  role  to  play 
in  that  mission. 

3-2-1  CONTACT  is  a  fine  example  of  educational  programming  at  the  national 
level,  programming  designed  to  complement  the  formal  curriculum  in  schools, 
but  also  to  be  freely  available  in  homes  where  science  instruction  in 
schools  may  be  inadequate  or  even  non-existent.  In  the  homes,  this  series 
attracted  over  23  million  viewers  in  tne  very   first  airing  of  its  65 
programs.  3-2-1  CONTACT  is  also  viewed  widely  in  elementary  schools 
througnout  the  country.  About  500,000  teacher's  guides  which  help  teachers 
incorporate  the  series  into  their  curriculum  have  been  requested  and  sent 
out.  With  large  audiences  for  science  education  in  the  homes  and  the 
schools,  ana  with  continuing  popularity  through  multiple  repeats,  we 
estimate  tnat  the  cost  of  one  person  viewing  one  program  reduces  to  about  a 
penny  or  less. 

CTW  nas  aemonstrated  that  children  in  very   large  numbers  can  be  reached  in 
nomes  and  schools  with  programs  that  are  appealing  and  educationally 
effective,  and  that  national  impact  can  be  achieved  at  very   attractive 
levels  of  cost  effectiveness. 

We  are  very  pleased  to  report  that,  with  the  strong  support  of  the 
Congress,  the  National  Science  Foundation,  through  its  Public  Understanding 
of  Science  Program,  the  Department  of  Education,  and  the  Corporation  for 
Public  Broadcasting  have  provided  funding  for  a  second  season  of 
3-2-1  CONTACT  programs,  to  consist  of  40  programs.  Funding  beyond  this 
point  is  uncertain;  nevertheless,  we  are  optimistic  tnat  we  can,  with 
strong  federal  leadership,  use  our  most  powerful  national  medium  in  the 
service  of  children  ana  science  education,  not  as  a  one-shot  band-aid,  but 
as  a  long-term  commitment. 

With  your  permission,  I  will  now  play  for  you  a  few  snippets  from  some  of 
the  scenes  in  the  new  3-2-1  CONTACT  series  which  will  premiere  next  October. 


147 

Mr.  Swift.  I  loved  that  opening  sequence.  I  could  sit  and  watch 
that  all  day  long. 
Mr.  Blessington. 

STATEMENT  OF  JOHN  BLESSINGTON 

Mr.  Blessington.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairrpan. 

I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  present  the  views  of  CBS  on  the 
important  subject  of  children  and  television. 

What  qualifies  me  to  appear  before  you  today  is  not  my  recent 
personnel  appointment,  but  rather  the  preceding  4  years  as  CBS' 
vice  president,  educational  and  community  services,  and  the  20  pre- 
ceding years  as  a  teacher  and  a  schoolhead. 

We  have  submitted  our  remarks,  and  I  have  cut  them  down.  In 
view  of  your  comment  and  the  interest  of  time,  I  will  cut  them  as  I 
go.  So  if  I  stumble  a  little  bit,  you  will  know  I  am  trying  to  edit  a 
little  bit  as  we  go  along  in  the  interest  of  time. 

CBS  is  especially  responsive  to  young  people  as  a  part  of  our 
commitment  to  the  total  audience.  I  think  that  is  our  overall  posi- 
tion. We  feel  secure  in  saying  that  in  innovative  areas,  we  have 
made  some  very  strong  commitments  having  produced  some  of  the 
first  formulas,  such  as  trying  to  give  children  an  understanding  of 
current  events  in  our  series  "In  The  News,"  which  was  Emmy  and 
Peabody  awarded.  In  the  fields  of  cultural  programing,  we  tried  to 
bring  an  array  of  things,  including  currently  the  "Children's  Film 
Festival." 

In  other  innovative  areas,  we  introduced  the  concept  of  value-ori- 
ented themes  through  the  award- winning  "Fat  Albert  and  the 
Cosby  Kids,"  which  has  been  a  Saturday  morning  staple  since  1972. 
These  are  just  a  few  of  that  type. 

We  don't  stop  with  what  is  on  the  screen,  we  go  past  that.  So 
that  we  have  in  our  broadcast  group  the  department  of  educational 
and  community  services,  which  I  headed  for  4  years.  In  that  we  de- 
velop programs  and  projects  with  educational  community  groups 
trying  to  find  ways  to  have  television  be  more  beneficial  to  chil- 
dren. 

For  example,  the  department  directs  the  CBS  television  reading 
program.  This  project  involves  the  distribution  of  scripts  around 
the  country.  Since  1977,  we  have  distributed  over  20  million  scripts. 
The  National  Education  Association  said  that  they  thought  this 
was  a  notable  exception  of  television  and  teachers  working  togeth- 
er to  help  children.  So  we  are  pleased  about  that. 

Another  example  of  our  efforts  to  use  television  to  encourage 
reading  is  our  "Read  More  About  It"  project,  which  we  do  at  the 
Library  of  Congress.  In  a  variety  of  specials,  an  actor  comes  at  the 
end  of  the  special,  and  steps  out  of  character  and  announces  a  list 
of  books  which  have  been  selected  by  the  Library  of  Congress 
which  might  be  of  interest  to  the  television  viewer.  Dr.  Daniel  J. 
Boorstin  of  the  Library  of  Congress  says  that  this  project  links  the 
pleasure,  power,  and  excitement  of  books  and  television. 

In  short,  we  believe  that  our  young  viewers  have  been  thought- 
fully served  by  our  efforts  on  screen  and  off.  We  recognize  the 
hearing  has  not  been  called  so  that  we  can  congratulate  ourselves 
or  because  everyone  is  terribly  pleased.  We  know  that  some  people 


148 

are  displeased  with  both  the  quality  and  the  quantity  of  children's 
programing.  In  the  past,  they  have  called  for  legislation  for  the  irn- 
position  of  quotas  mandating  the  amount  of  and  types  of  children's 
programs  which  some  individuals  would  fmd  appropriate. 

In  our  view,  the  establishment  of  quotas  for  children's  program- 
ing, or  for  any  other  program  category,  would  do  no  less  than 
accept  the  principle  that  the  Government  may  determine  how 
much  of  what  kind  of  programing  would  be  seen  and  when.  This 
concept  we  find  at  odds  with  basic  first  amendment  values  and  the 
role  of  broadcasting  in  a  free  society. 

Equally  important  is  the  fact  that  to  mandate  one  type  of  pro- 
graming is  to  exclude  others  regardless  of  the  interest  of  the  audi- 
ence or  the  judgment  of  the  broadcaster.  Therefore,  CBS  strongly 
opposes  the  adoption  of  such  type  of  rules. 

However,  I  do  not  want  to  dwell  on  this,  I  am  not  a  lawyer. 
The  fact  is  that  we  think  the  children  are  rather  well  served  by 
commercial  and  public  broadcast  and  increasingly  through  the 
emergence  of  new  technology  such  as  cable  and  video-cassettes. 
Therefore,  the  question  to  us  is  really  one  of  selection  rather  than 
scarcity. 

Also  part  of  the  problem,  however,  is  definitional.  The  FCC  now 
limits  its  definition  of  children's  programs  to  those  originally  pro- 
duced and  broadcast  for  12  years  old  and  under.  However,  we  all 
know  that  children  watch  a  far  wider  range  of  programs,  and  to 
cite  a  few,  "The  Blue  and  the  Gray,"  "Oliver  Twist,"  and  "A  Tale 
of  Two  Cities,"  these  types  of  programs  which  are  designed  with 
children  in  mind,  in  part  provide  information  and  stimulate  inter- 
est about  history,  literature,  culture,  and  social  issues. 

These  are  not  children's  programs  by  FCC  standards,  yet  even 
our  critics  call  these  "must  viewing"  for  young  people.  This  appar- 
ent anomaly  has  led  one  former  FCC  Commissioner  to  suggest  that 
programs  which  serve  the  young  audience  be  redefined  to  include 
those  "contributing  to  the  learning  experience  of  young  people  17 
years  old  and  below." 

When  viewed  in  that  perspective  a  far  greater  picture  of  the 
viewing  choices  available  to  a  young  audience  emerges.  Indeed,  the 
letter  of  invitation  to  this  hearing  refers  to  programing  for  younger 
Americans.  ^ 

There  are,  of  course,  many  programs  available  which  are  more 
specifically  directed  toward  the  younger  audience,  in  addition  to 
our  regularly-scheduled  children's  programs.  We  offer  the  after- 
noon specials,  the  specials  on  weekends,  on  Sundays.  We  know  that 
other  broadcasters  can  point  with  justifiable  pride  to  their  efforts 
as  well. 

We  think  that  it  does  not  negate  our  attempts  if  we  point  to  the 
role  of  public  television,  because  a  portion  of  the  public  spectrum 
has  been  reserved  to  the  public  stations  precisely  in  order  to  allow 
them  to  serve  needs  which  may  not  be  fully  met  by  the  commercial 
systems.  So  no  matter  how  we  evaluate  what  is  available  for  chil- 
dren, we  could  certainly  not  ignore  "Sesame  Street,"  "Mr.  Rogers 
Neighborhood,"  and  the  "Electric  Company." 

Another  emerging  source  is  cable,  as  has  been  indicated  before. 
In  addition  to  the  "Nickelodeon,"  the  Disney  channel,  and  then  the 


149 

HBO  "Fraggle  Rock"  and  "Brain  Games"  and  USA  Cable's  "Calli- 
ope." 

So,  in  summary,  we  don't  think  that  there  is  any  great  absence 
of  programing  at  all,  whether  it  be  educational  or  informational.  It 
is  inevitable,  however,  that  opportunities  for  viewing  being  what 
they  are  that  some  people  will  be  dissatisfied.  Each  of  us  would  like 
television  to  offer  more  of  the  kinds  of  programing  which  he  or  she 
thinks  is  important.  But  broadcaster  time  is  finite.  If  one  kind  of 
program  is  put  on,  then  another  has  to  be  excluded.  Clearly  the 
first  amendment  means  that  such  value  judgments  will  not  be  im- 
posed by  Government. 

It  is  important  to  emphasize,  as  I  close,  that  television  can  never 
take  the  place  of  the  school,  the  church,  the  home,  or  any  of  the 
other  social  institutions  that  rely  on  interpersonal  contact  to  help 
children  grow  emotionally  and  intellectually. 

On  the  other  hand,  I  would  observe  that  television  in  general, 
and  not  just  what  we  call  children's  television  is  a  wonderful  re- 
source which  parents  and  educators  can,  and  very  often  do,  use  in 
a  very  constructive  manner  to  enrich  the  lives  of  our  children. 

Thank  you. 

[Testimony  resumes  on  p.  168.] 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Blessington  follows:] 


150 


CBS  BROVDC AST  GR( HP 

CBS  Television  NetworiL CBS  Entertainmenl.CBS  Sports  CBS  News.CBS  Tetevisior  Slalions.CBS  Radio 
CBS  Inc  51  West  52  Slreel.  NewYbt*,  Newlfortc  10019  (212)  975-4321 


BEFORE  THE  SUBC0MI4ITTEE  ON  TELECOMMUNICATIONS, 
CONSUMER  PROTECTION,  AND  FINANCE 

of  the 

HOUSE  COMMITTEE  ON  ENERGY  AND  COMMERCE 


Statement  by  JOHN  BLESSINGTON 

Vice  President,  Personnel 

CBS/Broadcast  Group 

March  16,  1983 

I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  present  the  views  of  CBS  on 
the  important  subject  of  children  and  television.   At  the 
outset,  I  would  like  to  note  that  what  qualifies  me  to  appear 
before  you  today  is  not  my  recent  personnel  appointment,  but 
rather  the  preceding  four  years  spent  at  CBS  as  Vice  President, 
Educational  and  Community  Services  and  20  years  before  that  as 
an  educator. 

CBS  is  responsive  to  young  people  as  part  of  a  commitment 
to  our  total  audience,  and  our  record  is  one  of  achievement. 
For  example,  we  have  pioneered  several  innovative  program 
formats  for  young  viewers.   CBS  was  responsible  for  network 
television's  first  regularly-scheduled  effort  to  provide  young 
people  with  information  about  current  events  --  the  series  of 


151 


capsule  news  segments  entitled  IN  THE  NEWS,  which  has  been 
honored  with  Emmy  and  Peabody  awards.   And  in  the  field  of 
cultural  programming,  we  offer  such  series  as  the  CBS 
CHILDREN'S  FILM  FESTIVAL.   In  still  another  innovation,  we 
introduced  the  concept  of  value-oriented  themes  in  Saturday 
morning  children's  programming  through  the  award-winning  FAT 
ALBERT  AND  THE  COSBY  KIDS,  a  staple  since  1972.   These  are  but 
a  few  of  many  interesting  and  imaginative  programs  which  CBS 
offers  to  young  viewers. 

Our  commitment  to  young  people,  however,  does  not  end  with 
what  appears  on  the  screen.   CBS  has  a  separate  Department  of 
Educational  and  Community  Services,  which  I  headed  for  four 
years.   The  department  works  with  educational  institutions  and 
community  groups  across  the  country  in  developing  ways  in  which 
CBS  programs  and  projects  may  be  used  to  benefit  young  viewers. 

For  example,  the  department  directs  the  CBS  Television 
Reading  Program.   This  project  involves  the  distribution  of 
scripts  of  selected  CBS  Television  Network  programs  for 
classroom  use  to  enhance  student  interest  in  reading  and  other 
subjects.   Since  its  inception  in  1977,  CBS  has  distributed 
more  than  20  million  scripts  nationwide.   The  National 
Education  Association  has  called  the  Reading  Program  "a  notable 
example  of  television  and  teachers  working  together  to  help 
children. " 


152 


Another  example  of  our  efforts  to  use  television  to 
encourage  reading  is  our  "Read  More  About  It"  project.   Here,  a 
list  of  books,  prepared  by  the  Library  of  Congress  and  relating 
to  the  subject  matter  of  selected  CBS  specials,  is  recommended 
to  viewers  at  the  conclusion  of  these  broadcasts.   This  is  done 
by  a  member  of  the  program's  cast,  stepping  out  of  character 
and  addressing  the  audience  directly.   In  the  words  of  Dr. 
Daniel  J.  Boorstin,  Librarian  of  Congress,  this  project  "links 
the  pleasure,  power  and  excitement  of  books  and  television." 

In  short,  we  believe  that  young  viewers  have  been 
thoughtfully  served  by  our  efforts  both  on  screen  and  off.   We 
recognize,  however,  that  this  hearing  has  not  been  called 
because  there  is  universal  approval  of  the  performance  of 
broadcasters  in  this  area.   There  are  some  who  are  dissatisfied 
with  the  quality  and  the  quantity  of  children's  programs  on 
television  today.   And,  as  in  the  past,  that  dissatisfaction 
has  led  some  to  call  for  government  involvement  in  children's 
programming,  including  the  imposition  of  quotas  mandating  the 
amounts  and  types  of  children's  programs  which  these 
individuals  would  find  appropriate- 
In  our  view,  the  establishment  of  quotas  for  children's 
programming  --  or  for  any  other  program  category  --  would  do  no 
less  than  accept  the  principle  that  the  government  may 
determine  how  much  of  what  kinds  of  programming  will  be  seen  by 


153 


the  public  and  when.  That  is  a  concept  which  we  at  CBS  find 
fundamentally  at  odds  with  basic  First  Amendment  values,  and 
with  the  role  of  broadcasting  in  a  free  society.  Equally 
important  is  the  fact  that  to  mandate  one  type  of  programming 
is  to  exclude  all  others,  regardless  of  the  interests  of  the 
audience  or  the  judgment  of  the  broadcaster.  Therefore,  CBS 
strongly  opposes  the  adoption  of  any  such  rules. 

However,  I  do  not  want  to  dwell  on  this  subject,  both 
because  I  am  not  a  lawyer  and  because,  it  seems  to  us,  the 
recurring  calls  for  government  involvement  in  this  area  are 
based  on  a  false  premise.   Contrary  to  the  belief  of  some,  the 
fact  is  that  children  are  well  served  in  today's  television 
marketplace  by  commercial  and  public  broadcasters  and, 
increasingly,  through  emerging  technologies  such  as  cable 
television  and  video  cassette.   Therefore,  the  question  is  not 
one  of  scarcity,  for  the  programs  are  there;  rather,  it  is  one 
of  selection. 

Part  of  the  problem  in  discussing  children  and  television 
has  been  definitional.   The  FCC  has  narrowly  limited  its 
definition  of  "children's  programs"  to  those  which  are 
"originally  produced  and  broadcast  for  [children]  twelve  years 
old  and  under."   We  all  know,  however,  that  children  watch  a 
far  wider  range  of  programming.   To  cite  only  a  few  CBS 
examples,  such  highly-acclaimed  dramatic  specials  as  THE  BLUE 


154 


AND  THE  GRAY,  OLIVER  TWIST  and  A  TALE  OF  TWO  CITIES  provide 
information  and  stimulate  interest  about  history,  literature, 
culture  and  social  issues.   Although  these  presentations  for 
the  entire  family  are  not  considered  "children's  programs"  by 
FCC  standards,  they  are  frequently  singled  out  by  critics, 
parents  and  educators  as  "must"  viewing  for  young  people. 

This  apparent  anomaly  has  led  one  former  FCC  Commissioner 
to  suggest  that  programs  which  serve  the  young  audience  be 
redefined  to  include  those  "contributing  to  the  learning 
experience  of  young  people  17  years  old  and  below."  When 
viewed  in  this  broader  perspective,  a  more  complete  picture  of 
the  viewing  choices  available  to  the  young  audience  emerges. 
Indeed,  the  letter  of  invitation  to  this  hearing  refers  to 
"programming  for  younger  Americans." 

There  are,  of  course,  many  CBS  programs  available  which  are 
more  specifically  directed  toward  the  younger  audience.   And, 
in  addition  to  our  regularly-scheduled  children's  programs,  the 
CBS  Television  Network  offers  after-school  children's  specials 
on  weekday  afternoons,  while  continuing  the  presentation  of 
children's  specials  on  Sundays.   Our  efforts  in  this  area  are 
detailed  in  a  report  entitled  "Children  and  Television  --  A 
Closer  Look,"  which  we  are  submitting  for  the  record. 


155 


Other  commercial  broadcasters  have  their  own  achievements, 
to  which  they  can  point  with  justifiable  pride.   However,  it  is 
in  no  sense  an  abdication  of  the  responsibilities  of  commercial 
broadcasters  to  point  out  the  role  of  public  television  in  this 
area.   A  portion  of  the  broadcast  spectrum  has  been  reserved  to 
public  stations  precisely  in  order  to  allow  them  to  serve  needs 
which  may  not  be  fully  met  by  the  commercial  system.   No 
attempt  to  evaluate  the  viewing  opportunities  available  to 
children  should  ignore  such  programs  as  SESAME  STREET,  MISTER 
ROGERS'  NEIGHBORHOOD  and  THE  ELECTRIC  COMPANY. 

Another  emerging  source  of  children's  programming  is  cable 
television.   Warner  Amex's  "Nickelodeon"  provides  a  cable 
channel  devoted  to. children' s  programs,  and  a  new  children's 
service,  the  Disney  Channel,  will  begin  operation  this  year. 
In  addition,  other  cable  services  offer  regularly  scheduled 
children's  programming,  such  as  HBO ' s  FRAGGLE  ROCK  and  BRAIN 
GAMES  and  USA  Cable's  CALLIOPE. 

Moreover,  the  free  market  continues  to  search  for  still 
other  opportunities  to  meet  the  entertainment  and  information 
needs  of  the  young  through  television.   In  recent  years,  for 
example,  that  market  has  spawned  more  than  2000  video  cassette 
titles  for  young  audiences. 


156 


In  sum,  there  is  no  absence  of  programming  for  youag 
viewers  --  including  informational  programs  --  on  American 
television  today.   Indeed,  CBS  recently  conducted  a  new  survey 
of  weekday  children's  offerings  in  the  same  52  sample  markets 
analyzed  in  an  FCC  study  issued  in  advance  of  the  Commission's 
1980  children's  television  hearings.   Our  survey,  which  we  are 
submitting  today  for  the  record,  shows  that  most  children  are 
served  during  the  overwhelming  majority  of  non-school, 
non-prime  time  half-hours. 

It  is  inevitable,  of  course,  that  the  opportunities  for 
viewing  which  in  fact  exist  will  not  satisfy  everyone.   Each  of 
us  would  like  television  to  offer  more  of  the  kinds  of 
programming  which  he  or  she  personally  thinks  is  important. 
But  broadcast  time  is  finite;  if  more  of  one  kind  of  program  is 
presented,  something  else  will  have  to  be  sacrificed.   Clearly, 
if  the  First  Amendment  means  anything,  it  means  that  such  value 
judgments  cannot  be  imposed  by  the  government. 

It  is  important  to  emphasize  that  television  can  never  take 
the  place  of  the  school,  the  church,  the  home,  or  any  of  the 
other  social  institutions  that  rely  on  interpersonal  contact  to 
help  children  grow  emotionally  and  intellectually.   On  the 
other  hand,  I  would  observe  that  television  in  general  --  and 
not  just  what  some  call  "children's  television"  --  is  a 
resource  which  parents  and  educators  can  and  do  use  in  a 
constructive  manner  to  enrich  children's  lives. 


157 

The  Availability  of  Children's  Television 

A  52-Market  Analysis  of  Weekday  Programming 

November,  1982 


The  report  presents  the  results  of  a  study  conceived  and  executed 

by  CBS  to  determine  the  availability  of  children's  television  programming 

during  the  typical  Monday-Friday  period  in  November,  1982. 

The  data  were  derived  from  an  analysis  of  daytime  half-hours  C6:30am  to 
6:30pm)  throughout  the  week  when  all  children  two-to  11  years  of  age  are 
at  least  potentially  in  the  television  audience.  The  objective  was  to 
determine  the  proportion  of  these  half -hours  in  which  at  least  one  children's 
program  \ras  available  on  over-the-air  television  channels  in  each  of  52 
markets. 

In  addition,  from  those  half -hours  in  which  there  was  no  children's 
programming  from  broadcast  sources,  the  study  sought  to  establish 
whether  such  programming  was  being  provided  by  cable  systems  serving 
the  market. 

Since,  for  all  but  the  youngest  children,  the  weekday  hours  between  9:00am  and 
3:00pm  are  normally  spent  in  school,  the  Monday-Friday  portion  of  the  analysis 
was  necessarily  confined  to  the  12  half -hours  between  6:30  and  9:00  in  the 
morning  and  between  3:00  and  6:30  in  the  afternoon.  Thus,  the  Monday- 
Friday  data  reported  below  are  based  upon  a  total  of  60  daytime  half-hours. 

Sample  Markets 

The  52  sample  markets  are  the  same  ones  included  in  a  similar  analysis 
carried  out  in  1980  for  CBS's  filing  in  the  FCC  children's  television 
proceeding  (and,  prior  to  that,  in  an  FCC- sponsored  study  comparing  the 
amounts  of  children's  programming  available  in  the  years  1973  and  1977). 
As  in  the  earlier  research,  the  markets  have  been  grouped  according  to  size 
into  four  separate  strata,  each  comprised  of  13  markets.  With  only  two 
exceptions,  the  stratum  distribution  of  the  52  markets  is  identical  to  wliat 
it  was  in  the  earlier  CBS  and  FCC  research.  These  are  Fort  Smith,  which  has 
moved  to  Stratum  3  from  Stratum  4,  and  Utica,  formerly  Stratum  3,  dropping 
down  to  Stratum  4. 


API  Rank- Interval* 
Stratum  1  Markets  1  -  53 

Stratum  2  Markets  54  -  101 

Stratum  3  Markets  102  -  156 

Stratum  4  J'larkets  157  -  210 


^Obviously,  210  markets  cannot  be  divided  into  four  equal  strata;  beyond 
that,  however,  population  shifts  over  the  past  several  years  have  affected 
the  relative  size-rankings  of  the  original  52  sample  markets,  requiring 
that  the  end-points  of  the  four  ADI  rank- intervals  be  slightly  redefined. 


158 


Tabulation  of  Programs 

The  raw  data  on  which  the  findings  reported  below  are  based  are  the 
number  of  half-hoxirs  in  which  at  least  one  children's  program  was  avail- 
able in  each  market  during  the  typical  Monday- Friday  period.   This  was 
determined  from  two  sources: 

1.  The  Monday-Friday  section  of  the  November  I982  Nielsen  Station  Index 
for  each  market.   (Nielsen  was  chosen  over  Arbitron  for  this  purpose 
because  the  latter  does  not  include  the  titles  of  public  stations' 
programs).   We  included  in  our  count  only  those  programs  intended 
expressly  for  children;  those  having  demonstrably  strong  appeal  to 
the  child  audience  but  not  originally  produced  for  that  audience 
(e.g..  The  Brady  Bunch,  Buck  Rogers,  Chips  Patrol)  were  not  tabulated. 
Where  there  was  confusion  over  whether  a  given  title  was  in  fact  a 
children's  program,  this  was  resolved  by  contacting  the  programming 
department  of  the  station  involved. 

2.  Unlike  our  I98O  study,  which  was  limited  to  programming  available 
only  from  over-the-air  sources  in  each  market,  we  have  this  time 
integrated  the  children's  fare  offered  during  non-school  half-hours 
Monday-Friday  by  five  nationwide  basic-cable  services :  Nickelodeon 
(Warner  Amex) ,  USA  Cable  Network,  and  the  three  superstations  — 
WTBS,  WOR  and  WON.   This  of  course  provided  only  a  minimum  estimate 
of  cable-delivered  children's  programming,  since  it  does  not  include 
other  distant  broadcast  stations  which  may  be  imported  into  an 
individual  market . 

The  number  of  weekday  half-hours  in  which  children's  programming  is  avail- 
able in  a  given  market  was  computed  as  the  sum  of: 

•  The  number  of  half-hours  provided  by  over-the-air  soiirces,  plus... 

•  The  number  of  half-hours  in  which  only  cable-delivered  programming 
was  available,  downweighted  by  the  local-market  penetration  of  the 
cable  service  offering  it.* 

Results 

1.  Stratum  1  Markets :  Out  of  the  60  non-school  half-hours  (6:30-9:00am 
and  3:00-6 :30pm)  comprising  the  Monday-Friday  period  examined.  Stratum  1 
markets  averaged  U7.I  half-hours  {19%)   in  which  was  available  at  least  one 
program  intended  specifically  for  the  two-to-11  age  group  (or  some  segment 
thereof).   Of  these  kf .1   half-hoxirs,  U5.8  were  provided  by  over-the-air 
stations  and  an  additional  1.3  by  the  five  cable  sources. 


*For  example:  in  Green  Bay,  there  is  no  over-the-air  children's  programming  at 
8:30am,  but  2k%   of  the  homes  in  that  market  are  able  to  receive  USA  Cable  Net- 
work, which  offers  the  program  Calliope  at  that  time.   The  8: 30-9 :00am  time 
period  therefore  contributes  0.2U  half-hours  toward  Green  Bay's  daily  total. 


159 


As  shown  in  the  following  table,  there  has  been  a  very  slight  decline  since 
1979  in  the  niomber  of  weekday  half-hours  in  which  over-the-air  children's 
programming  is  available.   To  some  extent,  this  has  been  offset  by  the 
increasing  availability  of  cable-delivered  children's  fare  over  the  past 
three  years  —  an  increase  we  have  no  way  of  quantifying  precisely,  however, 
since  cable  was  not  included  in  our   earlier  study. 

Percent  of 
#  Non-School  Half -Hours       Total  Non-School  Half-Hours 
Average  Market Average  Market 

1982 1979  1982  1979 

Over  Over 

the   Cable  the 

Total  Air   Only  Air  _% _% 

Stratum  1   1+7-1   '+5-8   1.3  U7.S  78.5  79.2 

In  view  of  the  relative  concentration  of  children  in  the  nation's  larger 
television  markets,  the  data  for  Stratum  1  are  particularly  significant. 
For,  in  the  top  53  markets  from  which  these  13  were  selected,  there  reside 
21.5  million  children  —  some  two-thirds  (66. h%]   of  all  two-to-11  year -olds 
in  the  U.S.  population.   For  these  children,  television  (predominantly 
over-the-air  television)  is  providing  programming  during  an  average  of  over 
three-quarters  of  non-school  weekday  time.   And,  for  the  approximately  30^ 
of  Stratum  1  homes  now  subscribing  to  basic  cable,  children's  programming 
is  of  course  available  during  an  even  larger  proportion  of  the  day. 

2.  Stratxim  2  Markets :  The  13  markets  drawn  from  Stratum  2  averaged  U0.6 
half-hours  of  weekday  children's  programming,  or  68%   of  the  morning  and 
afternoon  half-hoiirs  when  children  aren't  in  school.   Again,  the  bulk  of 
this  total  (36.2  haJ-f-hours)  was  accounted  for  by  over-the-air  stations  — 
a  fig:ure  higher  than  1979 's  32.5  —  with  the  remaining  U.U  half -hours 
coming  from  cable  services. 


3.  Stratum  3  Markets :  The  average  Stratum  3  market  offered  31.1  half-hours 
Monday-Friday  in  which  at  least  one  children ' s  program  was  available  ( 52^  of 
total  non-school  time).   Relative  to  1979,  the  number  of  half  hours  provided 
to  the  average  market  by  over-the-air  stations  was  somewhat  less  (26.2  versus 
28.7).   With  the  inclusion  of  the  nearly  five  additional  half-hours  supplied 
by  cable,  however  —  an  amount  almost  certainly  well  above  that  of  three 
years  ago  —  the  availability  of  children's  programming  in  these  markets  is 
in  all  likelihood  more  than  what  it  was  in  1979. 


160 


k.    stratum  h   Markets :  In  Stratim  k,   as  in  Stratum  2,  the  number  of  half- 
hours  in  which  children's  programming  was  offered  by  broadcast  stations 
was  actually  higher  in  1982  than  three  years  before  (l8.1  versus  13.1). 
Together  with  the  nearly  eight  weekly  half-hours  delivered  via  cable  (a 
figure  arrived  at  through  weighting  in  accordance  with  the  five  services' 
respective  penetrations  in  each  market),  the  availability  of  children's 
programming  in  the  average  Stratum  k   market  stood  at  just  under  26  half -hours 
(or  k2%   of  weekday  non-school  time). 


Non-School  Half-Hours 
Average  Market 


Percent  of 
Total  Non-School  Half-Hours 
Average  Market 


Stratum  1 


1982 


Over 

the    Cable 
Total   Air    Only 


Ut.1    ,U5.8 


1.3 


12I£ 

Over 

the 

Air 


1982 


78.5 


1979 


79.2 


Stratum  2 


1+0.6 


36.2 


U.U 


32.5 


67.7 


5U.2 


Stratum  3    31.1    26.2    k.g  28.7 

Stratum  k         25-9    I8.I    7.8     13.1 


51.8 
1+3.2 


U7.8 
21.8 


—  Philip  A.  Harding 

Director,  Special  Projects 
CBS/Broadcast  Group 


Research 


161 


®CBS 
CHILDREN  AND  TELEVISION 
-A  CLOSER  LOOK 


^  hildren's  television.  Much  has  been  said  about  it; 
'much  has  been  ignored. 

For  too  long,  the  focus  has  been  simply  on  "children's 
television,"  yet  it  is  more  important  to  examine  the  subject  of 
children  and  television,  because  young  people  do  not  just 
watch  programs  designed  specifically  for  them.  There  is  no 
such  thing  as  a  "chOdren's  hour."  In  fact,  Saturday  morning 
represents  only  9  percent  of  the  2  to  1 1 -year-old  child's 
weekly  viewing. 

Programs  such  as  CHARLIE  BROWN,  DR.  Seuss,  GARFIELD  and 
other  special  fare  are  enjoyed  by  audiences  both  young  and 
old.  Acclaimed  dramatic  specials  such  as  THE  BLUE  AND  THE 
Gray,  Oliver  Twist,  and  All  Quiet  On  The  Western  Front,  to 
cite  only  a  few  CBS  titles,  provide  information  and  stimulate 
interest  about  history,  literature,  culture  and  social  issues. 
While  these  presentations  are  not  called  "children's  pro- 
grams" by  Federal  Communications  Commission  standards, 
they  are  h'equently  singled  out  by  critics,  parents  and 
educators  as  "must"  viewing  for  young  people.  The  FCC 
narrowly  defines  children's  programming  as  "programs 
primarily  designed  for  children  aged  2  through  12."  It  seems 
clear  that  a  more  flexible  approach  to  assessing  service  to  the 
young  audience  is  needed.  Indeed,  former  FCC  Commissioner 
Abbott  Washburn  suggested  a  broader  definition:  "Programs 
contributing  to  the  learning  experience  of  young  people  17 
years  old  and  below."  This  approach  would  encompass  many 
of  the  above-mentioned  programs — and  more. 

TELEVISIOrrS  ROLE 

Even  as  with  adults,  children  are  informed  and  entertained  by 
television.  However,  children  do  not  either  live  or  grow  up  in  a 
vacuum.  Television  may  play  a  role  in  the  developmental 
process,  but  the  home,  the  church,  the  school  and  peer 
groups  play  vastly  larger  roles.  While  television— by  design- 
should  not  be  an  instrument  of  teaching,  it  can  serve  as  the 
catalyst  to  stimulate  interest  in  a  wide  range  of  subjects  and 
ideas.  Television  is  not  and  should  not  be  either  an  extension 
of  the  classroom  or  a  third  parent  in  any  household. 


American  historjr  was  the 
backdrop  for  The  Blue  And 
The  Gray,  the  sweeping  saga 
of  the  Civil  War. 


I  niledfealiifeSvnilnsIf  ln< 

The  Charlie  Brown  specials 
provide  entertainment  for 
children  and  adults  alike. 


162 


I 


PARENTAL  GUTOANCE 

Parents  properly  devote  time  either  to  selecting  or  approving 
a  child's  clothing,  books,  food,  friends  and  schools,  and  they 
should  be  equally  involved  in  selecting  what  a  child  watches 
on  television.  Yet  the  question  of  parental  guidance  and 
responsibility  is  too  often  ignored  in  discussions  ab)OUt 
children  and  television. 

Do  children  spend  too  much  time  watching  television?  In 
many  cases,  yes — but  not  because  there  is  cinything  inherently 
wrong  with  television  viewing.  The  answer  would  still  be  "yes" 
even  if  children  devoted  all  of  their  viewing  time  to  watching 
Beethoven  concerts  and  Shakespearean  plays.  There  should 
he  diverse  activities  for  cfiildren  (and  for  adults),  such  as 
athletics,  reading  and  hobbies,  to  name  a  few.  But  that  is 
where  the  parent  must  assume  a  role  in  guiding  the  child's 
leisure  time  activities. 

BEYOND  THE  SCREEN 

The  interest  of  CBS  in  young  people  goes  beyond  what 
appears  on  the  screen.  CBS  is  unique  among  broadcasters  in 
having  a  separate  Department  of  Educational  and  Community 
Services,  headed  by  a  professional  educator  and  serving  as  a 
valuable  resource  to  the  public  in  the  areas  of  education  and 
family  life  as  they  relate  to  television.  Working  with  educa- 
tional institutions  and  community  groups  across  the  country, 
the  department  has  representatives  traveling  almost  con- 
stantly, meeting  and  tcdking  with  parents,  educators,  religious 
leaders  and  others  interested  in  children  and  television.  This 
allows  us  to  develop  opportunities  for  CBS  progreims  and 
projects  to  be  used  to  provide  a  greater  service  for  young 
viewers  and  their  families. 

CBS  TELEVISION 
READING  PROGRAM 

Several  major  projects  have  been  developed  by  CBS  to  enrich 
young  people's  viewing  experiences  by  encouraging  the 
application  of  that  viewing  to  a  learning  experience  at  school 
and  at  home. 

The  CBS  Television  Reading  Program  is  a  nationwide  television 
script-reading  project  designed  to  utilize  students'  enthusiasm 
for  television  to  help  improve  their  reading  skills  and  increase 


Television  viewing  is  often  a 
family  activity  in  many 
homes  where  the  parent 
guides  a  child's  viewing. 


In  the  classroom,  many 
educators  are  using 
television  to  stimulate 
Interest  and  ideas  In  a  wide 
range  of  subjects. 


163 


their  motivation  for  further  reading,  learning  and  creative 
thinking. 

Working  through  CBS  affiliated  stations  and  local  schools,  the 
Network  offers  matched-to-broadcast  scripts  of  specially 
selected  CBS  presentations  to  elementary  and  secondary 
school  students  around  the  country.  The  scripts  contain  the 
dialogue  as  well  as  camera  and  stage  directions.  In  the 
classroom  before  the  actual  broadcast,  students  often  take 
turns  reading  the  various  roles  aloud  or  acting  out  the  parts. 
Participating  teachers  receive  comprehensive  guides  which 
are  used  to  initiate  classroom  discussion  and  involve  the 
students  in  a  variety  of  reading,  writing  and  creative  projects 
that  include  history,  geography,  social  studies  and  other 
subjects.  In  addition  to  reacUng  the  scripts,  students  are  urged 
to  read  some  of  the  many  books,  articles  or  periodicals  listed 
in  the  teachers  guides'  extensive  bibliography.  Since  its  inception 
in  1977,  more  than  20  million  such  scripts  have  been 
distributed  nationwide.  In  addition,  scripts  and  guides  are  also 
being  used  in  schools  tor  the  hearing-impaired,  senior  citizen 
centers  and  a  number  of  correctional  facilties. 

CBS/LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS 
"READ  MORE  ABOUT  IT" 

In  another  effort  of  significance  to  young  viewers,  CBS  is 
teamed  in  a  unique  partnership  with  the  Library  of  Congress  in 
a  project  called  "Read  More  About  It."  In  the  words  of  Dr. 
Daniel  J.  Boorstin,  Librarijin  of  Congress,  the  effort  "links  the 
pleasure,  power  and  excitement  of  books  and  television. " 

From  a  variety  of  selected  CBS  specials,  the  Library  of 
Congress  prepares  a  list  of  recommended  books  which  relate 
to  the  particular  subject  matter  of  each  broadcast.  In  a  special 
televised  message  immediately  follovmg  the  broadcast,  a  well- 
knovm  personality— usually  a  featured  performer  from  the 
broadcast  itself — alerts  viewers  to  several  titles  from  the  list 
and  urges  them  to  visit  their  local  library  or  bookstore  to  read 
more  about  the  subject.  The  full  list  of  recommended  titles  is 
also  distributed  to  schools  cind  libraries  around  the  country  by 
the  Library  of  Congress  and  American  Library  Association. 

Since  the  project  began  in  1979,  "Read  More  About  It" 
messages  have  varied  in  scope  from  Richard  Thomas' 
announcement  following  his  performance  in  All  QUIET  ON  THE 
Western  Front  to  an  animated  message  delivered  by  Charlie 


As  part  of  the  CBS  Television 
Reading  Progrtun,  television 
scripts  are  being  used  as 
tools  for  reading,  learning 
and  thinking. 


The  "Read  More  About  It" 
project  stresses  the 
complementary  relationship 
of  books  and  television. 


164 


Brown  and  Snoopy  following  a  CHARLIE  BROWN  special.  In  all, 
some  50  CBS  Television  Network  broadcasts  have  been 
included  in  the  project. 

VIEWERS'  GUroES 

CBS  has  published  and  funded  several  viewers'  guides 
designed  to  help  teachers,  parents,  students — viewers  in 
general^become  comfortable  and  creative  in  the  uses  they 
make  of  television. 

In  addition  to  the  guides  for  the  CBS  Reading  Program,  other 
guides  are  generic  and  have  value  beyond  use  with  a  par- 
ticulcir  program.  One  such  guide,  "Take  a  Lesson  from  TV," 
demonstrates  how  teachers,  students  and  families  can  use 
television  to  enrich  learning  and  enhance  creativity.  Organized 
by  subject  area,  "Take  a  Lesson"  suggests  reading,  writing, 
listening,  drama  cind  library  activities  that  use  television  as  a 
springboard  to  further  learning.  Although  directed  primarily  at 
teachers,  each  section  contains  suggestions  for  family 
activities  as  well  as  classroom  experiences. 

Another  guide,  "The  Television  Picture,"  explains  clearly  and 
graphically  how  television  developed,  how  it  works,  how 
stations  and  networks  are  organized.  This  guide  has  tjeen 
especially  useful  in  career  education. 

A  third  guide,  "Television:  A  Plus  for  Librarians,"  was  developed 
in  conjunction  with  the  American  Library  Association  and  assists 
school  and  public  librarians  as  they  direct  children  toward 
making  constructive  use  of  the  various  electronic  media. 

EDUCATIONAL  ADVISERS 

To  help  shape  informative  and  entertaining  progrcimming  for 
children,  an  educational  advisory  panel  was  established  in 
1972,  with  Dr.  Gordon  Berry  of  the  Graduate  School  of 
Education  at  UCLA  serving  as  chief  adviser  to  CBS  on 
children's  programs.  Dr.  Berry  works  closely  with  program 
producers  and  writers  and  with  the  CBS  programming  and 
program  practices  personnel.  He  examines  story  outlines, 
reviews  scripts,  discusses  issues  and  ideas.  He  also  draws  on  a 
panel  of  experts  from  different  fields,  including  child  psychia- 
trists, psychologists,  educators  and  others  who  provide  their 
advice  and  guidance  about  some  of  the  learning  activities, 
values  and  concepts  that  are  to  be  part  of  CBS  programming. 


Richard  Thomas  alerted 
viewers  to  books  about  World 
War  I  following  ALL  Quiet  On 
The  western  Front. 


CBS  furnishes  many 
materials  for  teachers, 
parents  and  students  to  help 
them  use  and  understand 
television. 


165 


INNOVATIVE  PROGRAMMING 

CBS  has  pioneered  several  innovative  program  formats  for 
young  viewers:  broadcasts  that  entertain,  enlighten  and 
inform. 

Fat  Albert  And  The  Cosby  Kids  has  been  a  Saturday  morning 
favorite  on  CBS  since  1972.  This  highly  successful,  award- 
winning  series  deals  with  real  problems  that  affect  all  children 
at  one  time  or  another,  such  as  keeping  a  promise,  obeying 
parents,  not  poking  fun  at  younger  children,  maintaining  a 
proper  diet,  even  not  watching  too  much  television. 

The  situations  and  characters  are  drawn  from  comedian  Bill 
Cosby's  own  chOdhood  in  Philadelphia,  with  Cosby  himself 
appearing  to  add  a  personal  touch  to  the  theme  of  each 
episode. 

NEWS  &  INFORMATION    Young  people  are  growing  up  in  an 
exciting,  changing  world,  and  to  help  them  understand  it 
better,  CBS  News  developed  iN  THE  NEWS,  network  television's 
first  regularly  scheduled  effort  to  provide  young  viewers  with 
information  about  current  events.  And,  according  to  a  special 
Gallup  Youth  Survey,  these  capsule  news  broadcasts  have 
made  an  importcint  contribution  to  children. 

in  a  survey  of  a  national  sample  of  teenagers,  Gallup  found 
that  two-thirds  had  seen  In  THE  NEWS  while  growing  up  and,  of 
this  group,  nearly  90  percent  said  they  had  learned  from  the 
series.  Nearly  half  considered  iN  THE  NEWS  a  major  source  of 
information  about  the  world.  Conceived  in  1971,  this  pioneering 
Emmy  and  Peabody  Award-winning  series  of  capsule  news 
segments  is  broadcast  at  least  once  an  hour  during  the  CBS 
Saturday  morning  programming. 

In  addition,  short,  informational  messages  relating  to  health, 
safety  and  nutrition  are  also  interspersed  throughout  the 
weekend  children's  schedule. 


FILMS  FOR  YOUNG  PEOPLE     The  CBS  CHIUJREN-S  FlLM 
Festival  provides  a  brilliant  panorama  of  customs  and 
attitudes  of  different  lands  by  presenting  the  best  available 
children's  films  from  here  and  abroad.  This  award-winning 
series  offers  the  rare  combination  of  pure  entertainment  and 
cultural  values  wrapped  into  one  pleasurable  package. 


y^^KM 

£ 

^^B^^H 

1 

^^ 

^^K^Vj'B' 

5l'*« 

\^^ 

} 

^^ 

t 

Fat  Albert  And  The  cosby 
Kids  reflects  real  situations 
about  growing  up. 


In  The  News  provides  young 
viewers  with  information 
about  current  events, 
drawing  upon  the  world  wide 
resources  of  CBS  News. 


166 


AN  AMERICAN  INSTITUTION    A  commitment  to  children  that 
began  on  CBS  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  continues. 
Since  his  first  broadcast  on  the  Networic  in  1955,  CAPTAIN 
Kangaroo  has  been  sharing  the  joy  of  discovery  with  an 
ever-renewing  audience  of  preschool  children  cind  their 
parents.  And  to  keep  up  with  that  changing  world,  Bob 
Keeshan  and  his  stciff  are  continually  developing  new  pro- 
gramming concepts  to  encourage  a  child's  interest  in  reading, 
nature,  the  arts,  science  and  health.  Recognized  with  four 
Emmy  Awards  and  two  George  Foster  Peabody  Awards,  the 
Captain  offers  a  format  of  limitless  variety  and  boundless 
enthusiasm.  In  all,  almost  8,000  hours  of  CAPTAIN  KANGAROO 
programs  have  been  broadcast  on  the  CBS  Television 
Network. 


PROGRAM  DIVERSITY    The  Network's  Saturday  morning 
program  schedule  reflects  a  broad  range  of  fare  from  the  pure 
entertainment  of  BUGS  BUN>fY  to  the  informational  IN  THE  NEWS 
segments  and  the  value-oriented  FAT  ALBERT.  And  in  devel- 
opment for  the  fall  of  1983  is  THE  CHARLIE  BROWN  AND  SNOOPY 
Show,  cin  cill-new  weekly  series  based  on  the  popular  Charles 
Schulz  characters. 


SPECIAL  BROADCASTS 
FOR  YOUNG  PEOPLE 

Expanding  its  creative  efforts,  CBS  developed  an  ever-growing 
commitment  to  special  broadcasts  for  young  people,  featuring 
well-known  personalities  and  exciting  production  values, 
opening  doors  to  new  worlds,  focusing  on  important  issues, 
and  sparking  curiosity  in  the  arts,  music,  dance,  books,  reading 
and  reasoning. 

At  the  top  of  the  list  is  THE  CBS  FESTIVAL  OF  LIVELY  ARTS  FOR 
Young  People.  For  more  than  two  decades,  this  premiere 
series  of  children's  specials  has  explored  the  arts  in  a  lively, 
entertaining  way.  Special  hosts — from  Leonard  Bernstein  to 
Beverly  Sills,  from  Joe  Namath  to  Rudolf  Nureyev,  Danny  Kaye, 
Julie  Andrews  and  Henry  Winkler — have  employed  ingenious, 
enjoyable  forms  to  do  just  that.  Often  unconventional  but 
always  entertaining,  the  acclaimed  "Festival"  repertoire  is  as 
diverse  as  the  expression  of  art  is  limitless.  A  special  "Festival" 
presentation  for  1983  will  feature  Olympic  gold  medalists 
Dorothy  Hamill  and  Robin  Cousins  in  an  ice-show  adaptation 
of  Shakespeare's  classic  "Romeo  and  Juliet." 


Captain  Kangaroo  has  been 
sharing  the  joy  of  discovery 
Gpith  millions  of  young 
viewers  since  1955. 


Many  CBS  specials  for  young 
people  spark  curiosity  in  the 
lively  arts,  such  as  Julie 
ANDREWS'  Invitation  To  The 
Dance  with  Rudolf 
Nureyev. 


167 


The  CBS  Afternoon  Playhouse  presents  sensitive  dramatic 
treatments  of  tlie  conflicts  and  dilemmas  often  faced  by  young 
people.  Examining  topics  such  as  friendship,  family  values,  the 
life  of  foster  children,  shoplifting,  teenage  pregnancy,  drug 
abuse  cind  adjusting  to  stepparents,  PLAYHOUSE  dramas 
center  on  young  people  maJdng  choices  which  will  affect  their 
lives. 

Famous  Classic  Tales  features  animated  presentations  of 
classic  works  of  literature,  such  as  "The  Last  of  the  Mohicans," 
"The  Count  of  Monte  Cristo,"  "A  Christmas  Carol,"  "The  Three 
Musketeers,"  "Beauty  and  the  Beast"  and  "Hiawatha." 

The  CBS  CHILDREN'S  Mystery  Theatre  brings  together  an 
inquisitive  youngster,  a  puzzling  occurrence  and  a  maze  of 
clues  to  decipher.  These  mind-twisting  adventures  offer  more 
than  the  ability  to  keep  kids  on  the  edge  of  their  chairs.  Each  is 
written  to  emphasize  to  young  viewers  that  the  key  to  solving 
a  mystery  is  deductive  reasoning. 

The  CBS  Library  piques  a  child's  interest  in  books  with  an 
ingenious  formula:  Take  three  books  that  share  a  similar 
theme.  Dramatize  only  a  selection  from  each  book,  and  almost 
never  finish  telling  the  tale.  Then  add  a  wraparound  story  that 
encourages  children  to  read  the  stories  to  their  conclusions. 
All  titles  come  from  the  Library  of  Congress  annual  list  of 
recommended  children's  books. 

AND  STILL  MORE 

CBS  provides  young  people  with  a  variety  of  efforts,  both  on 
and  off  the  television  screen.  But  CBS  is  not  alone.  Other 
networks  cind  other  stations,  both  commercial  and  non- 
commercial, network-affiliated  and  independent,  are  also 
providing  programming  for  young  people.  In  addition,  some 
cable  services  also  offer  programs  for  the  younger  audience. 
Indeed,  there  is  hardly  a  community  in  the  United  States  today 
that  does  not  offer  a  Vciried  daily  menu  of  television  program- 
ming for  young  people. 


CBS/BROADCAST  GROUP 
EDUCATIONAL  &  COMMUNITY  SERVICES 
51  WEST  52  STREET,  NEW  YORK. 'NY  10019 


Classic  literature  comes  alive 
in  presentations  like  The 
COUNT  Of  Monte  Cristo. 


Children  today  have  a  great 
variety  of  television 

programming  tO  draw  upon 
for  pure  entertainment  as 
well  as  to  enrich  their  social, 
cultural  and  learning 
experiences. 


(3/83) 


168 

STATEMENT  OF  SHARON  ROBINSON 

Ms.  Robinson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Much  can  be  said  about  the  quality  and  quantity  of  currently 
available  programing  for  children.  I  think  you  already  have  some 
evidence  I  have  given  you  in  previous  testimony.  The  NEA  is  ac- 
tively involved  in  this  area  on  behalf  of  advocacy  for  children,  and 
on  behalf  of  use  of  the  medium  in  helping  us  to  provide  proper  edu- 
cation and  socialization  facilitation  for  our  young. 

The  committee,  I  understand,  is  particularly  interested  in  ques- 
tions regarding  the  responsibility  of  broadcasters  to  provide  pro- 
graming for  children.  In  the  written  testimony,  we  have  spoken  to 
that  at  length,  however,  to  summarize  I  would  reference  a  quote  by 
Walt  Disney  that  "We  are  always  keenly  aware  that  things  seen  on 
the  screen  can  exercise  enormous  influence  on  the  ideals  and  con- 
duct of  youngsters.  Those  who  use  the  movie  or  TV  screen  as  a 
business  also  have  a  great  responsibility  toward  their  customers." 

Recently,  a  program  manager  for  one  of  the  UHF  stations, 
WDCA  here  in  the  Washington  metropolitan  area,  commented,  "If 
you  take  a  close  look  at  your  community,  your  budget,  and  commit- 
ments, you  will  be  surprised  at  how  affordable  children's  program- 
ing can  be  and  the  many  rewards  you  will  earn  from  it."  I  would 
comment  that  this  particular  independent  station  offers  more  chil- 
dren programing  than  many  of  the  other  network  affiliates  in  the 
area. 

Further,  the  responsibility  to  provide  programing  for  children  is 
spoken  to  in  the  Communications  Act  as  well  as  in  the  1974  FCC 
policy  statement.  Whether  public  broadcasting  can  assume  a  large 
part  of  this  responsibility,  I  think  is  already  answered,  and  the 
answer  is  yes.  But  should  the  public  broadcasting  system  assume 
all  of  this  responsibility,  I  would  have  to  respectfully  submit  that 
the  answer  is  no.  Funding  is  a  major  factor  that  intervenes,  which 
we  could  always  answer  with  more  money,  and  I  would  not  want  to 
discourage  more  funding  for  public  broadcasting. 

The  advent  of  cable  is  a  partial  answer  indeed  to  the  question  of 
programing  for  children  and  young  people,  but  we  have  the  reality 
of  the  evolution  of  that  technology  and  access  to  that  technology. 
Therefore,  we  are  discouraged  to  depend  heavily  on  cable  or  upon 
public  broadcasting  to  provide  all  that  must  be  provided  for  chil- 
dren. 

Government  responsibility  in  this  area  is,  I  will  admit,  a  very 
thorny  issue  and  I  am  not  a  lawyer  either.  We  are  proposing  that 
since  we  have  new  problems  to  solve,  perhaps  we  ought  to  provide 
or  apply  a  new  technology.  The  NEA  has  proposed,  and  Mr.  Wirth 
has  mentioned  this  morning  some  support  for  the  concept  of  a  tem- 
porary commission  on  children's  television  programing.  Commis- 
sioner Rivera  has  also  endorsed  this  idea. 

What  might  this  commission  do,  you  would  say.  Questions  re- 
garding the  definition  of  children's  programing  will  have  to  be  re- 
solved if  we  are  ever  to  conclude  whether  we  are  or  whether  we 
are  not  addressing  that  need.  A  standard  for  the  amount  of  pro- 
graming needs  to  be  developed.  We  must  provide  dissemination 
mechanisms  for  informing  one  another  of  the  availability  of  pro- 


169 

graming,  commercial  programing,  and  programing  which  has  been 
developed  at  the  expense  of  Federal  dollars. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  should  not  forget  the  ESAA  program  resulted 
in  the  development  of  over  50  series  of  programs  for  children  that 
programing  rarely  finds  its  way  into  the  schedules  of  local  or  net- 
work broadcasters. 

We  also  need  to  design  a  structure  for  appropriate  support  for 
television  programing  development.  Incentive  programs  that  we 
may  not  have  thought  of  before. 

Further,  and  I  think  most  important,  we  need  a  forum  for  discus- 
sion, for  the  developing  of  consensus,  and  a  mutual  commitment 
among  all  the  interest  groups  that  have  something  to  say  on  this 
issue.  In  support  of  this  idea,  I  would  refer  to  a  comment  made  re- 
cently by  Chairman  Mark  Fowler  in  an  address  in  Arizona,  "I  be- 
lieve," and  I  quote:  "the  purpose  behind  TV  regulation  is  not  to 
come  up  with  rules,  but  to  provide  a  way  for  those  in  the  industry 
with  quality  on  their  minds  to  be  heard." 

I  suggest  that  vehicle  proposed  by  the  NEA  is  a  vehicle  through 
which  those  who  have  quality  on  their  mind  relative  to  children's 
television  programing  can  indeed  be  heard.  I  think  it  is  a  vehicle 
that  suggests  that  perhaps  out  of  the  light  of  the  cameras  and  the 
posturing  before  congressional  committees,  we  can  let  our  imagina- 
tion run  a  bit  in  finding  a  new  way  to  address  some  of  our  very 
new,  but  very  difficult  questions. 

[Testimony  resumes  on  p.  186.] 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Robinson  follows:] 


170 

Prepared  Statement  of  Dr.  Sharon  Robinson,  Director,  Instruction  and 
Professional  Development,  National  Education  Association 

The  NEA  is  pleased  to  participate  in  these  hearings  as  part 
of  National  Children  and  T'elevision  Week  and  to  take  this 
opportunity  to  consider  the  impact  of  television  on  the  children 
of  this  country.   While  television  has  a  vast  potential  to 
support  the  education  and  socialization  of  young  people,  that 
potential  is  not  yet  realized. 

The  National  Education  Association  represents  over  1.7 
million  teachers  and  other  school  employees.   With  the  help  of 
our  12,000  state  and  local  affiliates,  we  have  been  an  active 
participant  in  FCC  proceedings  on  this  issue. 

We  are  here  today  because  we  believe  that  there  is  an 
essential  difference  in  what  we  believe  is  the  responsibility  of 
the  FCC  under  the  law  to  protect  the  public  interest  and  what  we 
understand  to  be  its  current  view.   We  don't  believe  that  a 
dialogue  is  even  possible  when  there  is  no  ability  to  meet  and 
discuss  the  premises  on  which  the  issues  are  based.   Therefore, 
we  are  grateful  to  be  able  to  come  before  Congress,  whose 
legislative  mandate  the  FCC  is  charged  with  upholding,  to  present 
our  recommendation  for  a  Temporary  Commission  on  Children's 
Television  Programming. 

Let  us  take  a  moment  to  review  what  has  happened  to  this 
issue  before  the  FCC.   Ever  since  1960  "programs  for  children" 
has  been  included  by  the  FCC  as  a  category  that  every  broadcaster 
is  expected  to  air.   In  1974  the  FCC  adopted  a  Policy  Statement 
requiring  commercial  television  broadcasters  to  provide  a  more 


171 


substantial  commitment  to  the  child  audience,  including  regular 
weekday  scheduling  of  children's  programs. 

Three  years  ago  the  Commission  issued  a  rulemaking  with 
several  regulatory  options  to  address  the  sad  fact  that 
programming  designed  for  children  had  not  significantly  increased 
since  1974.   There  was  still  only  one  daily  network  program  for 
children,  the  same  one  as  in  1974,  "Captain  Kangaroo"  on  CBS. 
NEA  filed  comments  in  the  FCC  rulemaking  proceeding,  first 
suggesting  to  the  FCC  that  a  voluntary  children's  television 
advisory  board  be  created,  with  representatives  from  industry, 
education,  and  other  groups  to  arrive  at  a  common  definition  of 
children's  television. 

Last  January,  at  an  en  banc  session  of  the  FCC,  we  again 
expressed  our  concern  about  the  state  of  children's  television 
programming.   By  that  time  "Captain  Kangaroo"  had  been  cut  back 
from  one  hour  to  one-half  hour  and  moved  to  an  earlier  time  slot, 
resulting  in  many  CBS  affiliates  dropping  it.   There  were  still 
no  regularly  scheduled  network  children's  programs  on  weekday 
afternoons,  so  "General  Hospital"  became  the  most  popular 
television  series  for  young  people.   Saturdays  and  Sundays  were 
not  much  better.   NBC  had  eliminated  weekend  health  and  sports 
features  for  children,  and  ABC  had  replaced  an  award-winning 
Sunday  morning  children's  program. 

We  again  expressed  our  frustration  to  the  Commission.   Since 
1971,  there  had  been  FCC  inquiries,  petitions,  reports,  task 
forces,  policy  statements  and  an  incomplete  rulemaking.    We 


172 


again  placed  NEA's  specific  suggestion  for  a  non-regulatory 
solution  before  the  FCC:  an  ad  hoc  group  of  broadcasters, 
producers,  education  professionals,  and  others  that  would  discuss 
this  issue  in  a  non-adversary  context,  with  meetings  to  be 
chaired  by  a  designated  FCC  commissioner. 

It  is  now  March  1983.   There  has  been  no  response  from  the 
FCC  to  our  suggestion  in  over  a  year.   Despite  the  support  we 
have  received  for  our  suggestion  through  a  letter  from  Chairman 
Wirth  of  this  Subcommittee  to  Chairman  Fowler,  in  February,  1982, 
we  have  heard  nothing.   This  subcommittee,  in  its  recent  FCC 
budget  oversight  hearings  also  directly  requested  from  the 
Commission  an  explanation  as  to  how  it  plans  to  implement  the 
1974  Policy  Statement  on  Children's  Programming,  and  asked  for  a 
response  to  the  NEA  recommendation  regarding  establishment  of  a 
temporary  commission  on  this  issue.   The  Commission  said  it  would 
address  the  Policy  Statement  "as  priorities  permit,"  and  that 
NEA's  suggestion  had  been  "placed  in  the  outstanding  docket  in 
the  children's  TV  proceeding." 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  believe  that  by  so  dealing  with  our 
suggestion  the  FCC  has,  in  effect,  consigned  it  to  oblivion.   At 
a  time  when  organizations  all  over  the  country  are  taking  this 

week  to  address  the  issue  of  children's  programming  when  the 

White  House  has  issued  a  proclamation,  when  Congress  is  holding 
hearings,  when  broadcasters ■ are  airing  public  affairs  programs  on 

the  issue  everyone  is  thinking  about  children's  television 

except  the  one  federal  agency  that  is  mandated  by  law  to  protect 


173 


the  public  interest,  and,  specifically,  to  protect  special  and 

unique  members  of  this  public  the  child  audience.   This  busy 

committee,  which  has  many  important  issues  on  its  agenda,  is 
today  spending  more  time  on  the  issue  of  children's  television 
than  the  FCC  has  spent  during  the  past  two  years. 

This  FCC  has  seemed  to  forget  its  own  statement  in  1974  that 
"broadcasters  have  a  special  obligation  to  develop  and  present 
programming  that  serves  the  unique  needs  of  the  child 
audience."   The  FCC  did  not  say  only  public  broadcasters  had  this 
statutory  duty  under  the  public  interest  standard  of  the 
Communications  Act.   In  fact,  this  FCC  Policy  Statement  was 
specifically  directed  to  the  networks  and  other  commercial 
television  broadcasters. 

Regardless  of  the  personal  convictions  of  the  current 
Commissioners,  the  Commission  has  responsibilities  set  forth  in 
law,  in  the  public  interest  standard  of  the  Communications  Act. 
Since  the  FCC  children's  rulemaking  began  in  1979,  one  new 

Chairman  and  three  new  Commissioners  a  majority  of  the 

current  Commission  have  joined  the  FCC.   They  have  not  had  a 

formal  opportunity  to  examine  the  Children's  Task  Force  Report  or 
the  comments  filed  and  testimony  presented  on  the  Report  in 
1980.   We  simply  do  not  know  the  views  of  most  of  the 
Commissioners  on  this  issue. 

We  offered  last  year  to  meet  with  all  members  of  the 
Commission,  to  discuss  NEA's  proposal.   Only  one  Commissioner, 
Henry  Rivera,  has  met  to  discuss  this  subject  with  us.   We  were 


174 


highly  encouraged  by  this  meeting.   He  has  even  spoken  out  on  the 
subject.   At  a  meeting  of  the  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico  Bar 
Association  last  November,  Commissioner  Rivera  said  that 
"Broadcasters  haven't  been  paying  enough  attention  to  the  needs 
of  children. .. .the  sad  shape  children's  television  is  in  today 
serves  to  remind  me  that  although  reliance  on  market  forces  is 
normally  preferable  to  regulation,  blind,  unthinking  or 
rhetorical  reliance  on  the  marketplace  is  an  abdication  of  our 
duty  to  the  public  under  the  Communications  Act."   This  is  the 
kind  of  interest  and  enthusiasm  that  would  help  the  deliberations 
of  a  Temporary  Commission. 

As  the  members  of  this  subcommittee  well  know,  there  are 
solid  precedents  for  this  kind  of  temporary  commission.   The 
Temporary  Commission  on  Alternative  Financing  for  Public 
Telecommunications  (TCAF)  was  initiated  by  this  Committee  and 
authorized  by  the  Public  Broadcasting  Amendments  Act  of  1981. 
The  TCAF  members  included  representatives  from  public  radio  and 
television,  Congress  and  NTIA,  and  was  chaired  by  FCC 
Commissioner  James  Quelle,   This  joint  industry-government  group 
has  held  numerous  meetings,  most  of  which  have  been  open  to  the 
public.   It  is  conducting  an  eighteen-month  demonstration  project 
on  advertising  on  public  television.   Most  importantly,  TCAF  has 
completed  a  report  to  Congress  that  includes  a  variety  of 
recommendations  on  such  options  as  tax  credits  and  expenditures 
and  special  trust  funds  to  assist  public  broadcasting,  as  well  as 
lifting  FCC  and  other  federal  restrictions  to  assist  public 
broadcasters  in  generating  new  income. 


175 


Another  recent  example  of  voluntary  private-governmental 
cooperative  participation  under  the  aegis  of  the  FCC  is  the  FCC 
Advisory  Committee  on  Alternative  Financing  for  Minority 
Opportunities  in  Telecommunications.   This  committee,  chaired  by 
FCC  Commissioner  Rivera,  held  meetings  over  a  two-day  period  with 
representatives  from  industry,  financial  institutions,  the  public 
interest  community,  the  FCC,  and  the  Department  of  Commerce.   As 
a  result  of  the  report  of  this  FCC  advisory  committee,  the 
Commission  submitted  proposed  legislation  to  Congress  and  signed 
a  memorandum  of  agreement  with  the  Minority  Business  Development 
Agency  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce.   Several  creative 

private-sector  incentives  including  tax  certificates  issued 

by  the  FCC  for  sales  of  cable  TV  properties  to  minority 

purchasers  were  recommended  by  this  advisory  committee  and 

adopted  by  the  Commission. 

We  believe  that  there  is  much  we  can  learn  from  these  two 
examples  where  the  public,  industry,  and  government  have 
successfully  worked  together  on  a  sensitive  communications  issue 
and  offered  nonregulatory,  private  sector  incentive  solutions  to 
a  thorny  problem.   For  a  Temporary  Commission  on  Children's 
Programming,  a  first  step  might  be  to  simply  define  the  dialogue 

to  find  a  way  to  define  children's  programming.   In  their 

comments  on  the  1979  FCC  children's  rulemaking,  our  members 
stressed  the  importance  of  not  only  developing  age-specific 
programming  but  also  of  providing  a  way  to  identify  information 
about  its  availability  and  content  to  broadcasters  and  to  the 


176 


audience.   The  NEA,  as  a  member  of  this  temporary  commission, 
could  provide  suggestions  as  to  how  this  could  be  accomplishied. 

We  have  already  had  formal  FCC  hearings  on  the  children's 
issue,  and  a  slightly  less  formal  en  banc  meeting  before  the  full 
FCC  last  year.   What  we  are  seeking  is  a  far  different  way,  as 
these  examples  point  out,  where  the  private  and  public  sectors, 
but  with  a  vested  interest  and  stake  in  this  issue,  can  really 
exchange  ideas  on  how  to  generate  such  programming.   This 
roundtable  dialogue,  free  from  fanfare  and  formal  posturing 
before  the  FCC  or  Congress,  in  a  non-adversarial  setting,  can 
result,  we  believe,  in  creative  solutions  short  of  new 
regulations. 

Private  sector  initiatives,  not  necessarily  mandated  by 
government,  but  encouraged  through  an  interchange  of  ideas 
between  the  broadcast  industry  and  the  community  served  by  this 
industry,  is  indeed  what  the  public  interest  standard  is  all 
about.   Even  FCC  Chairman  Mark  Fowler,  in  a  recent  address,  noted 
that  the  "purpose  behind  TV  regulation  is  not  to  come  up  with 
rules  but  to  provide  a  way  for  those  in  the  industry  with  quality 
on  their  minds  to  be  heard." 

We  know  that  there  are  some  very  fine  examples  of 
broadcasters  serving  the  needs  of  children  in  exceptional  ways. 
Finding  a  means  to  identify  these  examples  and  to  create  an 
information  system  so  that  other  broadcasters  and  other 
communities  can  benefit  from  these  opportunities  would  be  a 
valuable  result  of  this  chidren's  commission.   Here  in 


177 


Washington,  D.C. ,  WDCA-TV,  a  UHF  station,  broadcasts  more 
children's  programs  than  any  of  the  four  commercial  VHF 
stations.   It  airs  two  30  minute,  locally  produced,  children's 
programs  a  day,  runs  special  children's  PSAs,  and  produces  at 
least  three  children's  specials  a  year  with  printed  study  guides 
for  school  and  home  use.   The  station  depends  on  a  volunteer 
Children's  Advisory  Committee,  representing  education,  parent, 
and  civic  organizations  in  the  metropolitican  Washington  area,  to 
help  them  determine  the  needs  and  interests  of  the  children  in 
their  community. 

WDCA  Program  Manager  Farrell  Meisel  said  at  the  1982  NATPE 
convention  last  March,  "If  you  take  a  close  look  at  your 
community,  your  budget,  and  commitments,  you'll  be  surprised  at 
how  affordable  children's  programming  can  be  and  the  many  rewards 
you'll  earn  from  it."   This  kind  of  responsive  broadcaster  is  the 
kind  of  person  who  could  contribute  substantially  as  a  member  of 
the  Temporary  Commission  we  propose. 

Another  task  the  Commission  might  undertake  would  be  to  try 
to  figure  out  how  to  generate  wider  knowledge  about  and  use  of 
the  vast  storehouse  of  free  children's  programming  already  funded 
with  federal  dollars.   More  than  50  children's  television  series 
have  been  produced  with  federal  funds  since  1968.   Many  were  a 
collaborative  effort  between  the  Department  of  Education, 
business,  and  industry.   Supplemental  materials  written  for 
classroom  or  home  use  have  been  developed  for  these  programs. 
With  some  restrictions  as  to  the  placement  of  advertisements, 


178 


these  programs  have  been  available  to  commercial  broadcasters  for 
the  price  of  postage  and  handling.   Many  are  award-winning  shows, 
yet  they  rarely  find  a  place  on  a  local  TV  schedule.   The 
Temporary  Commission  could  look  at  how  to  stimulate  better 
mechanisms  for  bringing  the  availability  of  such  programs  to  the 
attention  of  broadcasters,  and  cable  systems  as  well.   Congress 
should  be  concerned  to  be  sure  the  millions  it  has  already  spent 
for  ESAA  children's  programs  was  well  spent. 

We  know  also  that  the  networks  and  cable  have  provided  us 
with  exceptions.  All  three  commercial  broadcast  networks  have 
worked  with  the  NEA  to  develop  children's  educational  materials 

for  outstanding  historical  series  this  year  we  had  the  "Blue 

and  the  Gray"  on  CBS,  "Winds  of  War"  on  ABC,  and  a  new,  expanded 
version  of  "Shogun"  on  NBC.   On  the  Warner  Amex  NICKELODEON  cable 
channel,  over  thirteen  hours  of  very  fine  age-specific 
programming  is  broadcast  for  children.   We  know  the  opportunity 
is  there  to  make  our  children's  television  viewing  an  enriching 
experience,  but  for  the  most  part,  these  opportunities  are  too 
few  and  far  between. 

Mr.  Chairman,  in  case  you  are  wondering  what  has  actually 
happened  to  children's  regular  TV  fare  in  the  year  and  a  half 
since  we've  last  been  to  the  FCC,  let  me  give  you  an  update.   The 
situation  is  at  an  all  time  low.  "Captain  Kangaroo"  left  the 
weekday  lineup  this  summer  and  has  been  moved  to  the  weekend. 
There  is  no  daily  weekday  series  for  children  on  a  commercial 
broadcast  network  left  on  the  air.   Several  other  network 


179 


programs  for  children  noted  for  their  outstanding  quality  have 
been  dropped.   Local  stations  are  not  replacing  these  programs 
and  indeed  many  have  stopped  buying  children's  syndicated 
programs  as  well.   In  addition,  all  three  commercial  networks 
have  added  more  time  to  their  early  morning  lineups  devoted  to 
news  programming,  which  usurps  the  time  formerly  used  for 
syndicated  and  local  children's  programs  such  as  "Romper  Room." 

Public  television,  suffering  from  lack  of  sufficient 
funding,  cannot  take  up  the  slack.   The  oldest  children's  program 
on  PBS,  "Sesame  Street"  will  produce  only  130  new  segments  this 
year.   The  "Electric  Company"  is  airing  reruns.   In  a  February 
issue  of  Broadcasting  Magazine,  Sue  Weil,  chief  of  programming 
for  PBS,  said:  "Children's  programming  is  a  forum  where  we  are 

thin  even  though  we  are  head  and  shoulders  above  everybody 

else."   Yet  FCC  Chairman  Fowler  has  indicated  that  he  believes, 
despite  the  FCC  1974  Policy  Statement  to  the  contrary,  that 
public  broadcasting  is  the  only  broadcaster  that  has  any 
responsibility  for  children's  programming.   Even  if  an  economic 
solution  could  be  found  to  bail  out  the  financially  starved 
public  television  network,  it  is  doubtful  that  PBS  alone  wants, 
or  should  have,  this  total  mandate  and  responsibility. 

We  cannot  expect  the  new  communications  media  alone  to 
provide  these  programs.   Only  30  percent  of  American  households 
are  wired  for  cable  TV,  and  70  percent  of  these  cable  systems 
have  only  12-channel  capacity.   The  "must  carry"  rules  for  local 
broadcast  signals  virtually  eliminate  the  opportunity  for  these 


180 


low  capacity  systems  to  carry  specialized  networks  with 
children's  programming  options.   Other  new  technologies,  like 
DBS,  STV  and  MDS  are  primarily  seen  as  sources  of  pay  movie 
channels  for  those  who  cannot  receive  cable. 

A  recent  editorial  in  the  Boston  Globe  mourned  the  passing 
of  the  Disney  prime  time  family  series.   I  have  attached  a  copy 
to  my  testimony.   The  editorial,  "Goodbye  to  Disney  and  All  That" 
lamented  that  the  "magic  is  ending  after  29  seasons  for  the 
networks'  longest  running  prime-time  entertainment"  program.   The 
end  of  the  Disney  series  recalled  for  the  editorial  writer  the 
following  words  of  Walt  Disney:  "We  are  always  keenly  aware  that 
things  seen  on  the  screen  can  exercise  enormous  influence  on  the 
ideals  and  conduct  of  youngsters ....  those  who  use  the  movie  or  TV 
screen  as  a  business  also  have  a  great  responsibility  toward 
their  customers."   The  Globe ' s  editorial  concludes  that  "Most  who 
currently  use  TV  as  a  business  ignore  that  responsibility." 

Over  the  past  year  we  have  seen  numerous  studies  that  have 
reinforced  the  notion  that  TV  has  an  enormous  impact  on 
children.   Most  research  places  the  child  in  front  of  the 
television  set  for  approximately  10,000  -  15,000  hours  during  his 
or  her  public  school  years,  while  the  classroom  takes  up  only 
11,000  hours.   Research  by  Action  for  Children's  Television  has 
indicated  that  the  average  pre-schooler  spends  more  time  with 
television  than  any  other  activity  except  sleeping. 

Dr.  Edward  L.  Palmer,  vice  president  for  research  at 
Children's  Television  Workshop,  has  been  researching  what  he 


181 


calls  the  "alarming  decline  in  support  for  quality  children's 
television  in  the  U,S,"   By  studying  television  in  Great  Britain, 
Sweden, and  Japan  to  determine  the  factors  that  shape  the 
standards  for  children's  programs  in  these  countries,  he  hopes  to 
provide  some  constructive  suggestions  for  American  programming 
for  children.   One  factor  to  come  out  of  this  research  relates  to 
the  economics  of  broadcasting  and  the  need  for  some  kind  of 
incentives  for  the  industry.   Palmer  notes:  "Unlike  other  nations 
with  more  government  involvement  in  broadcasting,  the  U.S.  has  no 
economic  incentive  for  commercial  television  to  put  on  more  or 
better  shows  for  children."   These  are  precisely  the  kinds  of 
economic  incentives  the  Temporary  Commission  should  be  examining. 

We  bring  to  this  hearing  the  expertise  of  educators 
throughout  this  country  who  know  their  profession  and  are 
dedicated  to  helping  children  grow,  learn,  and  be  useful  to 
society.   For  over  fourteen  years  the  NEA  has  encouraged  a 
supportive  relationship  between  educators,  parents,  and 
broadcasters.   We  are  eager  to  make  our  resources  available  so 
that  the  needs  of  this  significant  audience  of  children  will  be 
served.   We  certainly  owe  our  children  and  young  people  a  little 
of  our  time  in  this  matter  so  that  their  "prime  time"  for 
learning  and  growth  is  not  wasted. 


182 


^"^. 


^^NEWS 


N*«n  (TMdIi  Inlomullon  302  /  ]S4-7«74 
R«cord*4  llXIng  ol  r*<u«M  and  t*<U 
202  /  632-0002 


FEDERAL  COMMUNICATIONS  COMMISSION 
1919  M  STREET.  N.W. 
WASHINGTON.  D.C.  20S54 


4968 


Th„  ,s  an  uno.l.c.ai  .noouncem.nl  ol  Comm.ss.on  icl.oo   Bj.eaje  oMhe  lull  le.l  ol  a  Con.m,s5.00  0-0.- 
CO.  s,„,„e»  oii.ciai  aci.o-'  See  MCI  .  FCC  SiS  F  20  385  lO  C  C.-c   19751 


~"^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  July  1,  1982 

TEMPORARY  COMMISSION  ISSUES  REPORT  TO  CONGRESS  ON 
ALTERNATIVE  FINANCING  OPTIONS  FOR  PUBLIC  BROADCASTING 

t 

The  Congressionally  created  Temporary  Commission  on  Alternative  Financing 
for  Public  Telecommunications  has  issued  its  First  Report  to  Congress  with  its 
analysis  and  recommendations  concerning  alternative  financing  options  for 
public  broadcasting. 

After  considering  numerous  options,  the  Temporary  Commission  concluded 
that  in  the  short  term  there  is  no  reasonable  alternative  to  continued  Federal 
funding  and  that  precipitous  reductions  below  currently  anticipated  levels  of 
Federal  support  would  lead  to  reductions  in  service.   The  Temporary  Commission 
also  concluded  that  over  the  longer  term  none  of  the  other  funding  options  it 
explored  would  be  preferable  to  continued  Federal  funding  as  the  means  to 
maintain  the  existing  public  broadcasting  system. 

The  Temporary  Commission  did  determine  that  legislative  and  regulatory 
changes  could  assist  in  the  development  of  important  supplemental  sources  of 
income  for  public  broadcasting,  and  it  made  the  following  specific  recommenda- 
tions for  action: 

For  Congress 

—  Ensure  that  sustaining  or  bridging  Federal  funds  are  appropriated 
through  the  current  authorization  period  and  are  continued  until 
or  unless  adequate  alternative  financing  is  found; 

—  Study  repeal  of  the  unrelated  business  income  refund  provisions  of 
the  Public  Broadcasting  Amendments  Act  of  1981;  and 

—  Review  the  effects  of  the  1981  Economic  Recovery  Tax  Act  and  take 
steps  necessary  to  increase  tax  incentives  that  reinforce  individual 
and  corporate  incentives  to  contribute. 

For  the  FCC 

--  Authorize  commercial  and  nonbroadcast,  nonaural  use  of  SCA  sub- 
channels by  public  radio  stations  and  enlarge  the  baseband; 

—  Examine  restrictions  governing  commercial  use  of  satellite  facilities 
by  public  radio  and  television  licensees,  and  foster  noninterf ering 
use  of  excess  capacity; 

—  Moye  expeditiously  to  resolve  UHF  comparability  problems; 


183 


"  Ensure  that  public  TV  stations  are  authorized  to  offer  teletext 
services  without  restrictions  on  payment  mechanisms; 

—  Maintain  an  adequate  number  of  Instructional  television  fixed 
service  channels  available  to  public  broadcasting  and  broaden 
the  use  of  those  channels; 

—  Initiate  an  expeditious  rulemaking  to  develop  policies  for 
authorizing  subscription  television  operations  by  public 
broadcasters;  and 

"  Review  FCC  rules  and  policies  governing  on-air  fundralslng 

activities  and  promotional  identification  to  reduce  restrictions 
on  the  generation  of  revenues  while  maintaining  the  noncommercial 
character  of  public  telecommunications  services. 

For  NTIA 

—  Afford  stations  greater  flexibility  in  the  use  of  equipment 
funded  In  part  by  the  government. 

The  Temporary  Commission  also  proposed  to  take  the  following  actions 
itself: 

"  Study  the  feasibility  of  financing  public  broadcasting  through  a 
special  trust  fund; 

"  Study  tax  credits  and  expenditures;  and 

--  Analyze  and  report  on  the  Advertising  Demonstration  Program 
being  conducted  by  10  public  television  stations. 

Congress  created  the  Temporary  Commission  in  1981  (PL  97-35)  to  identify 
funding  options  which  would  ensure  that  public  telecommunications  as  a  source 
of  alternative  and  diverse  programing  will  be  maintained  and  enhanced.   In 
the  same  legislation,  Congress  extended  the  authorization  for  appropriations 
to  the  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting  and  the  Public  Telecommunications 
Facilities  Program  administered  by  the  National  Telecommunications  and  Infor- 
mation Administration,  but  at  reduced  levels. 

The  members  of  the  Temporary  Commission  are; 

FCC  Commissioner  James  H.  Quello,  Chairman;  The  Honorable  Howard  W. 
Cannon,  United  States  Senate;  Bruce  L.  Christensen,  National  Association 
for  Public  Television  Stations;  Hartford  N.  Gunn,  KCET-TV(ED),  Los  Angeles; 
William  H.  Kling,  Minnesota  Public  Radio;  Frank  Mankiewlcz,  National  Public 
Radio;  The  Honorable  Robert  W.  Packwood,  United  States  Senate;  Edward  J. 
Pfister,  Corporation  for  Public  Broadcasting;  Kenneth  Robinson,  National 
Telecommunications  and  Information  Administration;  The  Honorable  Al  Swift, 
U.S.  House  of  Representatives,  and  The  Honorable  Thomas  J.  Tauke,  U.S.  House 
of  Representatives. 


184 


5k  ^o6m  (3\obc 


TUESDAY.  FEBRUARY  15.  1983 


Goodby  to  Disney  and  all  that 


Most  children  of  the  past  three  decades  re- 
member a  much-loved  television  show  that  was 
once  the  nation  s  most  popular.  It  featured  ad- 
ventures, cartoons  and  other  staples  of  Walt 
DisncN  • 

The  magic  is  ending  after  29  seasons  for  the 
networks  longest  running  prime-time  enter- 
laininent.  The  ending  highlights  a  commit- 
ment  articulated  years  ago  by  Walt  Disney: 
"We  are  always  keenly  aware  that  things  seen 
nn  the  screen  can  exercise  enormous  influence 
on  the  ideals  and  conduct  of  youngsters. . . . 
Those  who  use  the  movie  or  TV  screen  as  a 
business  also  have  a  great  responsibility  to- 
ward their  customers." 

Most  who  currently  use  TV  as  a  business 
Ignore  that  responsibility.  Despite  strong  criti- 
cisms of  children  s  programming,  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission  chairman.  Mark 
Fowler,  has  unwisely  refused  to  require  broad- 
casters to  show  more. 

Market  forces,  not  the  government,  snould 
prevail,  he  said  recently  at  Arizona  State  Uni- 
versity, applying  the  Reagan  Administration 
philosophy  that  business  left  to  Its  own  devices 
will  cure  all  ills. 

So  far.  those  market  forces  have  determined 
that  preschool  children  will  see  no  morning 
weekday  program  on  any  network  such  a&  the 
classic  Captain  Kangaroo:  that  school-age  chil- 
dren will  see  few  after-school  specials:  and  that 
much  of  the  selection  of  children's  fare  will  be 
limited  to  Saturday  morning  cartoons. 


—  That  is  why  Action  for  Children  s  Televi- 
sion. a-Tiatlonal  citizens  lobby  based  in  New- 
ton, sought  the  requirement  to  make  broad- 
casters offer  seven-and-a-half  hours  of  chil- 
dren's programming,  some  of  It  educational, 
between  Monday  and  Friday. 

Dunng  the  Carter  Administration,  the  FCC 
was  moving  toward  enacting  a  requirement  for 
more  children's  programming.  ACT  President 
Peggy  Charren  and  others  believe^  Moreover,,  m 
1974.  the  FCC  issued  a  policy  statement  that 
urged  television  stations  to  provide  more  educa- 
tional and  informational  children's  shows  with 
less  advertising  and  some  provisions  for  pre- 
schoolers. 

Children  under  five  average  30  hours  week- 
ly, according  to  ACT.  What  are  they  watching 
What  is  it  doing  to  them,  "at  a  time  when  thev 
are  developing  and  learning  about  the  world 
and  the  people  around  them."  asks  a  10-year 
study  on  television  and  behavior  bv  the  .\ation- 
al  Institute  of  Mental  Health. 

Except  for  a  few  reruns  in  late  spnng  and 
summer,  the  Disney  show  famllar  to  families 
for  generations  will  be  off  the  air.  save  those 
with  access  to  Disney  s  new  pay-television  sta- 
tion. The  commitment  to  pnme^tlme  entertain- 
ment for  children  and  families  will  be  missed 
unless  the  FCC  re\-erses  field  and  decides  to 
make  a  difference  in  the  quality  and  quanuty 
of  children's  programming. 


185 


ADVISORY  COMMITTEE  ON  ALTERNATIVE  FINANCING 
FOR  MINORITY  OPPORTUNITIES  IN  TELECOMMUNICATIONS 


FCC  Conmlssloner  Henry  M.  Rivera,  Chairman 
Edmund  H.  Cardona,  Special  Assistant 


Executive  Committee 

Anne  P.  Jones 

FCC  Commissioner 
Joe  L.  Allbrltton 

Allbritton  Communications,  Inc. 
Virginia  A.  Dwyer 

American  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Co. 
Coy  Eklund 

The  Equitable  Life  Assurance  Society 
of  the  United  States 
Joseph  Laitln 

Private  Consultant 
Charls  E.  Walker 

Charls  E.  Walker  Associates,  Inc. 


Policy  Panel 

Michael  R.  Gardner 

Bracewell  and  Patterson 
Plurla  Marshall 

National  Black  Media  Coalition 
L.E.  Guzman 

Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  N.A. 
Margita  White 

Taft  Broadcasting  Co. 
William  A.  Russell  Jr. 

FCC  Public  Affairs  Office 
Erwln  Krasnow 

National  Association  of  Broadcasters 
Robert  L.  Johnson 

Black  Entertainment  Television 


Financial  Panel 

Tenney  I .  Deane 

First  Energy  Associates 
Chris  Flor 

Heller-Oak  Communications  Corp. 
Lee  M.  Hague 

Hague  and  Company 
Ragan  A.  Henry 

Broadcast  Enterprises  National,  Inc. 
Eugene  D.  Jackson 

National  Black  Network 
Joseph  La  Bonte 

Twentieth  Century  Fox  Corp. 
Thomas  A.  Marlnkovlch 

Daniels  and  Associates 
Raul  Masvidal 

Biscayne  Bank 
C.  Douglas  Mercer  II 

First  National  Bank  of  Boston 
Fernando  Oaxaca 

Coronado  Communications  Corp. 
Marianne  Camllle  Spragglns 

Salomon  Brothers,  Inc. 
Howard  Stason 

Blackburn  and  Associates 
Donald  A.  Thurston 

Berkshire  Broadcasting  Company 
Zelble  Trogden 

Security  Pacific  National  Bank 
Herbert  P.  Wilkens 

Syndicated  Communications,  Inc. 


Management  and  Technical  Assistance  Panel 

Victor  M.  Rivera 

Department  of  Commerce 
Bazil  O'Hagan 
.   The  WNDU  Stations 
Fernando  Oaxaca 

Coronado  Coomtunlcatlons  Corp. 
Alex  P.  Mercure 

Mercure  Telecomnninlcatlons,  Inc. 


Associate  Members 

Eddie  Pena 

National  Cable  Television  Association 
John  Oxendlne 

Broadcast  Capital  Fund,  Inc. 


186 

STATEMENT  OF  PHYLLIS  TUCKER-VINSON 

Ms.  TucKER-ViNSON.  I  am  grateful  for  the  opportunity  to  speak 
on  children's  programing  from  my  own  experience,  not  only  as  a 
children's  television  programer,  but  also  as  a  parent  and  an  educa- 
tor with  a  bachelor's  degree  in  child  development. 

I  will  condense  my  statement  for  your  convenience. 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you. 

Ms.  Tucker- Vinson.  NBC  has  evolved  a  programing  philosophy 
which  appreciates  that  our  programs  must  entertain  if  we  are  to 
attract  viewers,  including  youngsters.  At  the  same  time,  while  we 
have  no  desire  to  usurp  the  right  and  responsibility  to  educate  that 
belongs  primarily  to  parents  and  teachers,  our  philosophy  includes 
a  sensitivity  to  the  informational,  educational,  and  prosocial  values 
our  programing  provides  in  response  to  children's  needs. 

In  1975,  NBC  established  a  social  science  advisory  panel  of  inde- 
pendent, top-ranking  social  scientists  to  assist  in  the  development 
and  evaluation  of  our  Saturday  morning  programs.  This  panel 
works  with  NBC  from  the  inception  of  program  concepts  and  pro- 
posals through  the  completion  of  program  development,  advising 
NBC  on  potential  problems,  and  suggesting  themes  and  role  models 
for  programs. 

In  addition,  we  recently  held  two  symposiums  designed  to  im- 
prove the  depiction  of  minority  groups  in  children's  programing. 
Experts  in  the  areas  of  stereotyping,  development  of  minority  chil- 
dren, and  race  relations  informed  us  and  the  producers  and  writers 
of  our  Saturday  morning  programs  about  recent  research  in  these 
important  areas. 

This  year,  NBC  philosophy  and  programing  for  children  and  all 
family  viewing  is  reflected  in  a  schedule  which  includes  diversity  of 
programing  types  and  provides  animation  and  live  action,  comedy 
and  adventure,  fantasy  and  reality,  entertainment  and  informa- 
tion. 

As  in  the  past  we  have  tried  to  avoid  stereotyping,  gratuitous  vio- 
lence, and  negative-role  models,  while  making  every  effort  to  incor- 
porate wherever  possible  wholesome  messages,  positive-role  models, 
and  ethnic  diversity  among  characters. 

In  prime-time,  the  NBC  Television  network  offers  a  number  of 
programs  designed  to  provide  a  viewing  experience  that  children 
and  their  parents  can  enjoy  together.  Some  of  these  are  described 
in  my  prepared  statement.  They  offer  information  and  enlighten- 
ment and  include  such  programs  as  Little  House — A  New  Begin- 
ning", "Voyagers",  a  series  produced  in  association  with  Scholastic 
Productions;  the  award-winning  "Frame",  "Facts  of  Life",  "Different 
Strokes",  and  "Silver  Spoons." 

NBC  has  also  carried  a  number  of  special  prime  time  programs, 
such  as  "Skeezer",  the  "Electric  Grandmother",  and  "Big  Bird  in 
China",  which  will  be  referred  to  in  my  upcoming  visual  presentation. 

NBC's  Saturday  morning  programing  for  children  consists  of  ani- 
mated series  and  informational  features.  We  believe  NBC's  Satur- 
day morning  schedule  provides  young  viewers  with  a  blend  of  en- 


187 

tertainment  and  information,  like  the  Smurfs  and  Ask  NBC  News, 
that  interest  youngsters  and  is  of  value  to  them. 

NBC  television  network  also  continues  to  offer  its  highly  ac- 
claimed series  of  monthly  afternoon  specials  for  young  people 
called  "NBC  Special  Treat."  This  series,  while  designed  for  chil- 
dren ages  8  to  14,  is  consciously  structured  for  parent/child  view- 
ing. This  year,  NBC  will  expand  the  scope  of  the  program  by  pro- 
viding opportunities  for  their  production  by  the  NBC-owned  and 
NBC-affiliated  stations,  and  to  take  young  viewers  on  adventures 
all  through  the  United  States. 

I  have  brought  with  me  a  tape  which  is  representative  of  some  of 
our  efforts  for  young  people. 

[A  film  clip  was  shown.] 

Ms.  TucKER-ViNSON.  NBC's  network  programing  is  only  a  part  of 
the  total  and  varied  mix  of  children's  programs  on  television.  The 
NBC-owned  television  stations  also  carry  a  substantial  amount  of 
locally  produced  or  syndicated  children's  programs.  Some  of  these 
include:  "Stuff,  "Teen  Exchange",  "The  Beth  and  Bower  Half-Hour", 
and  "It's  Academic",  all  of  which  are  produced  by  WRC-TV,  our 
station  here  in  Washington. 

Beyond  our  on-air  efforts,  two  NBC  projects  reflect  our  commit- 
ment to  work  with  children,  adults,  parents,  and  teachers  to  make 
television  an  even  more  positive  part  of  our  lives.  NBC  publishes 
and  distributes  a  series  of  viewers'  guides  which  are  designed  to  aid 
the  entire  audience  and  in  particular  young  viewers  to  understand 
and  take  advantage  of  the  many  excellent  programs  on  television. 
The  guides  contain  descriptive  materials  about  selected  programs 
and  among  other  things  suggest  questions  implicit  in  them  which 
would  serve  as  the  basis  for  class  and  home  discussion.  Last  year, 
thousands  of  copies  of  over  a  dozen  guides  were  distributed  by  NBC 
nationwide. 

NBC  also  cosponsors  the  Dramatic  Script  Category  of  Scholastic 
Inc.'s  National  Writing  Awards  program  and  has  been  doing  so  for 
several  years.  This  project  is  designed  to  encourage  excellence  in 
writing  and  creative  achievement  for  students  in  the  7th  through 
the  12th  grade.  Students  submit  original  radio,  television,  or  film 
scripts,  or  a  one-act  play,  to  a  panel  of  judges.  Winners  receive 
scholarships  or  cash  prizes. 

As  I  have  mentioned  before,  NBC  recognizes  its  special  responsi- 
bility to  young  people.  Our  program  department  and  the  NBC 
Broadcast  Standards  Department  require  that  producers  be  sensi- 
tive to  the  special  needs  of  young  people. 

In  addition  to  an  obligation  to  present  positive  and  prosocial  ma- 
terial, there  also  is  an  obligation  to  avoid  material  that  would  have 
an  adverse  effect  on  a  child's  behavior  and  intellectual  and  emo- 
tional development.  Our  Broadcast  Standards  Department  directs 
and  administers  a  well-established  series  of  standards  both  for  pro- 
graming and  commercial  practices  which  reflect  the  special  sensi- 
tivities of  the  young  audience. 

Over  the  years  children's  programing  has  changed  and  evolved 
as  we  have  learned  from  our  experiences  and  listened  to  our  critics, 
colleagues,  and  our  audiences.  NBC  intends  to  continue,  as  we  have 
in  the  past,  to  find  new  and  different  ways  to  serve  children,  to 


188 
blend  into  a  total  schedule  which  serves  them  as  well  as  their  fami- 

iS. 

That  concludes  my  presentation. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Tucker- Vinson  follows:] 


lies. 


189 

Prepared  Statement  of  Phylus  Tucker- Vinson,  Vice  President,  Children's 
Programming,  NBC  Television  Network 


I  am  grateful  to  the  Conunittee  for  this  opportunity  to 
speak  on  children's  programming  from  my  own  experience, 
not  only  as  a  children's  television  programmer,  but  also  as 
a  parent  and  an  educator  with  a  Bachelor's  Degree  in  child 
development. 

NBC  has  evolved  a  programming  philosophy  which 
appreciates  that  our  programs  must  entertain  if  we  are  to 
attract  viewers,  including  youngsters.   At  the  same  time  — 
while  we  have  no  desire  to  usurp  the  right  and  responsibility 
to  educate  that  belongs  primarily  to  parents  and  teachers  — 
our  philosophy  includes  a  sensitivity  to  the  informational, 
educational,  and  pro-social  values  our  programming  provides 
in  response  to  children's  needs. 

NBC's  programming  philosophy  has  evolved  as  we  have 
listened  and  learned  from  children,  their  parents  and  their 
teachers.   We  have  also  listened  and  learned  from  our  critics, 
from  producers,  and  from  other  broadcasters.   And  in  1975  NBC 
established  a  Social  Science  Advisory  Panel  of  independent 
top  ranking  social  scientists  to  assist  in  the  development  and 
evaluation  of  our  Saturday  morning  programs.   This  panel 
works  with  NBC  from  the  inception  of  program  concepts  and 
proposals  through  the  completion  of  program  development, 
advising  NBC  on  potential  problems  and  suggesting  themes 


20-006  O  -  83  -  13 


190 


and  role  models  for  programs.   In  addition,  we  recently  held 

two  symposiums  designed  to  improve  the  depictions  of 

minority  groups  in  children's  programs.   Experts  in  the  areas 

of  stereotyping,  development  of  minority  children,  and  race 

relations  informed  us,  and  the  producers  and  writers  of  our 

Saturday  morning  programs  about  recent  research  in  these  important 

areas. 

This  year  NBC's  philosophy  on  programming  for  children 
and  all-family  viewing  is  reflected  in  a  schedule  which 
includes  a  diversity  of  program  types  and  provides  animation 
and  live  action,  comedy  and  adventure,  fantasy  and  reality, 
entertainment  and  information.   And,  as  in  the  past,  we  have 
tried  to  avoid  stereotyping,  gratuitous  violence  and  negative 
role  models,  while  making  every  effort  to  incorporate, 
wherever  possible,  pro-social  messages,  positive  role  models, 
and  ethnic  diversity  among  the  characters. 

Thus,  in  prime  time  the  NBC  Television  Network  offers 
a  number  of  programs  designed  to  provide  a  viewing  experience 
that  children  and  their  parents  can  enjoy  together.   Some  of 
these  are: 


Little  House  -  A  New  Beginning  —  The  heartwarming 
dramatic  series  which  centers  around  the  pioneer 
Ingalls  family  in  the  late  1870 's  and  the  events 
that  take  place  in  their  lives  as  they  work  and  play 
in  the  infant  communities  of  the  U.S.   The  weekly 
episodes  recount  the  love  and  warmth  exhibited  by 


191 


the  Ingalls  family,  the  hard  work  and  sacrifice 
involved  in  starting  a  new  life,  preparation  for 
prairie  schools,  natural  disasters,  meeting 
neighbors,  and  making  new  friends. 

Voyagers '  —  An  adventure  series  about  two  "time 
travelers"  who  take  incredible  journeys  back  in  time 
and  witness  various  events  in  history.   This  series 
was  produced  in  association  with  Scholastic 
Productions,  and  at  the  conclusion  of  each  program 
young  viewers  are  urged  to  visit  their  local  library 
and  find  out  more  about  the  subject  of  the  night's 
program. 

Fame  —  A  musical/dramatic  series  centering  on  the 
talented  and  high-spirited  students  of  New  York's 
High  School  for  the  Performing  Arts.   The  energetic 
teenagers  aspire  to  various  show  business  careers, 
but  all  share  the  problems  and  the  exhilarations 
of  the  special  life  they  have  chosen.   The 
youngsters  learn  more  than  technical  ability  at 
the  school;  they  learn  how  to  deal  with  competition 
and  rejection,  and  they  learn  how  to  support  and 
respect  each  other. 

The  Facts  of  Life  —  A  situation  comedy  in  which 
a  housekeeper  accepts  a  temporary  position  as 
housemother  to  five  teenage  girls  at  the  Eastland 
private  school,  a  college  preparatory  school  for 
young  women.   As  housemother,  she  is  mother, 
confidante,  and  all-around  advisor  and  problem 
solver.   Problems  of  concern  to  children  and  young 
teens  are  generally  the  subject  of  each  episode 
which  are  looked  at  with  common  sense,  warmth,  and 
good  humor. 

Diff'rent  Strokes  —  A  situation  comedy  which  seeks 
to  promote  racial  understanding  about  a  millionaire 
widower  with  a  13-year-old  daughter  who  lives  in  a 
swank  New  York  City  penthouse  and  who  adopts  two 
small  Black  boys,  sons  of  his  late  housekeeper. 

Silver  Spoons  —  A  situation  comedy  about  an 
immature  father  whose  12-year-old  son  comes  to  live 
with  him  and  tries  to  help  his  dad  grow  up  while  the 
dad  tries  to  help  his  serious  little  boy  get  more 
fun  out  of  life. 


NBC  has  also  carried  a  number  of  special  prime  time 


192 


programs,  such  as  Skeezer,  The  Electric  Grandmother,  and 
Big  Bird  in  China,  which  will  be  referred  to  in  my  upcoming 
visual  presentation. 

NBC's  Saturday  morning  programming  for  children 
consists  of  animated  series  and  informational  features.   The 
current  season  includes  a  new  ninety  (90)  minute  edition  of 
the  popularly  acclaimed  SMURFS  series,  which  has  seized  the 
imagination  of  the  American  public.   Each  of  the  programs, 
which  features  the  adventures  of  tiny,  blue  elf -like  Smurfs, 
the  lessons  they  learn  in  living  with  each  other  and  their 
battles  against  the  Wizard  Gargamel  and  his  cat  Azrael, 
consists  of  three  separate  stories  and  light  classical  music 
in  its  background  score.   The  Emmy -Award  winning  series 
Ask  NBC  News,  in  which  NBC  News  correspondents  answer 
questions  on  current  events  and  news-related  subjects  posed 
by  young  people  from  across  the  nation,  is  broadcast  five 
times  each  Saturday  morning.   We  believe  NBC's  Saturday 
morning  schedule  provides  young  viewers  with  a  blend  of 
entertainment  and  information  that  interests  youngsters 
and  is  of  value  to  them. 

The  NBC  Network  also  continues  to  offer  its  highly- 
acclaimed  series  of  monthly,  afternoon  specials  for  young 
people,  called  NBC's  Special  Treat.   The  series,  while 
designed  for  children  ages  8  to  14,  is  consciously  structured 
for  parent/child  viewing.   One  of  the  goals  of  the  series 


193 


is  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  this  co-viewing  and  a 
springboard  for  discussion.   The  Special  Treat  series  has 
received  numerous  awards,  including  seven  awards  from  ACT. 
This  year  NBC  will  expand  the  scope  of  the  programs  by 
providing  opportunities  for  their  production  by  the  NBC 
owned  and  NBC  affiliated  stations  and  to  take  young  viewers 
on  adventures  all  around  the  United  States. 

[Play  tape  of  programs  for  children] 

NBC's  Network  programming  is  only  a  part  of  the 
total  and  varied  mix  of  children's  programs  on  television. 
The  NBC  owned  television  stations  also  carry  a  substantial 
amount  of  locally  produced  or  syndicated  children's 
programs.   Some  of  these  programs  include: 


Stuff  —  This  30-minute  program  hosted  by  two 
15-year-olds,  Beth  Arnold  and  Oteil  Burbridge, 
is  designed  for  children  12  and  under.  Each 
week  these  co-hosts  present  information  about 
careers,  television  advertising,  safety,  good 
nutrition,  sports,  and  the  world  around  them. 
The  program  is  produced  by  WRC-TV  in  Washington. 

Teen  Exchange  —  A  weekly  half  hour  teen  talk 
show  by  teens  for  teens.   The  format  involves 
the  teenage  audience  into  the  topics  discussed 
and  provides  a  forum  for  them  to  voice  their 
opinions  on  issues  affecting  their  lives  today 
and  in  the  future.   Teen  Exchange  topics  run  the 
gamut  from  the  impact  of  video  games  on  them 
to  music,  sports  careers,  nuclear  power,  divorce, 
and  shoplifting,  as  well  as  numerous  other  ideas. 

The  Beth  and  Bower  Half-Hour  — A  series  for  young 
viewers  between  the  ages  of  7  and  10,  features 
Beth,  a  secondary  school  student  and  her  life- 


194 


size  puppet  "Bower".   Each  week's  program  helps 
develop  the  self-esteem  of  young  viewers  by 
emphasizing  the  individual's  basic  goodness  and 
intellectual  and  creative  potential.   The  program- 
also  features  original,  basic  cooking,  crafts 
and  art  and  poetry  contributed  by  local  elementary 
.school  students. 

It's  Academic  —  A  half-hour  weekly  question  and 
answer  show  designed  to  display  scholastic 
achievements  of  Washington-area  youth  in  a  quick 
recall  of  facts  and  abstract  thinking  on  each 
program,  features  three  carefully  selected  teams 
of  students  from  local  high  schools  as  competing 
participants.   The  show  is  designed  in  three  rounds 
as  the  moderator  directs  questions  to  the  teams 
playing  against  the  clock. 

Beyond  our  on-air  efforts,  two  NBC  projects  reflect 
our  commitment  to  work  with  children,  adults,  parents  and 
teachers  to  make  television  an  even  more  positive  part  of 
our  lives.   NBC  publishes  and  distributes  a  series  of 
Viewers'  Guides  which  are  designed  to  aid  the  entire  audience 
and,  in  particular,  younger  viewers,  to  understand  and  take 
advantage  of  the  many  excellent  programs  on  television.   The 
Guides  contain  descriptive  material  about  selected  programs 
and,  among  other  things,  suggest  questions  implicit  in  them 
which  could  serve  as  the  basis  for  class  and  home  discussion. 
Last  year,  thousands  of  copies  of  over  a  dozen  guides  were 
distributed  by  NBC  nationwide. 

NBC  also  co-sponsors  the  Dramatic  Script  Category  of 
Scholastic  Inc.'s  National  Writing  Awards  program  and  has 
been  doing  so  for  several  years.   This  project  is  designed 
to  encourage  excellence  in  writing  and  creative  achievement 


195 

for  students  in  the  seventh  through  twelfth  grades.   Students 
submit  original  radio,  television  or  film  scripts,  or  a 
one-act  play,  to  a  panel  of  judges.   Winners  receive 
scholarships  or  cash  prizes. 

As  I  have  mentioned  before,  NBC  recognizes  its 
special  responsibility  to  young  people.   Our  program 
department  and  the  NBC  Broadcast  Standards  Department 
require  that  producers  be  sensitive  to  the  special  needs 
of  young  people.   In  addition  to  an  obligation  to  present 
positive  and  pro-social  material,  there  also  is  an  obligation 
to  avoid  material  that  would  have  an  adverse  effect  on  a 
child's  behavior  and  intellectual  and  emotional  development. 
Our  Broadcast  Standards  Department  directs  and  administers 
a  well-established  series  of  standards  both  for  programming 
and  commercial  practices  which  reflect  the  special 
sensitivities  of  the  child  audience. 

Over  the  years  children's  programming  has  changed  and 
evolved  as  we  have  learned  from  our  experiences  and  listened 
to  our  critics,  colleagues,  and  our  audiences.   NBC  intends 
to  continue,  as  we  have  in  the  past,  to  find  new  and 
different  ways  to  serve  children,  to  blend  into  a  total 
schedule  which  serves  them  as  well  as  their  families. 

That  concludes  my  presentation. 


196 

Mr.  Swift.  Thank  you  very  much. 

As  we  indicated,  time  is  running  out,  and  I  will  not  ask  any  ques- 
tions. I  would  give  the  panel  this  one  opportunity  of  2  minutes,  if 
there  are  any  of  the  things  in  the  previous  discussion  that  any  of 
you  would  like  to  comment  on  at  this  point,  I  would  be  happy  to 
hear  your  comments. 

Mr.  Blessington.  I  would  just  comment  that  in  listening  to  the 
previous  presenters  and  the  questions  from  the  committee,  I  was 
struck,  as  I  have  been,  by  the  fact  that  it  is  very  difficult  for  the 
industry  to  come  off  on  the  right  of  the  argument  if  it  talks  about 
decreased  presentation  of  specific  programing  to  children,  and  that 
seems  to  be  a  track  that  we  run  around  a  fair  amount  in  this. 

I  would  just  like  to  comment  that  having  recently  left  teaching, 
there  is  much  that  has  been  said  that  I  don't  recognize.  That  is  to 
say,  there  are  points  at  issue  about  things  about  children  and  tele- 
vision, and  what  they  need,  that  it  is  an  awful  and  terrible  depriva- 
tion, which  I  guess  I  haven't  shared  as  a  teacher,  parent,  or  school- 
head. 

I  don't  say  that  to  be  at  all  in  terms  of  not  joining  in  m  the  care 
of  children,  I  have  had  that  for  years.  I  sought  to  work  in  this  in- 
dustry because  I  wanted  to  build  bridges  to  it.  But  there  are  some 
things  about  the  current  state  of  children  and  their  learning  which 
makes  television  so  wonderful  as  it  is,  and  as  the  industry  attempts 

to  make  it. 

I  hear  a  rather  depressing  display  of  opinion  with  regard  to  the 
downside  of  it,  and  I  haven't  heard  enough  celebration  of  the 
upside  for  me,  anyway. 

Mr.  MiELKE.  I  tried  to  show  some  of  the  upside.  It  is  with  very 
great  pleasure  that  we  acknowledge  the  Federal  support  that  we 
have  received  in  the  past  for  funding  for  programing  by  the  Chil- 
dren's Television  Workshop. 

In  a  previous  incarnation,  when  I  was  on  the  faculty  of  Indiana 
University,  I  did  some  policy  research  studying  the  question  of  the 
Federal  role  in  funding  children's  television  programing,  and  we 
examined  in  some  detail  the  various  options  that  there  are  to 
answer  various  funding  questions. 

My  bottom  line  on  that,  and  it  is  reinforced  by  what  I  hear 
today,  is  that  the  Federal  Government  is  the  funder  of  last  resort 
for  those  special  categories  of  people,  children,  who  cannot  be 
served  through  the  marketplace  mechanisms,  who  cannot  receive 
continuing  support  through  philanthropic  organizations  and  corpo- 
rate underwriting.  So  we  really  place  ourselves  at  the  hands  of  the 
Federal  Government  for  the  long  term. 

Mr.  Swift.  Dr.  Robinson,  you  may  have  the  last  word. 

Ms.  Robinson.  I  think  that  the  NBA  has  been  involved  with  and 
has  endorsed  programs  that  appear  on  every  commercial  networks 
as  well  as  on  public  broadcasting,  and  with  cable,  and  this  would 
suggest  that  there  is  something  of  value  out  there.  We  have  a  prob- 
lem of  getting  information  and  letting  our  students,  parents,  and 
our  colleagues  know  more  about  what  is  out  there,  and  working 
with  the  industry  so  that  we  can  provide  a  standard  of  programing 
which  is  consistent,  predictable,  and  easily  accessible  by  all  the 
viewers  who  need  this  programing. 


197 

Mr.  Swift.  I  thank  you  all.T  think  that  this  has  been  a  particu- 
larly useful  set  of  hearings  due  to  the  quality  of  presentation  that 
has  been  provided  by  all  of  the  witnesses.  We  would  especially  like 
to  thank  ABC  Television  for  the  provision  of  the  video  equipment 

here  today. 

The  committee  stands  adjourned. 

[The  following  statement  and  letters  were  received  for  the 
record:] 


198 


The  Washington  Association  for 
Television  and  Children 


The  Washington  Association  for  Television  and  Children  (WATCH)  is  pleased 
the  House  Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications,  Consumer  Protection  and  Finance 
is  addressing  the  issue  of  children's  television  and  we  thank  you  for  the 
opportunity  to  present  our  views. 

Recently  FCC  Commissioner  Mark  Fowler  posed  the  question:  "What  do  they 
want?"  --  they  being  the  media  reform  community.  We  offer  our  answer  to  that 
question  in  hopes  that  what  we  say  will  stimulate  discussion  and  action  and 
not  merely  be  part  of  a  procedure  which  transfers  information  from  our  type- 
writers to  a  shelf,  with  only  the  fact  of  the  transfer  acknowledged. 

"What  we  want"  can  be  covered  under  five  headings: 

1.  Appropriate  service  to  that  portion  of  the  audience 
considered  to  be  children; 

2.  Scheduling  of  this  service  at  appropriate  times 
throughout  the  week; 

3.  Restraint  of  commercialization; 

4.  Wide  dissemination  of  information  about  how  to  use 
television,  particularly  critical  viewing  skills;  and 

5.  Federal  government  assumption  of  its  unique  role  -- 
that  of  acting  for  the  good  of  the  whole  society  and 
balancing  the  intended  and  unintended  effects  of  the 
parts  against  each  other. 

We  would  like  to  expand  upon  each  of  these  items  and  offer  some  specific 

recommendations. 


199 


APPROPRIATE  SERVICE  TO  CHILDREN 

WATCH  defines  children's  programming  as  including  (1)  those  programs 
expressly  designed  for  a  child  audience  (the  definition  adopted  by  the  FCC), 
(2)  those  programs  watched  by  a  large  number  of  children,  (3)  those  programs 
which  have  been  made  into  cartoons  such  as  Mork  and  Mindy  or  Gilligan's 
Island,  and  (4)  those  programs  which  generate  lines  of  toys  for  marketing  to 
children  such  as  the  Dukes  of  Hazzard.  WATCH  also  believes  it  is  appropriate 
to  define  children  as  a  wider  group  than  the  "two-  to  eleven-year-old  market." 
We  would  include  adolescents  in  the  wider  group  due  to  the  fact  their  needs 
only  partially  overlap  with  those  of  an  adult  audience.  WATCH  sees  childhood 
as  a  developmental  continuum  and  we  stress  that  arbitrary  divisions  into  pre- 
school, school  age,  and  adolescent  are  convenient  groupings  rather  than 
actual  categories. 

Bearing  this  in  mind,  we  are  disappointed  to  report  that  even  the 
limited  definitions  and  limited  service  standards  contained  in  The  Federal 
Communications  Report  and  Policy  Statement  of  1974  are  not  reflected  in  the 
current  offerings  for  children  on  television.  At  this  writing  there  is  not 
one  regularly  scheduled  children's  program  on  network  television  on  a  weekday. 
Furthermore,  the  amount  of  age-specific  programming  offered  on  the  weekends 
has  actually  declined  either  through  elimination  (CBS  News  for  Children)  or 
restructuring  (Captain  Kangaroo).  The  marketplace  is  the  most  inexorable  of 
regulators  —  dismissing  all  the  complexity  of  a  standard  like  the  "public  in- 
terest, convenience  and  necessity"  in  favor  of  the  deceptively  simple  quantitative 


200 


measure  called  the  "bottom  line."  The  present  state  of  children's  TV  is  the 
best  argument  for  regulation.  Without  government  regulation  what  we  have  is 
just  about  what  we  should  expect  --  almost  nothing. 

What  we  would  like  is  another  matter.  Look  at  the  shelves  of  a  children's 
library.  You  will  find  thousands  of  books  divided  by  subject  matter  and  reading 
level.  This  is  a  good  beginning  when  we  look  for  a  standard  of  diversity. 
Television  has  an  even  wider  range  of  capabilities  than  the  public  library  when 
it  comes  to  children  who  do  not  yet  read  or  who  do  not  read  well.  This  latter 
group  includes  both  those  in  the  early  grades  and  those  older  children  who  read 
far  below  grade  level.  For  these  children,  television  is  a  primary  if  not  the 
primary  source  of  information  about  the  world. 

Unfortunately,  television  is  likely  to  provide  children,  under  the  guise 
of  entertainment,  with  misinformation  about  the  world.  Who  pays  the  costs  when 
young  boys  grow  up  with  the  model  of  the  car  chase  or  the  motorcycle  daredevil 
antics  of  our  popular  programs?  Who  pays  the  cost  of  alienation  of  a  poor  or 
disadvantaged  child  who  grows  up  thinking  that  most  families  are  like  the 
Brady  Bunch,  with  the  lifestyle  of  a  six-figure  income  and  parents  who  are 
never  too  hassled  to  listen?  Who  pays  the  cost  of  the  little  girl  who  sees 
women  on  television  through  the  filter  of  today's  prime  time  sex  stereotypes 
or  yesterday's  stereotypes  on  the  syndicated  reruns?  Who  pays  the  cost  for 
the  primacy  of  fists  and  guns  as  means  of  resolving  conflict?  Who  pays  the 
costs  of  a  child's  perceptual  dissonance  when  sound  effects  and  camera  angles 
stimulate  the  attention  for  the  upcoming  commercial  but  there  is  no  corresponding 


201 


stimulation  in  the  story  line?  Who  pays  the  costs  of  creating  expectations 
that  problems  are  solvable  in  thirty  or  sixty  minutes,  with  time  for  commer- 
cials? 

Not  the  boradcaster  or  the  advertiser.  These  are  not  costs  reflected  in 
their  bottom  lines.  WATCH  is  not  asking  for  censorship  but  rather  for  a  set  of 
positive  standards  to  be  applied  to  the  broadcast  services  provided  for  children 
and  young  people. 

SCHEDULING 

Many  times  parents  have  called  WATCH  with  these  questions:     "I'd  like  to 
be  a  responsible  parent  with  regard  to  what  my  child  sees  but  most  of  the  time 
there's  nothing  on  that  I  think  is  appropriate.     Is  my  only  choice  to  say   'NO 
TV?"     Or,   "Why  do  they  schedule  children's  specials   in  the  evening  at  8:00? 
It's  much  too  late  to  let  them  stay  up."     Or,   "My  kids   lose  out  on  children's 
programs  because  they  have  activities  on  Saturday  morning.     They're  home  after 
school   but  there's  usually  nothing  on  for  them  then."     The  Federal   Communications 
Commission  Children's  Television  Task  Force  Report,   issued  in  1979,   stated 
that  independent  stations  and  public  stations  were  bearing  most  of  the  respon- 
sibility for  programming  for  children  during  the  week.     In  addition  to  the 
obvious  disparity  of  services  between  these  and  the  network  stations,   it  must 
be  noted  that  not  everyone  can  receive  these  stations.     Many  independent  and 
public  stations  are  UHF  and  do  not  come  in  clearly.     Communities  in  smaller 
markets  may  not  be  served  at  all   by  either  an  independent  or  a  public  station. 


202 


A  number  of  years  ago,  Action  for  Children's  Television  suggested  that  a 
minimum  of  two  hours  a  day  be  devoted  to  children's  television  on  each  station. 
WATCH  concurs  in  this  recommendation  and  notes  that  many  millions  of  children 
have  passed  through  the  stages  of  pre-school ,  school  age  and  adolescence  since 
these  recommendations  were  made.  It  is  too  late  to  provide  appropriate  pro- 
gramming and  scheduling  for  them.  How  much  longer  must  today's  children  wait? 
Recommendations  for  scheduling  are  simple:  there  should  be  enough  programming 
for  children  scheduled  and  it  should  be  scheduled  for  the  convenience  of  the 
audience  rather  than  the  advertiser. 

RESTRAINT  OF  COMMERCIALIZATION 

Ideally  children's  programming  would  be  offered  on  a  sustaining  basis, 
free  of  commercials.  Several  years  ago  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  took  up 
the  question  of  whether  or  not  it  was  "fair"  to  advertise  to  young  children  at 
all  and  the  Commission  was  very  nearly  put  out  of  business  in  the  ensuing  storm. 
WATCH  hopes  the  discussion  is  not  shelved.  It  is  a  serious  question  which 
deserves  a  fair  hearing. 

A  small  anecdote  is  in  order  here.  WATCH' s  president  Mary  Ann  Banta 
showed  the  film  "Seeing  Through  Commercials"  to  her  class  of  pre-schoolers. 
The  children  asked  to  see  the  film  again  and  indicated  that  they  had  understood 
its  message.  Then, in  the  next  breath,  they  wanted  to  buy  the  nonexistent 
advertised  products!  On  one  hand  the  children  understood  the  manipulation  of 
the  product  but  they  were  unable  to  sense  the  media's  manipulation  of  their 
wants  and  desires. 


203 


WATCH  recommends  that,  under  a  system  where  commercials  provide  for  the 

sponsorship  of  children's  programs,  the  following  constraints  be  observed: 

Commercials  should  be  clustered  at  the  beginning  and  end  of 
programs  with  clear  signals  that  this  is  a  commercial  break. 
This  provides  some  buffer  between  program  and  commercial  and 
avoids  the  problem  of  special  effects  hype  preceeding  the 
commercial . 

Commercials  on  children's  programs  are  predominantly  for 
toys,  snack  foods  and  cereals  (usually  sugared).  WATCH  rec- 
commends  the  addition  of  a  wider  range  of  edibles  and  that 
public  service  announcements  on  nutrition  balance  these 
messages. 

Commercials  on  television  often  put  the  child  in  the  role  of 
salesperson.  Advertisements  aimed  toward  parents,  or  empha- 
sizing parents'  roles  in  determining  purchases  are  preferable. 

When  the  FCC  considered  guidelines  for  children,  it  declined  to  intervene 
in  the  area  of  commercials  because  the  National  Association  of  Broadcasters 
Code  already  provided  the  guidance  necessary.  Since  then  the  NAB  Code  has 
been  found  unconstitutional,  and  it  is  recommended  that  other  ways  be  found  to 
compensate  for  the  relaxation  of  the  rules  for  advertisements  of  products  in- 
tended for  children. 

Special  problems  arise  when  products  and  programs  are  closely  associated. 
Although  host  selling  restrictions  provide  some  constraint,  other  situations 
are  not  addressed.  The  Smerfs  and  The  Dukes  of  Hazzard,  to  name  two  examples, 
are  lines  of  toys  as  well  as  television  programs.  It  may  be  said  that  the 
whole  program  in  these  cases  serves  a  commercial  function.  Cross-ownership  of 
broadcasting  companies  and  toy  manufacturers  complicates  the  issue.  Serious 
study  needs  to  be  given  to  the  best  means  of  protecting  the  interests  of  the 
child  consumer  in  these  areas. 


204 


WATCH  would  also  like  to  draw  attention  to  the  background  messages  and 
settings  of  commercials.     Products  often  are  shown  in  highly  idealized  or  wery 
wealthy  settings  to  indicate  that  it  is  a  good  product.     The  elusive  promise 
of  belonging,  of  friends  and  even  romance  if  you  just  have  the  right  snacks, 
toys  or  what-have-you  is  questionable  in  any  advertisement.     It  is  a  cruel  joke 
on  children.     Also,   advertisements  featuring  groups  of  children  should  include 
both  sexes  and  a  mix  of  races.     Few  jobs  or  activities  are  segregated  and  it 
is  a  disservice  to  create  expectations  that  they  are  segregated  in  a  pluralistic 
society. 

Some  of  these  problems  are  appropriate  for  government  regulation;  others 
for  self-regulation.     WATCH  recommends  that  rules  and  policies  be  generated  to 
strengthen  rather  than  weaken  the  self-regulatory  capacity  of  the  advertisers. 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  USE 

WATCH  highly  recommends  the  promotion  of  critical  viewing  skills  and  other 
means  to  provide  children  and  adults  with  the  information  they  need  to  evaluate 
television  and  its  effects  on  their  lives  and  on  their  communities.  One  should 
not  have  to  attend  a  course  in  communications  theory  to  hear  questions  posed  about 
the  form  as  well  as  the  content  of  information.  Because  television  is  such  a 
major  part  of  children's  lives,  it  is  essential  that  some  instruction  be  devoted 
to  its  use  and  abuse.  WATCH  applauds  the  efforts  undertaken  to  develop  critical 
viewing  skills  curricula  and  encourages  its  expansion.  This  topic  needs  to  be 
included  in  the  preparatory  coursework  of  teachers. 


205 


WATCH  has  itself  prepared  critical  viewing  skills  materials  (samples  of 
which  are  included  in  the  appended  issue  of  WATCHWORKS)  for  pre-school  through 
sixth  grade.  The  examples  are  designed  to  be  included  in  English  classes  or 
social  studies  classes  without  requiring  the  teacher  to  make  major  changes  in 
the  syllabus. 

The  United  States  has  a  good  record  of  informing  citizens  about  public 
health  questions,  proper  nutrition  and  other  aspects  of  a  healthy  physical 
environment.  Providing  information  about  the  attainment  of  a  healthy  social 
environment  is  also  a  necessary  function.  Before  anyone  remembers  that  it  is 
almost  1984,  it  is  appropriate  to  mention  that  Orwell's  Appendix  on  Newspeak 
showed  a  constriction  rather  than  an  expansion  of  the  vocabulary  for  speaking 
and  thinking.  Television's  form  is  geared  to  creating  a  favorable  tool  for 
the  commercial  message.  If  television  itself  does  not  provide  the  tools  for 
critical  viewing,  they  must  come  from  other  sources  —  primarily  those  of 
formal  and  informal  education.  If  these  tools  are  to  be  widely  disseminated 
they  will  require  financial  support  from  the  government.  It  is  taken  for 
granted  it  is  not  feasible  to  provide  this  education  on  television  so  other 
sectors  of  society  must  participate. 

THE  ROLE  OF  GOVERNMENT 

WATCH  requests  that  the  Congress  take  the  broad  view  of  its  responsibilities 
regarding  children  and  television.  Only  the  federal  government  has  the  requi- 
site scope  to  act  on  behalf  of  the  whole  of  society.  Other  constituencies  have 
more  influence  than  children;  they  can  make  their  needs  appear  more  dramatic  or 


20-006  0-83-14 


206 


more  pressing.  But,  we  cannot  ignore  the  welfare  of  children  just  because  it 
tends  to  come  behind  "unemployment"  or  "the  national  defense"  on  surveys  of 
public  opinion.  Television  has  a  major  effect  on  our  society  and  particularly 
on  the  children  of  our  society  because  they  are  more  impressionable,  because 
they  watch  more  than  all  other  age  groups  except  the  elderly  and  because  they 
represent  the  future  of  our  society.  It  is  not  reasonable  to  ask  the  producer 
of  a  particular  program  or  the  management  of  a  network  or  a  station  to  look  for 
and  counteract  the  less  desirable  effects  of  the  medium.  They  respond  in  terms 
of  their  own  self-interest,  e.g.,  television  does  not  cause  violent  human 
behavior,  but  television  does  influence  buying  behavior.  It  is  therefore  up 
to  a  larger  vision  to  consider  these  issues. 

For  example,  if  we  look  at  the  Grand  Canyon,  we  see  a  result  that  has 
taken  many  years  of  interaction  of  rain,  wind  and  heat.  Someone  who  observed 
that  area  for  a  day  or  a  week  or  a  year  would  not  see  much  effect.  The  time 
period  is  too  short.  In  similar  fashion,  we  can't  look  at  the  cumulative 
effects  of  television  on  a  child's  development  in  terms  of  a  program  or  a 
season.  Even  less  can  we  see  cumulative  effects  from  a  program  or  a  season  on 
society.  Long-term  research  is  needed,  and  on  a  large  scale  or  we  simply  won't 
know  the  effects.  If  we  don't  know,  we  cannot  take  steps  to  correct  imbalances, 
offset  destructive  tendencies  or  predict  future  behavior.  We  are  symied  by  the 
lack  of  evidence  meeting  the  rigorous  standards  of  physics,  especially  in  moni- 
toring an  appropriate  range  of  variables.  It  might  help  to  approach  the 
question  by  asking  how  can  we  compensate  for  unintended  or  undesirable  effects 


207 


rather  than  how  can  we  fix  blame  on  the  misbehaving  individual  or  corporation. 
If  a  set  of  positive  standards  is  reached,  then  the  individual  or  corporation 
can  be  held  to  them.   If  everyone  must  meet  the  same  standards,  there  will  be 
objections  but  then  companies  will  adapt  with  minimal  effect  on  their  profits. 

Society  has  larger  concerns  than  maintaining  an  industry's  conventions  or 
its  profits.  How  far  can  poorly  informed  citizens  be  pushed  before  the 
democratic  process  collapses?  How  robust  can  a  society  be  if  its  habitual 
thought  patterns  reflect  the  simple  world  of  television  drama  instead  of  life's 
complex  actual  situations?  Is  it  possible  to  grow  up  on  a  news  format  which 
talks  of  a  celebrity  divorce  and  a  coup  d'etat  in  a  foreign  country  with  equal 
emphasis  on  Monday  night  and  mentions  neither  Tuesday?  With  this  background 
can  one  notice  trends  or  classify  the  importance  of  events?  If  television's 
format  remains  sacrosanct,  what  other  media  must  be  developed  to  fill  the  gap? 
To  what  extent  is  government  itself  bending  to  the  criteria  of  entertaining  to 
the  detriment  of  informing  the  people  --  witness  the  State  of  the  Union  message 
and  the  Democrats'  reply.  How  will  our  children  learn  to  understand  the 
processes  of  government,  the  place  of  the  United  States  in  world  affairs  or  the 
means  of  adapting  to  an  accelerating  rate  of  social  and  technological  change  to 
fulfill  their  responsibilities  as  citizens  when  they  are  adults?  How  does 
television  help  or  hinder  that  process?  These  are  questions  that  must  be  ad- 
dressed on  a  scale  broad  enough  to  take  into  account  the  whole  of  society. 

Let's  face  the  issue  that  the  marketplace  does  not  meet  the  needs  of 
children.  Without  pressure  of  regulation,  Saturday  morning  would  be  the  only 


208 


time  network  affiliates  find  it  profitable  to  air  chilren's  programs. 
Commissioner  Fowler  has  said  that  a  flaw  in  The  Task  Force  Report  of  1979  was 
that  it  did  not  take  public  broadcasting  services  into  account.  We  ask,  how 
could  the  Task  Force  Report  have  done  so  and  retain  any  semblance  of  compatabil ity 
with  the  provisions  in  the  Communications  Act,  or,  for  that  matter,  any  legal 
precedents  of  licensure.  To  do  so  would  violate  the  spirit  and  letter  of  the 
responsibility  of  an  individual  licensee  by  placing  the  locus  of  control  of 
its  actions  outside  its  agreements.  And,  how  can  Commissioner  Fowler  justify 
placing  a  public  service  burden  only  on  those  commercial  stations  operating  in 
communities  where  there  is  no  public  or  independent  stations? 

Commissioner  Fowler  in  his  speech  talked  about  the  "myth"  of  trusteeship. 
We  disagree.  Portions  of  a  law  which  are  enforced  loosely, or  hardly  at  all,  do 
not  disappear.  They  wait  for  caretakers  of  government  with  either  the  respon- 
sibility to  enforce  the  law  or  the  gumption  to  try  to  repeal  it.  Previous 
Commissions  have  operated  by  a  wink  and  a  nod.  Some  made  no  bones  about  their 
reluctance  to  place  any  burdens  on  the  broadcasting  industry  they  expected  to 
join.  Others  took  their  responsibilities  to  the  public  more  seriously  but 
preferred  persuasion  rather  than  invoking  the  penalties  attendent  on  strict 
enforcement  with  the  limited  number  of  sanctions  available.  We  would  like  to 
remind  Commissioner  Fowler  that  broadcasting  is  not  like  other  businesses. 
Trusteeship  is  not  a  quaint  do-gooder  idea  but  was  a  trade-off.  Trusteeship 
is  the  price  the  broadcaster  is  to  pay  for  exclusive  use  of  one  of  the  very 
limited  spaces  on  the  spectrum  and  for  the  government's  protection  of  that 
right. 


209 


It  would  be  tempting,  but  a  mistake,  to  say  that  cable,  video  disk  and 
other  advances  make  this  a  moot  point.  When  the  majority  of  the  public  has 
access  to  these  alternatives  there  will  be  plenty  of  time  to  make  their  capa- 
bilities the  base  for  telecommunications  policy.  (Look  at  the  networks'  own 
projections  of  their  market  shares  over  the  next  ten,  twenty,  thirty  years.) 

The  job  of  protecting  the  public  interest  in  telecommunications  can  only 
be  done  by  the  federal  government.  No  other  government  has  jurisdiction  and 
no  other  component  in  society  has  the  mandate.  It  certainly  cannot  be  done 
by  the  media  reform  community.  None  of  us  have  the  resources.  This  testimony 
was  drafted  on  the  weekend  on  volunteer  time.  We  were  not  informed  about 
these  hearings  in  time  to  request  the  opportunity  to  present  oral  testimony. 
WATCH  has  no  staff  at  all  and  has  a  budget  small  enough  to  be  an  embarrassment. 
Other  groups  who  testify  may  have  a  small  staff  and  a  larger  budget  than  ours 
but  they  are  still  small  potatoes  indeed  in  comparison  to  the  resources  of  the 
industry  or  the  government.  No  group,  it  must  be  stressed,  is  in  the  position 
even  to  undertake  the  research  needed  or  even  the  coordination  of  research 
findings  needed  to  assemble  a  composite  picture  of  the  effects  of  television  on 
the  children  of  our  society.  Most  of  the  research  that  we  cite  as  documentation 
of  our  concern  was  undertaken  on  a  piecemeal  basis  and  most  of  it  was  concerned 
with  analyzing  specific  results  of  monitoring  projects.  A  wider  view  is  needed. 

Parents  and  teachers  have  come  under  fire  for  a  number  of  things  they 
haven't  done.  On  the  one  hand,  they  are  criticized  for  not  taking  more  respon- 
sibility for  children's  television.  But,  both  parents  and  teachers  have  many 


210 


responsibilities.  As  a  rule,  it  requires  several  years  to  become  familiar 
enough  with  communications  issues  to  be  creditable.  Involved  teachers  and 
parents  have  been  blamed  for  saying  that  television  is  the  only  major  influence 
on  children  and  that  it  is  responsible  for  all  of  their  problems.  Must  such  a 
claim  be  proven  for  action  to  be  taken?  We  do  claim  that  of  all  the  major 
influences  on  the  majority  of  children  --  home,  school,  church  and  community  -- 
that  television  is  perhaps  the  only  one  whose  interests  are  so  in  contradiction 
to  the  welfare  of  children. 

We  thank  the  Subcommittee  on  Telecommunications,  Consumer  Protection  and 
Finance  for  holding  this  hearing.  We  respectfully  submit  that  Congress  must 
ACT!  The  Federal  Communications  Commission's  position  is  on  record.  We  have 
done  what  we  can  to  say  what  it  is  that  we  want  for  children.  We  have  raised 
questions  and  concerns  and  have  been  honest  about  our  own  limitations  for 
achieving  change  or  redressing  an  imbalance.  We  now  ask  Congress  to  act  on 
behalf  of  the  children  who  have  never  heard  of  WATCH  but  who  have  heard  of  and 
do  watch  television. 

To  summarize,  WATCH  believes  it  is  important  that  program  services  for 
children  be  provided  and  that  they  be  scheduled  at  times  appropriate  for 
children  to  watch.  We  also  ask  for  restraints  on  commercialization  of  messages 
to  children  and  for  help  in  teaching  children  to  apply  critical  viewing  skills. 
Finally,  we  ask  for  the  federal  government  to  assume  the  role  of  acting  for 
society  as  a  whole,  and  particularly  for  those  members  who  are  most  vulnerable 
and  have  the  least  influence  on  the  lawmaking  process  --  our  children. 


211 


NATIONAL  COALITION  ON  TELEVISION  VIOLENCE 


Board  ol  Olneton 

Thomas  RadecM,  M.D.,  NCTV  Chairperson 

Southern  Illinois  Unlv  School  of  Medicine 
Grace  C.  Balslnger 

National  PTA  Past  President 
John  fl.  Lion.  M.D  .  Founder.  Violence  Clinic 

Depl.  ot  Psychiatry.  Unlv,  ot  Maryland 
Townes  Osborn.  President 

Washington  Assoc,  tor  Television  and  Children 
Nelson  Price.  Public  Media  Director 

United  Methodist  Communications 
Sam  Simon,  Executive  Director 

Telecommunications  Research  and  Action  Center 
Sally  Steenland.  Women's  Issues  Consultant 


Nawslatler  &  Monltortng  Office: 

Dr.  Thomas  Radecki.  M  D. 

National  Coalition  on  TV  Violence 

600  E    ParK  Ave 

P  O.  Box  2157 

Champaign.  IL  61820  (217)  359-8235 

Washington  Office: 

National  Coalition  on  TV  Violence 

1530  P.  Street  N  W, 

P.O.  Box  12038 

Washington,  DC.  20005  (202)  462-0515 


Chairman  Timothy  Wlrth 
Subconmiittee  on  Telecommunications, 
Consumer  Protection,  &  Finance 
B-331  RHOB 
Washington  DC  20515 


March  16,  1983 


Dear  Chairman  Wlrth, 

As  part  of  the  record  for  this  hearing  on  Children  and  Television,  The 
National  Coalition  on  Television  Violence  would  like  to  submit  our  most 
recent  monitoring  results  on  violence  portrayed  during  prime  time  and 
Saturday  morning  viewing  hours.   The  statistics  present  the  average  of 
violent  acts  per  program  during  our  monitoring  period. 

I  feel  these  statistics,  and  accompanying  program  descriptions,  present 
an  accurate  picture  of  what  is  being  daily  broadcast  into  our  homes  - 
violence  as  entertainment.   What  is  most  alarming  about  these  findings 
is  that  the  most  violent  programing  of  all  is  presented  on  Saturday 
morning  and  intended  for  the  child  viewer. 

The  Coalition  is  greatly  concerned  about  the  high  amounts  of  violence 
employed  by  networks  to  entertain  the  children  of  this  country.   Recently 
The  National  Institute  of  Mental  Health  released  a  ten  year  study  on  the 
affects  of  televlRrion  on  viewers.   The  study  found  that  "the  consensus 
among  most  of  the  research  community  is  that  violence  on  television  does 
lead  to  aggressive  behaviour  by  children  and  teenagers  who  watch  the 
(violent)  programs." 

It  is  my  hope  that  the  results  that  have  been  submitted  will  encourage 
this  subcommittee  to  further  investigation  into  this  situation. 


212 

Thank  you  for  your  time. 

Sincerely, 


'^^^:^  TfuJt^ — 


Brian  Malloy 
Washington  Director 


High  Violence  Programs  (Sept.  27-Dec.  26  1982) 

1.  Fall  Guy  (ABC)  34  acts/hour 

2.  Tales  of  the  Gold  Monkey  (ABC)  31  acts/hour 

3.  Voyagers  (NBC)  30  acts/hour 

4.  Gavilan  (NBC)  27  acts/hour 

5.  Dukes  of  Hazzard  (CBS)  23  acts/hour 

6.  Greatest  American  Hero  (ABC)  22  acts/hour 

7.  T.J.  Hooker  (ABC)  20  acts/hour 

8.  Simon  and  Simon  (CBS)  20  acts/hour 

9.  Magnum  P.I.  (CBS)  19  acts/hour 
lO.Knightriders  (NBC)  18  acts/hour 


213 


WhBther'ifs^eaA    ,'' 
or  a  6esteiUftbn*.-.-.i- ^v  -•: 
someone's  s/tvBjSafterGBvmn] 
He's Stwaysrahot  spot   . 
MChcSencs..^ 


All  Your  Time  Is  Prime  Time 
.  .Think  About  It. 


\  Recipe  for  Murder: 

Combine-.  1  poisonous  food  critic 

4  diefe  who  TOnl  his  head  on  a  [iate 
mend  m  an  cicplceion  of  Mactoail  and  reven«< 
Yield;      1  bizarre  murderer  who  puts 
heat  on  Matt  Houaoa 


GIL  GERARD 

MIEAR 


March  13-19, 1983 


y^ 


214 


Remaining  High  Violence  Programs: 

11.  ABC  Monday  Night  Movie     19 

12.  The  Quest(ABC)  1' 

13.  Matt  Houston(ABC)  i^ 
Hart  to  HartCABC; 
NBC  Sunday  Night  Movie 
Fancar;-  Tsland(ASC) 
ABC  Sunday  Night  Movie 
CBS  Saturday  Night  Movie 
CBS  Sunday  Night  Movie 
ABC  Friday  Night  Movie 
Tucker's  Witch (CBS) 
Walt  Disney(CBS) 
Powers  of  Matthew  Star-NBC  U 
Hill  Street  Blues(NBC) 

25.i,Cagney  &  Lacey(CBS) 
26.  The  Devlin  Connection(NBC) 
CBS  Tuesday  Nifeht  Movie 
CBS  Wednesday  Night  Movie 


Violent  Movies  on  Prime-time  Included: 


14. 
1  s. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 


27. 

28. 


17 
17 
16 
15 
Ij 
15 
14 
13 
12 


Battle  Beyond  the  Stars 

The  Big  Red  One 

The  Shadow  Riders 

Moonraker 

The  Outlaw  Josie  Wales 

Every  Which  Way  But  Loose 

The  Blue  and  the  Gray,  Pt 

The  Blues  Brothers 

Dr.  No 

Blazing  Saddles 

The  Gauntlet 

The  Blue  &  the  Gray,  Pt  2 

Honeyboy 

Deadly  Encounter 

My  Bodyguard 

The  Final  Countdown 

Love  at  Fist  Bite 

Animal  HoUSe 

Smokey  and  the  Bandit  II 


56 
53 
47 
43 

40 
38 
36 
36 
34 
34 
34 
29 
27 
24 
19 
18 
17 
16 
16 


^^^ 

^" 

Above  Average  Violence: 

per 

hour 

Remingion  Sleele 

NBC 

9 

Family  Ties 

NBC 

oevsn  Bndes  for  Seven  Brotnefs 

CBS 

8 

Cheens 

NBC 

The  ue.:...  Connectron 

NBC 

8 

Ta»i 

NBC 

Cnips 

NBC 

8 

Silver  Spoons 

NBC 

Falher  Murphy 

NBC 

6 

Did  rent  Strokes 

NBC 

Pvt    Benjamin 

CBS 

4 

The  New  Odd  Couple 

ABC 

Laverne  &  Shifley 

ABC 

4 

.   Dallas 

CBS 

0 

Ripley  s  Believe  It  Or  Not 

ABC 

4 

Archie  Bunkers  Place 

CBS 

0 

Benson 

ABC 

4 

One  Day  at  a  Time 

CBS 

0 

Little  House  on  the  Prarie 

NBC 

2 

Alice 

CBS 

0 

Happy  Days 

ABC 

3 

Newhart 

CBS 

0 

Gloria 

CBS 

0 

60  Minutes 

CBS 

0 

Low  Violence 

Fame 

NBC 

0 

Trappy'  .*„.in.  MD 

CBS 

2 

The  Facts  ot  Lite 

NBC 

0 

niiny  Hich 

CBS 

2 

Love.  Sidney 

NBC 

0 

Three  s  Company 

ABC 

2 

.    Dynasty 

ABC 

0 

Star  of  the  Family 

ABC 

2 

Love  Boat 

ABC 

0 

Gimmte  a  Break 

NBC 

2 

Too  Close  for  Comlort 

ABC 

0 

Knots  LanCing  . 

CBS 

3 

It  Takes  Two 

ABC 

0 

r^lcon  Crest 

CBS 

1 

9  to  5 

ABC 

0 

ine  jc;;j":nns 

CBS 

' 

Joanie  LOves  Ciiacni 

ABC 

0 

Square  Pegs 

CBS 

1 

That's  Incredible 

ABC 

0 

MASH 

Coo 

20)20 

mBC 

,j 

S:   Eisewr>ere 

■IBC 

Real  People 

NBC 

•    .-I..cr„    ..o.J.     , 

^^ 

Saturday  Morning  Cartoons-Fall  Monitoring- 
New  Season 

Flash  Goraon(NBC) 

Bugs  Bunny/Roadrunner(CBS)  2  hours 

BiackstartCBS) 

Pandemonium(CBS) 

Pac  Man(ABC) 

Huikyspider  Man(NBC) 

SmuffsiNBC) 

Richte  Rich/Litlle  Rascais'i.ABC) 

Superfriends(ABC) 

Flintslones(NBC) 

Popeye(CBS) 

Scooby  Doo(ABC) 

MofkJFoni/LaverneiABC) 

SpeedbuggyiCBSt 

Meatballs  &  SpagemiCBS) 

Shirtales(NBC) 

GiMigans  Planet(CBS) 

Gary  Coleman  Show^NBC; 

Fat  AlberKCBS) 


50 

48 

46 

36 

36 

34 

2B 

24 

24 

23 

19 

19 

17 

13 

10 

7 

7 

5 

3 


•Most  Of  violence  m  Little  Rascal  Segments 


NadoBd  CkBdm  A  TV  Week's  Prlmemmc  PrognmrnlBg 

To  celebrmie  Naoonal  Children  ind  Tdeviiion  W«k  the  noworts  present  the  following 
prime  time  lo  go  alon|  with  the  usual  Salurday  moming  canoons: 

From  TVGuide  descnpiions 
Saturday;  Wlzanli  A  Warrlon:  Battling  Ughlning  bolts,  black  magic,  and  demoo 
monsters.  Prince  rescuea  kidnapped  Princeai  from  evil  Blackpool;  TJMooktriABC). 
draws  fUe  from  fellow  officers  when  be  chooses  not  to  shoot  a  cornered  cop  killer; 
Jane  Doe(CBS  movie);  Suffering  from  amnesia  due  to  an  attempt  on  her  life.  Jane 
IS  hounded  by  a  psychopath(ad  sutes.  "Woman  without  a  memory,  detective  without 
a  clue,  and  a  madman  without  a  choice  but  to  try  and  kill  her  again."  Faalai} 
Ulai»d(ABQ:  woman  whose  husband  died  dunng  a  fantasy  puis  a  $1  million  boun- 
ty on  Roarke's  head. 

Sunday;  CHiPS:{NBC)  Search  for  Ltlle  girl  who  was  kidnapped  on  her  way  home 
from  school;  Matt  Hoh»Ii>»(ABC):  Muckraking  gossip  columnist  is  blown  iky  high 
3t  high-soaety  benefit  carnival;  MghtkUKNBC):  Deteciive  investigates  mysterious 
disappearance  of  wealthy  induiirialist. 

Monday;  Small  A  FrylCBSXcomedic  violence):  Tries  to  stop  a  chemical  firm  from 
polluting  a  pond(ad;  "Can  a  6-inch  deiecuvc  cut  two  hit-men  down  to  size?);  Cafoey 
A  Lac7y(CBS);  Car-theft  ring  takes  poUceman  hostage  and  another  pobceman  sear- 
ching for  him  becomes  mvolvcd  in  the  shooting  of  a  black  youth. 


Tuesday:  The  A-T«sa(NBO:  Craah-lands  in  backwoods  to  battle  with  mountain 
men  to  save  a  man  from  bdng  bunwd  at  the  stake;  Aa  Cnwford,  Privau  EyciCBS 
comedic  violeoce):  Tough -talking  detective  short  on  ability  has  confronuiion  with 
hood  who's  shaking  down  bar  owner;  Gu  Sky(CBS):  Devi]-may<are  gambler  wins 
two  kids  in  poker  game  with  two  outlaw  pals;  ReBJaftoa  $teek<NBC):  Corpse  bobs 
to  surface  of  wine  val  and  keeps  resurfacing  in  unrdaied  places;  Hart  to  HBn(ABC): 
wedding  gjfi  of  antique  bed  that  several  people  try  to  kill  for  in  order  to  steal  it. 

Wednoday:  JUg*  P«rfof»aac«<ABQ:  rescue  of  T^'rcpona  whose  cover  was  blown 
after  he  infiltrated  lurvivalist  group  stockpiling  ilfcgaJ  weapons;  Fall  Csr(ABC):  Tab 
Hunter  framed  for  murder  of  gangland  debt  collector  and  rescued  by  Colt;  Dyiaa- 
ty(ABQ:  Jeff  &  KL'by  get  cold  reception  returning  from  Reno.  Blake  threatens  to 
stop  Jeff  from  suing  Alexis. 

Thursday;  MagDom  P.I.:  Pilot  survives  crash  but  Magnum  discovers  his  survival 
wasn't  in  game  plan,  Magk  PlasetfABC):  Astronaut  confronted  by  evil  rival  in 
romance  wuh  planet  queen. 

Friday  Powers  of  Mattkcw  StarfNBC):  Classmate  can  see  into  tht  future,  a  fuiure 
fraught  with  danger  for  her.  Kalgkl  Rider:  Michael  assigned  to  stop  Karr.  an  evil 
prototype  of  KJit  programmed  to  survive  at  all  cosU;  ReaegadesfABC):  Iz^ir.  sets 
up  sting  to  find  out  who  is  training  prisoners  to  crack  sophisticated  saf'-s:  GavUan: 
stalked  by  members  of  a  Nazj  faction  who  think  he  has  mysterious  cry^al  pyTamid; 
EWlai:  Hotly  piots  to  destroy  JR's  mamage.  Tata  of  tfec  Gold  MoosrjfABC): 
Reporter  covering  assassination  attempt  against  Japanese  defense  minister  tricks  Jake 
into  flying  her  to  Princess  Koji's  Island. 


215 


James  A.  Fellows 

5807  Massachusetts  Avenue 
Bethesda,  Maryland  20816 


March  14,   1983 


The  Honorable  Timothy  Wirth,  Chairman 
Subcommittee  on  Tel ecomuni cations. 

Consumer  Protection  and  Finetnce 
The  Rayburn  Building  B333 
Washington,  D.C.  20515 

Dear  Mr.  Chairman: 

This  week,  as  you  convene  hearings  on  the  occasion  of 
National  Children  and  Television  Week,  we  are  writing 
to  tell  you  about  an  important  initiative  for  children 
and  television  -  The  Americcui  Children's  Television 
Festival. 

The  idea  grows  from  three  sources:  first,  the  focus 
you  are  providing  through  endorsement  of  this  special 
%reek  for  children's  television;  second,  from  our  many 
years  of  professional  work  associated  with  children's 
television;  auid,  third,  from  our  role  for  several 
years  as  the  United  States  Board  members  of  the  Prix 
Jeunesse  International. 

The  Prix  Jeunesse  is  a  serious,  ongoing  effort  to 
bring  together  fr<»B  around  the  world,  producers, 
broadcasters,  researchers  and  educators,  who  are 
making  sustained  efforts  to  advance  the  use  of 
televison  for  children  and  young  people. 

Prix  Jeunesse  is  not  just  another  television  awards 
progreuB.   it  involves  research,  elaborate  screening 
and  evaluation,  euid  a  conscientious  effort  to  examine 
critical  issues  associated  with  children's  television. 
It  is  a  major  international  activity,  housed  in 
Munich,  zmd  spcnisored  by  civic  and  broadcasting 
organizations  in  West  Germany.   (Background 
information  is  attached.) 


216 


We  believe  that  this  concept  can  be  usefully  adapted 
to  the  United  States  and  might  easily  be  broadened  to 
include  Canada.  The  Prix  Jeunesse  officials  have 
expressed  their  willingness  to  assist  in  such  a 
development . 

To  this  end,  we  have  initiated  discussions  with 
several  major  educational  groups,  broadcasters  and 
university  leaders  to  seek  their  initial  response  and 
interest.  The  reactions  have  all  been  highly 
favorable . 

What  we  see  emerging  might  look  like  this: 

-  An  American  (possibly  North  American) 
Children's  Television  Festival,  organized  under 
the  aegis  of  one  of  our  leading  universities. 

-  Every  second  year,  a  screening  and  competition 
of  programs  submitted  by  public  broadcasters, 
independent  producers,  commercial  broadcasters, 
and  cable  programmers.  Unlike  many  other  awards 
competitions,  the  screening  would  be  done  by 
producers  and  specialists  in  children's 
television,  educators,  and  parents,  with  full 
discussion  and  evaluation  of  programs.   People 
and  orgeuiizations  whose  programs  receive  high 
commendation  would  be  given  appropriate  awards. 

-  On  an  ongoing  basis,  the  Festival  would 
organize  seminars  and  workshops  for  various 
professional  interests  associated  with  children's 
television  programs:  producers,  researchers, 
writers,  critics,  legislators,  teachers,  parents, 
and  psychologists.   Some  of  these  activities 
could  result  in  publications. 

In  short,  we  see  the  Festival  serving  as  a  focal  point 
for  the  growing  community  of  interest  in  advancing  and 
exploiting  all  forms  of  television  for  the  benefit  of 
children  and  young  people. 


217 


We  want  it  to  include  commercial  emd  non-coimnercial 
broadcasters  as  well  as  the  cable  industry.  We  think 
there  is  a  great  deal  to  be  learned  from  each  other 
and  we  think  that  a  Festival  framework,  that  centers 
attention  and  deliberation  on  the  specifics  of 
particular  programs  and  series,  is  the  most  useful  way 
to  facilitate  these  exchanges. 

We  are  mindful  of  the  effective  work  that  other 
organizations  are  doing  to  focus  public  attention  on 
children's  televison  and  we  are  confident  that  an 
American  Children's  Television  Festival  will 
complement  and  enhance  these  important  efforts. 

We  shall  keep  you  posted  on  the  progress  of  these 
initiatives.  We  hope  that  you  will  find  them  a  strong 
complement  to  your  own  personal  interests  in  the 
steady  improvement  of  efforts  to  use  television  wisely 
on  behalf  of  children  and  young  people. 

We  are  actively  pursuing  this  idea.  We  would  like  to 
see  it  succeed.  And,  of  course,  we  would  very  much 
appreciate  any  attention  and  support  that  you  feel 
could  be  appropriately  incorporated  in  the 
Sub-Committee's  hearings  this  week. 

With  personal  regards. 

Sincerely, 

James  A.  Fellows  Paul  K.  Taff 

Members  of  the  International  Advisory  Board 
The  Prix  Jeunesse  Foundation 


Attachments : 

Copies  for  Members  of  the  Sub-Committee 

Prix  Jeunesse  Information  Sheet 

Background  information  about  Mr.  Taff  and  Mr.  Fellows 

[Whereupon,  at  1:25  p.m.,  the  subcommittee  adjourned.] 

O 


5„sion  ro«uc  tij;"' 


3  9999  00281  647  6 


i' 


Boston  Public  Library 


COPLEY  SQUARE 
GENFT?  1 T  lAiBariUilY 


i 


The  DateT5ue  Card  in  the  pocket  indi- 
cates the  date  on  or  before  which  this 
book  should  be  returned  to  the  Library. 

Please  do  not  remove  cards  from  this 


i